Download COM-120C - The Repeater Builder`s Technical Information Page
Transcript
comMQRPc@c”’’š“‹…ƒ™‹”“˜ s‡—›‹…‡@m”“‹™”— o•‡—ƒ™‹”“@mƒ“šƒ‘ QPPRMPVPQMRpP advancing wireless test OPERATION MANUAL COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE MONITOR COM-120C PU B L IS H ED B Y IFR CO P YR IGHT IF R 2 0 0 2 A l l r i g ht s r e s er v e d. N o p ar t of t h i s p ub l i c at i on ma y be r e pr o d u ce d , s tor e d i n a r etr i e va l s y s te m, or tr an s m it t ed in an y f or m or b y a n y m e an s , el e ctr o n i c, m e c ha n i c a l, p h ot o co p y i ng , r e c o r d in g or ot h er w i s e wi t ho ut t h e pr ior per m i s s io n o f th e p u bl i s h er . 10 2 00 W e st Y or k / W i c h it a, Ka n s a s 67 2 15 U . S. A . / ( 3 16 ) 52 2- 49 8 1 / F A X ( 3 1 6) 5 24- 2 62 3 CABLE STATEMENT Double shielded and pr oper ly ter minated exter nal inter face cables must be used with this equipment when inter facing with the RS- 232 and IEEE- 488. For continued EMC compliance, all exter nal cables must be 3 meter s or less in length. NOMENCLATURE STATEMENT The CO M- 120C Communications Ser vice Monitor is the official nomenclatur e for the EMC and Safety compliant CO M- 120C Communications Ser vice Monitor . In this manual the CO M- 120C r efer s to the CO M- 120C Communications Ser vice Monitor . The gener ic ter ms unit and Test Set also r efer to the CO M- 120C Communications Ser vice Monitor . BATTERY STATEMENT For continued EMC compliance with EN61000- 3- 2:1995/A14:2000, always allow a dischar ged batter y to r echar ge in Stand- by Mode. SAFETY FIRST: TO ALL OPERATIONS PERSO NNEL REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. THIS UNIT CONTAINS NO OPERATOR SERVICEABLE PARTS. CASE, COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL Removing protective covers, casings or panels from this unit exposes the operator to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock or equipment damage. Do not operate this unit with the case, cover or panels removed. SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards, that may exist when operating or servicing this equipment. CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E.G., FIRE). WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents. AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or dc voltage. DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with dc voltage. AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or alternating voltage. SWITCH OFF: AC line power to the device is OFF. SWITCH ON: AC line power to the device is ON. DANGEROUS VOLTAGE: Indicates electrical shock hazard due to high voltage levels. CAT II INSTALLATION CATEGORY II: Denotes impulse withstand voltage of 2500 V. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock. USE OF PROBES Check the specifications for the maximum voltage, current and power ratings of any connector on the unit before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device. Be sure the terminal device performs within these specifications before using it for measurement, to prevent electrical shock or damage to the equipment. AC POWER CORD AC power cord must not be frayed or broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment. DC POWER CORD DC power cord is non-terminated. Care should be taken when connecting to external dc source. USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings. INTERNAL BATTERY This unit contains a Sealed Lead-Acid Battery, see Battery Instructions for servicing. CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL MILES. USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND SHOULD TAKE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID POTENTIAL COMMUNICATION INTERFERENCE PROBLEMS. LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES The manual pages list ed below t hat are af f ect ed by a current change or revision, are so ident if ied by a revision number. Dat e of Issue f or original and changed pages are: O r iginal ........................... 0 .................... Feb 2002 TO TAL NUMBER O F PAG ES IN THIS MANUAL IS 326 CO NSISTING O F THE FOLLOW I NG Pg. No. Rev. No. Pg. No. Rev. No. 6- 1 thr ough 6- 116 .................... A- 1 thr ough A- 4 ....................... B- 1 thr ough B- 4 ....................... C- 1 thr ough C- 2 ...................... D- 1 thr ough D- 12 ..................... Index- 1 thr ough Index- 4 ........... Batter y Title Page .................... High Voltage War ning .............. ESD Caution Page ................... Page 1 thr ough Page 4 ............. Title and Copyr ight .................... 0 Cable Statement ....................... 0 Safety ...................................... 0 A thr ough B .............................. 0 i thr ough x ................................ 0 1- 1 thr ough 1- 24 ....................... 0 2- 1 thr ough 2- 4 ......................... 0 3- 1 thr ough 3- 28 ....................... 0 4- 1 thr ough 4- 72 ....................... 0 5- 1 thr ough 5- 30 ....................... 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. B PREFACE SCOPE This manual contains instr uctions for oper ating the CO M- 120C Communications Ser vice Monitor . The instr uction level is r elatively basic and pr esupposes no pr evious exper ience on the par t of the oper ator with a communication ser vice monitor of this type. A basic under standing of communication electr onics and pr actical tr oubleshooting methods is helpful. It is str ongly r ecommended that the oper ator be thor oughly familiar with this manual befor e attempting to oper ate the unit. ORGANIZATION The CO M- 120C O per ation Manual is composed of the following sections: SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Pr ovides an intr oduction to the unit and a br ief over view of unit functions. Specifications ar e also included in this section. SECTIO N 2 - INSTALLATIO N Pr ovides a step- by- step pr ocedur e for placing the CO M- 120C into oper ation. SECTION 3 - CONTROLS, CONNECTORS AND INDICATORS Identifies and functionally descr ibes all CO M- 120C contr ols, connector s and indicator s. All O per ation Scr eens and Menus ar e identified and available par ameter s listed and explained. SECTIO N 4 - O PERATIO N Pr ovides instr uctions for oper ating the CO M- 120C Mode O per ating Scr eens and Menus. In addition, this section contains a selection of basic oper ating pr ocedur es per taining to all major functions of the Test Set. SECTIO N 5 - CO MMO N PRACTICES Identifies and pr esents some examples of common pr actices the oper ator can use to help become familiar with the CO M- 120C oper ation. SECT IO N 6 - O PT IO N S Identifies and pr ovides instr uctions for oper ating the options available with the CO M- 120C. i TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Par agr aph Title Page 1- 1 G ener al .......................................................................................... 1- 1 1- 2 RF G ener ate O per ation .................................................................... 1- 2 1- 3 RF Receive O per ation ...................................................................... 1- 3 1- 4 Duplex O per ation ............................................................................ 1- 4 1- 5 Audio Function G ener ator s ............................................................... 1- 5 1- 6 O scilloscope ................................................................................... 1- 6 1- 7 Spectr um Analyzer .......................................................................... 1- 7 1- 8 Meter s ........................................................................................... 1- 9 1- 9 O ptions .......................................................................................... 1- 10 1- 10 CO M- 120C Pr oduct Specifications ..................................................... 1- 11 SECTION 2 - INSTALLATION Par agr aph Title Page 2- 1 G ener al .......................................................................................... 2- 1 2- 2 Pr ecautions .................................................................................... 2- 1 2- 3 Power Up Pr ocedur es ...................................................................... 2- 3 2- 3- 1 Applying AC Power .......................................................................... 2- 3 2- 3- 2 Applying Exter nal DC Power ............................................................. 2- 3 2- 3- 3 Batter y Power O per ation ( O ption 01) ................................................. 2- 3 SECTION 3 - COMPOSITE Par agr aph Title Page 3- 1 Fr ont Panel Contr ols ........................................................................ 3- 1 3- 2 Rear Panel Contr ols ........................................................................ 3- 7 3- 3 Scr eens, Soft Function Keys and Menus ............................................ 3- 9 ii SECTION 3 – COMPOSITE (CONT) Par agr aph Title Page 3- 3- 1 Soft Function Keys .......................................................................... 3- 9 3- 3- 2 Cur sor Movement ............................................................................ 3- 9 3- 3- 3 Editing Fields Using Data Scr oll Keys and Spinner .............................. 3- 9 3- 3- 4 Editing Numer ic Data Fields ............................................................. 3- 11 3- 3- 5 Making Selections Fr om Menus ......................................................... 3- 11 3- 3- 6 Escaping Fr om Edit Without Change .................................................. 3- 11 3- 3- 7 RF G ener ate Scr een ........................................................................ 3- 12 3- 3- 8 RF Receive Scr een .......................................................................... 3- 14 3- 3- 9 Duplex Scr een................................................................................. 3- 17 3- 3- 10 O scilloscope Scr een ........................................................................ 3- 20 3- 3- 11 Spectr um Analyzer Scr een ............................................................... 3- 22 3- 3- 12 Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s Scr een ........................................... 3- 24 3- 3- 13 Meter Scr eens ................................................................................. 3- 25 3- 3- 14 Memor y Lists and Stor age of Par ameter s ........................................... 3- 26 3- 3- 15 Utility Function Scr eens ................................................................... 3- 27 SECTION 4 - OPERATION Par agr aph Title Page 4- 1 RF G ener ate O per ation .................................................................... 4- 1 4- 1- 1 G ener al RF G ener ate O per ation ........................................................ 4- 1 4- 1- 2 SINAD Meter O per ation .................................................................... 4- 13 4- 1- 3 Distor tion Meter O per ation ............................................................... 4- 16 4- 1- 4 Audio Fr equency Level Meter O per ation ............................................ 4- 18 4- 1- 5 O scilloscope O per ation Scr een ......................................................... 4- 20 4- 1- 6 Spectr um Analyzer O per ation Scr een ................................................ 4- 25 4- 1- 7 Stor e And Recall O per ation .............................................................. 4- 29 iii SECTION 4 - OPERATION (CONT) Par agr aph Title Page 4- 2 RF Receive O per ation ...................................................................... 4- 31 4- 2- 1 G ener al RF Receive O per ation ......................................................... 4- 31 4- 2- 2 SINAD Meter O per ation .................................................................... 4- 38 4- 2- 3 Distor tion Meter O per ation ............................................................... 4- 38 4- 2- 4 FM Deviation Meter O per ation .......................................................... 4- 39 4- 2- 5 AM Modulation Meter O per ation ........................................................ 4- 41 4- 2- 6 Phase Modulation Meter O per ation .................................................... 4- 43 4- 2- 7 RF Power Meter O per ation ............................................................... 4- 45 4- 2- 8 Received Level Meter O per ation ....................................................... 4- 47 4- 2- 9 RF Fr equency Er r or Meter O per ation ................................................. 4- 49 4- 2- 10 Audio Fr equency Counter ................................................................. 4- 51 4- 2- 11 O scilloscope O per ation Scr een ......................................................... 4- 53 4- 2- 12 Distor tion Meter .............................................................................. 4- 53 4- 2- 13 Stor e And Recall O per ation .............................................................. 4- 53 4- 3 Duplex O per ation ............................................................................ 4- 54 4- 3- 1 G ener al Duplex G ener ate O per ation .................................................. 4- 54 4- 3- 2 G ener al Duplex Receive O per ation .................................................... 4- 59 4- 4 Independent O scilloscope O per ation Scr een ...................................... 4- 62 4- 5 Independent Spectr um Analyzer O per ation Scr een .............................. 4- 62 4- 6 Independent Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s.................................... 4- 63 4- 6- 1 Audio G ener ator - 1 O per ation ............................................................ 4- 63 4- 6- 2 Audio G ener ator - 2 O per ation ............................................................ 4- 66 4- 6- 3 Data G ener ator O per ation ................................................................ 4- 67 4- 6- 4 DTMF G ener ator O per ation .............................................................. 4- 68 iv SECTION 4 - OPERATION (CONT) Par agr aph Title Page 4- 7 Meter s O per ation ............................................................................. 4- 69 4- 7- 1 Digital Voltmeter O per ation .............................................................. 4- 69 SECTION 5 - COMMON PRACTICES Par agr aph Title Page 5- 1 RF G ener ate ................................................................................... 5- 1 5- 1- 1 G ener ating FM Modulated RF Signal ................................................. 5- 2 5- 1- 2 G ener ating AM Modulated RF Signal ................................................. 5- 4 5- 1- 3 G ener ating PM Modulated RF Signal ................................................. 5- 6 5- 1- 4 G ener ating DCS Coded RF Signal ..................................................... 5- 8 5- 1- 5 G ener ating DTMF Coded RF Signal ................................................... 5- 10 5- 1- 6 G ener ating RF Signal Using Exter nal Modulation ................................ 5- 12 5- 1- 7 G ener ating Micr ophone Modulated RF Signal ..................................... 5- 14 5- 1- 8 Encoding 2- Tone Sequential For mat .................................................. 5- 16 5- 2 RF Receive ..................................................................................... 5- 19 5- 2- 1 Receiving FM Modulated RF Signal ................................................... 5- 20 5- 2- 2 Receiving AM Modulated RF Signal ................................................... 5- 22 5- 2- 3 Receiving PM Modulated RF Signal ................................................... 5- 24 5- 2- 4 Decoding 2- Tone Sequential For mat .................................................. 5- 26 5- 3 Duplex............................................................................................ 5- 28 v SECTION 6 - OPTIONS Par agr aph Title Page 6- 1 Inter nal Batter y ( O ption 01) .............................................................. 6- 1 6- 2 O ven Cr ystal O scillator Fr equency Standar d ( O ption 02) ..................... 6- 1 6- 3 30 kHz IF Filter ( O ption 03) .............................................................. 6- 1 6- 4 Var iable Audio G ener ator 2 ( O ption 04) ............................................. 6- 1 6- 5 G ener ate Amplifier ( O ption 05) ......................................................... 6- 1 6- 6 Data G ener ator /Bit Er r or Rate ( BER) Meter ( O ption 07) ...................... 6- 2 6- 6- 1 BER Meter Configur ation Section ...................................................... 6- 4 6- 6- 2 Receive Data Configur ation Section .................................................. 6- 6 6- 6- 3 Send Data Configur ation Section ...................................................... 6- 8 6- 7 Single Sideband Receive Filter ( O ption 08) ........................................ 6- 9 6- 7- 1 G ener al .......................................................................................... 6- 9 6- 7- 2 Descr iption of Receive Function ........................................................ 6- 9 6-8 RCC Signaling Formats (O ption 09)................................................... 6-10 6- 9 Audio/Digital Signaling For mats ( O ption 11) ....................................... 6- 10 6- 9- 1 Modulating RF Signals with Digital Signaling For mats ......................... 6- 13 6- 9- 2 Encoding Digital Signaling For mats For Audio Signal .......................... 6- 15 6- 9- 3 Decoding Digital Signaling For mats ................................................... 6- 16 6- 9- 4 Testing A Receiver Using Digital Signaling For mats ............................ 6- 17 6- 9- 5 Testing A Tr ansmitter Using Digital Signaling For mats ........................ 6- 18 6- 10 Spectr um Analyzer Tr acking G ener ator ( O ption 12) ............................ 6- 19 6- 11 IEEE- 488 ( G PIB) Inter face ( O ption 13) .............................................. 6- 20 6- 11- 1 G ener al .......................................................................................... 6- 20 6- 11- 2 Configur ing For Remote O per ations Using G PIB ................................. 6- 20 6- 12 Clear channel LTR ( O ption 14) ........................................................ 6- 21 vi SECTION 6 - OPTIONS (CONT) Par agr aph Title Page 6- 12- 1 G ener al .......................................................................................... 6- 21 6- 12- 2 Accessing The Clear channel LTR Tr unking Test System ................... 6- 22 6- 12- 3 LTR Tr unking Repeater Simulation .................................................... 6- 23 6- 12- 4 Tr ansmit Tr unking Data Block ........................................................... 6- 27 6- 12- 5 Receive Tr unking Data Block ............................................................ 6- 28 6- 12- 6 LTR Tr unking Radio Simulation ......................................................... 6- 29 6- 12- 7 Tr ansmit Tr unking Data Block ........................................................... 6- 33 6- 12- 8 Receive Tr unking Data Block ............................................................ 6- 34 6- 12- 9 LTR Tr unking Auxiliar y Setup Scr een ................................................ 6- 35 6- 12- 10 Auxiliar y Setup Scr een Configur ation................................................. 6- 37 6- 12- 11 Repeater Simulator O per ation ........................................................... 6- 38 6- 12- 12 LTR Radio Handshake Test .............................................................. 6- 40 6- 12- 13 LTR Radio Handoff Test ................................................................... 6- 41 6- 12- 14 LTR Radio Receive Test ................................................................... 6- 42 6- 12- 15 Radio Simulator O per ation ............................................................... 6- 43 6- 12- 16 LTR Repeater Handshake Test ......................................................... 6- 45 6- 13 AMPS Cellular Testing ( O ption 15) .................................................... 6- 46 6- 13- 1 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Setup ........................................................ 6- 46 6- 13- 2 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Main and Setup Menus ............................... 6- 47 6- 13- 3 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Automatic Tests ......................................... 6- 52 6- 13- 4 Registr ation Test ............................................................................. 6- 53 6- 13- 5 Handoff Test ................................................................................... 6- 57 6- 13- 6 Audio Test ...................................................................................... 6- 58 6- 13- 7 Mobile Init Test ............................................................................... 6- 59 vii SECTION 6 - OPTIONS (CONT) Par agr aph Title Page 6- 13- 8 Cell Init Test ................................................................................... 6- 60 6- 13- 9 Automatic Test Pr intout .................................................................... 6- 61 6- 13- 10 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Manual Tests ............................................. 6- 62 6- 13- 11 Registr ation Test ............................................................................. 6- 63 6- 13- 12 Mobile Init Test ............................................................................... 6- 64 6- 13- 13 Cell Init Test ................................................................................... 6- 67 6- 14 EDACS Tr unking ( O ption 16) ............................................................ 6- 70 6- 14- 1 EDACS Tr unking Setup Scr een ......................................................... 6- 71 6- 14- 2 EDACS Tr unking Channel Assignments ............................................. 6- 72 6- 14- 3 EDACS Tr unking Automatic Test ....................................................... 6- 73 6- 14- 4 EDACS Tr unking Automatic Test Execution ........................................ 6- 74 6- 14- 5 EDACS Tr unking Automatic Test Results ........................................... 6- 76 6- 14- 6 EDACS Tr unking Manual Test ........................................................... 6- 82 6- 14- 7 EDACS Tr unking Manual Test- Repeater Simulator .............................. 6- 83 6- 14- 8 EDACS Tr unking Manual Test- Radio Simulator ................................... 6- 88 6- 14- 9 EDACS High- Speed Data Captur e ( Scope) ......................................... 6- 93 6- 14- 10 EDACS Stor e and Recall .................................................................. 6- 94 6- 14- 11 EDACS Tr unking O per ational Notes .................................................. 6- 95 6- 15 MPT 1327 Tr unking ( O ption 17) ........................................................ 6- 96 6- 15- 1 Setup Networ k Definition .................................................................. 6- 97 6- 15- 2 Syscode Calculation ........................................................................ 6- 99 6- 15- 3 Channel Number ing ......................................................................... 6- 100 6- 15- 4 Base Fr equencies ............................................................................ 6- 101 6- 15- 5 Tr unking Simulator Scr eens .............................................................. 6- 102 viii SECTION 6 - OPTIONS (CONT) Par agr aph Title Page 6- 15- 6 Repeater Simulator .......................................................................... 6- 104 6- 15- 7 Testing Radio Units ......................................................................... 6- 105 6- 15- 8 MPT 1327/ MPT 1343 Number ing Schemes ........................................ 6- 106 6- 15- 9 Radio Simulator ............................................................................... 6- 107 6- 15- 10 Automatic Test Mode, Test Selection ................................................. 6- 108 6- 15- 11 Par ametr ic Limits ............................................................................ 6- 110 6- 15- 12 Test Execution ................................................................................ 6- 112 6- 15- 13 Par ametr ic Results .......................................................................... 6- 113 6- 15- 14 O ff- Air Monitor ................................................................................ 6- 114 APPENDICES Appendix Title Page Appendix A User I/O Connector s and Pin- O ut Table ............................................. A- 1 Appendix B Abbr eviations .................................................................................. B- 1 Appendix C Repacking For Shipping ................................................................... C- 1 Appendix D Soft Function Keys .......................................................................... D- 1 INDEX BATTERY/ VOLTAGE/ FUSE INSTRUCTIONS Title Page Power Sour ce Requir ement ................................................................................ Page- 1 AC Fuse Replacement ....................................................................................... Page- 1 DC Fuse Replacement ....................................................................................... Page- 2 Batter y Replacement ......................................................................................... Page- 2 Batter y Fuse Replacement ................................................................................. Page- 4 ix THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. x SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1 GENERAL The CO M- 120C is a micr opr ocessor contr olled, digitally synthesized communication ser vice monitor , which combines the oper ations of many differ ent test instr uments into a single, compact unit. The CO M- 120C is capable of per for ming these functions: RF Generator RF Receiver Full Duplex Operation Spectrum Analyzer Audio/Data/Signaling Generators O sci l l o sco p e DVM Deviation Meter Distortion Meter SINAD Meter Audio Frequency Meter F r e q u e n cy E r r o r M e t e r RF Power Meter Modulation Meter R e ce i ve d L e ve l M e t e r The CO M- 120C utilizes an alphanumer ic keypad, dedicated function keys, multitask “ Soft” Function Keys and a high r esolution, monochr ome flat panel display. Per for m tests r emotely or manually. Micr opr ocessor contr olled memor y allows par ameter stor age and r ecall. For instance, stor e and r ecall O scilloscope and Spectr um Analyzer tr aces for signal compar ison. The CO M- 120C per for ms a multitude of impor tant functions simultanelusly. The thr ee basic modes of oper ation ar e: RF G ener ate O per ation, RF Receive O per ation and Duplex O per ation. These modes allow gener ate and r eceive functions in duplex and simplex mode, while testing other aspects of the Unit Under T est like Modulation Level, Power , Sensitivity and Fr equency Er r or . Additionally, the CO M- 120C pr ovides these independent test instr uments: Audio/Data/Signaling Generators O sci l l o sco p e S p e c t r u m A n a l yze r Meters 1-1 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-2 RF GENERATE OPERATION Generating The CO M- 120C is capable of gener ating CW or modulated signals fr om 250 kHz to 1000 MHz. The output level is var iable fr om - 130 to - 13 dBm. Modulation types include AM, FM and PM ( Phase Modulation) or apply an exter nal modulation sour ce. G ener ate DTMF, User Defined Tone Codes or Digital Codes. Meters Meter ing functions include SINAD, Distor tion and Audio Fr equency Level. Full O scilloscope and Spectr um Analyzer oper ation is available. Testing Testing in RF G ener ate O per ation includes Receiver Sensitivity, Receiver Selectivity, and Audio Fr equency Level measur ements. n OTe Use the decode capability for defined DCS and POCSAG protocols using the Tone and Digital Coding functions. 1-2 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-3 RF RECEIVE OPERATION Receiving The CO M- 120C r eceives CW and modulated signals r anging fr om 250 kHz to 1000 MHz. In addition to single fr equency oper ation, the CO M- 120C demodulates and detects AM, FM and PM modulated signals and executes defined fr equency sweep oper ations by scanning a r ange of pr edeter mined Fr equency List settings. The CO M- 120C r eceives “ off- the- air ” signals via the Antenna Connector or connects dir ectly to the Unit Under Test via the T/R Connector . Meters Receive O per ation Meter ing functions include RF Power , AM Modulation, FM Deviation, Phase Modulation, Distor tion, Fr equency Er r or , AF Fr equency, Received Level and SINAD. Full O scilloscope and Spectr um Analyzer oper ation is available. Testing Testing in RF Receive O per ation includes measur ing Car r ier Power , Modulation, Distor tion, SINAD and RF Fr equency Er r or . n OTe Use the independent Audio/Data/Signaling Generators to modulate the Unit Under Test when performing RF Receive Operation. 1-3 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-4 DUPLEX OPERATION The CO M- 120C Duplex O per ation featur e r anges fr om 250 kHz to 1000 MHz. The RF G ener ator and RF Receiver both wor k in Duplex O per ation Mode with the added capacity of using offset fr equencies up to ± 999.7500 MHz. Testing capabilities mir r or those found in RF G ener ate and RF Receive O per ations. Duplex O per ation is composed of thr ee O per ation Scr eens. Ú The Duplex information. Operation Screen contains both Receive and Generate Ú The Duplex Receive Operation Screen is provided to test the Transmit section of the Unit Under Test. Ú The Duplex Generate Operation Screen is provided to test the Receive section of the Unit Under Test. 1-4 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-5 AUDIO FUNCTION GENERATORS Audio/Tone Coding The CO M- 120C has two Audio G ener ator s. O ne gener ator has a r ange of 10 Hz thr ough 20 kHz and the second gener ator has a fixed 1 kHz tone. The wavefor ms ar e sine, squar e, tr iangle and r amp. DATA The DATA G ener ator gener ates in DCS, DCS Inver ted, PO CSAG and PO CSAG Inver ted for mats. DTMF The DTMF G ener ator gener ates DTMF coding, up to 16 char acter s long, in Bur st, Continuous Mode or configur es the DATA ENTRY Keypad as a DTMF Keypad. The DTMF Mar k and Space timing and the time between str ing tr ansmissions ar e pr ogr ammable. 1-5 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-6 OSCILLOSCOPE The CO M- 120C has a 50 kHz single tr ace O scilloscope. The O scilloscope can oper ate as a dependent or independent function in each of the O per ation Modes. Both functions give the choice of oper ation modes, live, stor e, r ecall, compar e and aver age. The Tr igger type choices ar e Nor malized, Auto and O ne Shot. Dependent The dependent O scilloscope is available with meter s and shar es space in all O per ation Modes with the dependent Spectr um Analyzer . In G ener ate O per ation, sour ces available for the O scilloscope ar e thr ough fr ont panel input connector s, Notch Filter Residual and inter nal modulation sour ces. In Receive O per ation, sour ces available for the O scilloscope ar e thr ough the fr ont panel input connector s, Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s, decode lines, meter lines and the demodulated signal, both filter ed and unfilter ed. Sweep and scale values differ with each input type. Independent The independent O scilloscope only accepts signals fr om the SCO PE/DVM Connector . The coupling choices ar e AC, DC and G r ound. 1-6 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-7 SPECTRUM ANALYZER The Spectr um Analyzer monitor s inter nal and exter nal signals r anging fr om 250 kHz to 1000 MHz. The Scan width r ange is editable fr om 1 kHz to 100 MHz per /div. The Sweep r ate and Resolution Band Width ( RBW) ar e editable with a menu or manual edit. An UNCAL indication appears on the scr een when settings cause an analyzer “uncal” situation. The log scales ar e 2 and 10 dB per division. Amplitude scale units of dBm, dBµV, dBmV, dBV, dBµW and dBW ar e available in the Independent Spectr um Analyzer and with the Receive O per ation. T he G ener ate Spectr um Analyzer is a r elative measur ing device only. Available units ar e limited to dB. Memor y functions for the Spectr um Analyzer include stor e and r ecall of a tr ace, compar e a stor ed tr ace to a live tr ace and peak hold. The Slot number is editable. Exter nal signals can be “ off the air ” thr ough the Antenna Connector or connected dir ectly to the T/R Connector . The Independent and Receive Function Spectr um Analyzer have attenuation of 0 and 30 dB thr ough both connector s. The Spectr um Analyzer is available for display alone or with all RF G ener ate and Receive functions except wher e the Duplex Tr ansmit and Receive functions ar e shown simultaneously. 1-7 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Generate Operation The G ener ate O per ation Spectr um Analyzer is a r elative measur ing device only and available units ar e limited to dB. Scan widths r ange fr om 1 kHz to 100 MHz per /div and zer o scan. Available log scales ar e 2 and 10 dB per division. Memor y functions for the Spectr um Analyzer include stor e and r ecall of a tr ace, compar e a stor ed tr ace to a live tr ace and peak hold. Receive Operation The Receive O per ation Spectr um Analyzer r eceives signals r anging fr om 250 kHz to 1000 MHz. Scan widths r ange fr om 1 kHz to 100 MHz per /div and zer o scan. Available log scales ar e 2 and 10 dB per division. Amplitude scale units ar e dBm, dBµV, dBmV, dBV, dBµW and dBW. Memor y functions for the Spectr um Analyzer include stor e and r ecall of a tr ace, compar e a stor ed tr ace to a live tr ace and peak hold. Input signals can be “ off the air ” thr ough the Antenna Connector or connected dir ectly to the T/R Connector . The Spectr um Analyzer has 0 and 30 dB attenuation available thr ough both connector s. Independent The Independent Spectr um Analyzer r eceives signals r anging fr om 250 kHz to 1000 MHz. Scan widths r ange fr om 1 kHz to 100 MHz per /div and zer o scan. The log scales ar e 2 and 10 dB per division. Amplitude scale units ar e dBm, dBµV, dBmV, dBV, dBµW and dBW ar e available. Memor y functions for the Spectr um Analyzer include stor e and r ecall of a tr ace, compar e a stor ed tr ace to a live tr ace and peak hold. Input signals can be “ off the air ” thr ough the Antenna Connector or connected dir ectly to the T/R Connector . The Spectr um Analyzer has 0 and 30 dB attenuation available thr ough both connector s. Additional Functions available with the Independent Spectr um Analyzer include a Find function for finding signals above a cer tain level and split scr een displaying two Spectr um Analyzer scr eens. 1-8 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-8 METERS Dependent The CO M- 120C pr ovides meter ing capability in all thr ee O per ation Modes. The meter s ar e in Receive O per ation, G ener ate O per ation or both. The meter s ar e available for Simplex and Duplex O per ation. The meter s ar e r epr esented dir ectly on the Mode O per ation Scr een as numer ic r eadout or as a bar meter and numer ic r eadout. Although a meter is available in both Receive and G ener ate O per ation, available inputs may differ . Dependent Meter s for each O per ation Mode ar e identified below: RECEIVE OPERATION GENERATE OPERATION SINAD SINAD F M D e vi a t i o n D i st o r t i o n P h a se M o d u l a t i o n Audio Level R e ce i ve d L e ve l Audio Counter Independent The CO M- 120C pr ovides meter ing capability independent of the O per ation Modes. These meter s include: SINAD Audio Counter Distortion Digital Voltmeter 1-9 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-9 OPTIONS Option 01 – Internal Battery Provides self-contained dc power when external ac or dc power is unavailable. Option 02 – 0.01 OCXO R e p l a c e s t h e s t a n d a r d T C X O a s syst e m 6 t i m e b a s e . P r o v i d e s 0 . 0 1 x 1 0 a ccu r a cy. Option 03 – 30 kHz IF Filter This option provides additional band limiting between 15 kHz and 300 kHz offered in a standard set. Option 04 – Variable Audio Generator 2 Replaces standard fixed 1 kHz Audio Generator with variable frequency Audio Generator. Option 05 – Generate Amplifier Internal RF Amplifier providing 26 dB gain for additional RF output. Option 07 – Data Generator/Bit Error Rate (BER) Meter This option provides testing for digital ch a r a ct e r i st i cs o f t r a n sce i ve r s. Option 08 – SSB Receive Filter This option provides ability to monitor S S B si g n a l s. Option 09 – RCC Signaling T h i s o p t i o n p r o vi d e s 1 0 P S , 2 0 P S , M T S , IMTS and Tone Remote Control signaling. Option 11 – Audio/Digital Signaling This option provides encode/ decode ca p a b i l i t i e s f o r t h e f o r m a t s: C C I R , CCIRH, CCIRH4, EEA, EIA, NATEL, ZVEI, DZVEI, DDZVEI, EURO, 5/6 Tone and POCSAG. Option 12 - Tracking Generator This option provides internal Tracking G e n e r a t o r f o r u se w i t h S p e ct r u m A n a l yze r . Option 13 - IEEE 488 (GPIB) Interface This option provides parallel GPIB i n t e r f a ce f o r r e m o t e o p e r a t i o n . Option 14 - CLEARCHANNEL LTR Simulates the CLEARCHANNEL LTR repeater system. CLEARCHANNEL LTR i s a R e g i st e r e d T r a d e m a r k o f E . F . Johnson. Option 15 - AMPS Mobile Station Test Auto and manual test to verify operation o f A M P S m o b i l e s, t r a n sp o r t a b l e s a n d portables. Option 16 - EDACS P r o vi d e s t e st ca p a b i l i t y f o r E D A C S repeaters and mobiles 1-10 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1-10 COM-120C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS A war m- up time of 5 minutes is r equir ed for the following per for mance r equir ements. RF measur ements ar e r efer enced to 50 Ω . Accur acy and Resolution stated in per cent ar e r efer enced to measur ed or selected value unless other wise stated. Wher e r esolution exceeds accur acy, r esolution takes pr ecedence. Specifications and featur es ar e subject to change without notice. RF SIGNAL GENERATOR F r e q u e n cy Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz Resolution: 100 Hz Accuracy: S a m e a s M a st e r O sci l l a t o r . O u t p u t ( T / R a n d A U X R F C o n n e c t o r s) Range (T/R): -130 to -20 dBm (Simplex Mode) -130 to -40 dBm (Duplex Mode) Range (AUX): -130 to +13 dBm Resolution: 0.1 dB Accuracy: ±2 dB (>-90.1 dBm, <400 MHz) ± 2 . 5 d B o t h e r w i se VSWR: <1.15:1 (0.25 to ≤100 MHz) <1.23:1 (100 to ≤400 MHz) <1.38:1 (400 MHz to 1 GHz) S p e ct r a l P u r i t y Residual FM: < 2 0 H z R M S ( 0 . 3 t o 3 kH z B W ) R e si d u a l A M : < 0 . 5 % R M S ( 0 . 3 t o 3 kH z B W ) Harmonics: <-26 dBc Non Harmonics: <-45 dBc (below 1 GHz) < - 4 0 d B c ( a b o ve 1 G H z) Input Protection (T/R): 5 0 W C W co n t i n u o u s 100 W CW (90 sec to 3 min) 150 W CW (30 sec to 3 min) 200 W CW (15 sec to 3 min) 1-11 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION MODULATION Frequency Modulation RF Frequency Range: 250 Hz to 1 GHz D e vi a t i o n R a n g e : 100 Hz to 100 kHz D e vi a t i o n R e so l u t i o n : 10 Hz (0.01 to 2.55 kHz) 50 Hz (2.60 to 12.75 kHz) 100 Hz (12.8 to 25.5 kHz) 500 Hz (26.0 to 100.0 kHz) Rate: 1 0 H z t o 2 0 kH z ( F S K r a t e s u p t o 4 0 kb p s Accuracy: ±5% + Residual FM + Resolution (1 kHz rate, GEN1, GEN 2, EXT MOD) ± 1 0 % + R e si d u a l F M + R e so l u t i o n ( D A T A GEN) ± 1 5 % + R e si d u a l F M + R e so l u t i o n ( D T M F GEN) Distortion: < 2 % ( 1 k H z s i n e w a v e , 1 0 k H z d e vi a t i o n , 0 . 3 t o 3 kH z B W ) EXT MOD Sensitivity: 2 kHz/Vpk ±15% (FM Narrow) Amplitude Modulation RF Frequency Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz AM Depth Range: 30% to 90% Resolution: 0.5% Rate: 100 Hz to 10 kHz Accuracy: ± 5 % + R e si d u a l A M + R e so l u t i o n ( 1 kH z r a t e , R F L e ve l < 0 d B m ) ± 1 5 % + R e si d u a l A M + R e so l u t i o n ( R F Level <0 dBm) Distortion: <2% (30% to 90% modulation, 1 kHz r a t e , 0 . 3 t o 3 kH z B W ) EXT MOD Sensitivity: 5% to 15% per Vpk 1-12 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Phase Modulation RF Frequency Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz Modulation Range: 0.1 to 10 rad peak Resolution: 0.01 rad (<2.55 rad) Rate: 100 Hz to 6 kHz Accuracy: ± 5 % + R e si d u a l P M + R e so l u t i o n ( 1 kH z rate) ± 1 5 % + R e si d u a l P M + R e so l u t i o n ( D T M F GEN) EXT MOD Sensitivity: 2 r a d / V p k, ± 1 5 % AUDIO/DATA GENERATORS AF GENERATOR Frequency Range: 5 Hz to 20 kHz (sinewave only) 5 H z t o 1 0 kH z ( o t h e r w a ve sh a p e s) Frequency Resolution: 0.1 Hz Frequency Accuracy: S a m e a s M a st e r O sci l l a t o r , ± 0 . 1 H z Output Range: H i g h L e ve l : 0.01 to 2.5 Vpk (into 150 Ω) Low Level: 1 to 250 mVpk (into 150 Ω) Output Resolution: H i g h L e ve l : 0.01 Vpk Low Level: 0.1 mV Output Accuracy: H i g h L e ve l : ±3% full range ±5 mVpk (≤10 kHz, ≥0.03 Vpk) ±7% full range ±5 mVpk (>10 kHz, ≥0.03 Vpk) Low Level: ±4% 0.03 ±7% 0.03 full range ±0.25 mVpk (≤10 kHz, V p k ) < l e v e l , ≥ 1 m V p k) full range ±0.25 mVpk (>10 kHz, V p k < l e v e l , ≥ 1 m V p k) THD: <0.7% (1 kHz sinewave, 2.5 Vpk, 150 Ω Load) <1% sinewave (all other frequencies/ levels) Wave Shapes: Sine, Ramp, Square, Triangl 1-13 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION A.F. GENERATOR #2 Frequency Range: 1 k H z ( si n e w a v e ) Frequency Accuracy: ±0.2 Hz Output Range (High Lvl): 0.01 to 2.5 Vpk (into 150 Ω) Output Resolution (High Lvl): 0.01 Vpk O u t p u t A c c u r a c y ( H i g h L vl ) : ±3% full range ±5 mVpk (≥0.03 Vpk) Output Range (Low Lvl): 1 to 250 mVpk (into 150 Ω) Output Resolution (Low Lvl): 1 mV Output Accuracy (Low Lvl): ±4% full range ±0.25 mVpk (0.03 Vpk <level 1 mVpk) DTMF GENERATOR Output Range: High Level: 0.01 to 2.5 Vpk (into 150 Ω) Low Level: 0.1 to 25 mVpk (into 150 Ω) Output Resolution: High Level: 0.01 Vpk Low Level: 1 mVpk Output Accuracy High Level: ±10% full range ±5 mVpk (1 to 30 mV) Low Level: ±10% full range ±0.25 mVpk (≥30 mV) Modes: Continuous, Single Shot Digits: 16 (0-9, *, #, A, B, C, D) Mark/Space Timing: 25 to 999 ms Resolution: 1 ms Accuracy: ±20% 1-14 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION RECEIVER F r e q u e n cy Range: 2 5 0 kH z t o 1 G H z Resolution: 100 Hz Tunable Range: Tunable from 100 Hz to 1.0 GHz (characteristics below 250 kHz are not specified) S e n si t i v i t y : 2 µ V ( 1 0 d B S I N A D , > 2 M H z, 1 kH z t o n e , 3.3 kHz deviation, 15 kHz IF BW, C-Message weighted filter, 10 kHz FM deviation meter range, 15° to 35°C), ≤ 2 . 5 µ V o t h e r w i se Antenna Input Protection: 1 0 W C W ( 5 se c w i t h a l a r m ) S e l e ct i v i t y : 300 kHz, 15 kHz, 30 kHz A d j a ce n t C h a n n e l R e j e c t i o n : IF BW (3 dB) 300 kHz 15 kHz S e l e ct i vi t y >30.0 dB Down ±485 kHz ±15 kHz Demodulation Output 0.20 0.10 0.04 0.02 AM: 1 . 1 3 V r m s ( ± 0 . 0 6 V r m s) ( 8 0 % modulation) ∅M: 0.2 Vpk/Rad, ±10% 1-15 Vpk/kHz, Vpk/kHz, Vpk/kHz, Vpk/kHz, ±10% ±10% ±10% ±10% FM: (10 kHz range) (20 kHz range) (50 kHz range) (100 kHz range) SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION SELECTIVE RF CO UNTER Frequency Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz (The received frequency must be within the IF bandpass of the COM-120C.) Tunable Range: 0 Hz to 1 GHz (characteristics below 250 kHz are not specified) Resolution: 1 H z ( 1 0 se c g a t e t i m e ) 1 0 H z ( 1 se c g a t e t i m e ) Accuracy: S a m e a s M a st e r O sci l l a t o r , ± 2 H z RF Level: T/R Connector: 0 to +53 dBm ANT Connector: -60 to 0 dBm RF FREQ UENCY ERROR METER Meter Range: 0 Hz to 100 kHz Meter Accuracy: S a m e a s M a st e r O sci l l a t o r , ± 2 co u n t s. Meter Resolution: 1 H z ( 1 0 se c g a t e t i m e ) 1 0 H z ( 1 se c g a t e t i m e ) RF Frequency Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz (The received frequency must be within the IF bandpass of the COM-120C.) RF Level: T/R Connector: 0 to 53 dBm ANT Connector: -60 to 0 dBm AF FREQ UENCY COUNTER Frequency Range: 10 Hz to 20 kHz Accuracy: S a m e a s M a st e r O sci l l a t o r , ± 1 co u n t . Resolution: 0 . 1 H z ( 1 se c g a t e t i m e , 1 0 t o 5 0 0 H z) 1 H z ( 1 s e c g a t e t i m e , 5 0 0 H z t o 2 0 k H z) 0 . 1 H z ( 1 0 se c g a t e t i m e ) Input Signal Level SCOPE/DVM Input: 9 0 m V p p ( 5 0 m V r a n g e , a n y w a ve f o r m ) AUDIO/DATA Input: 4 5 0 m V p p ( a n y w a ve f o r m ) 1-16 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION FREQ UENCY MODULATION METER Range: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 kHz full scale Resolution: 10 Hz (2, 5 and 10 kHz range) 100 Hz (20, 50 and 100 kHz ranges) Accuracy: ±5% full scale, ±50 Hz, ±1 digit + source r e si d u a l F M ( 3 0 0 kH z I F B W , 1 kH z t o n e , 5 kHz deviation, C-Message weighted filter) Modulation Rate: 0 to 20 kHz Carrier Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz (The received frequency must be within the IF bandpass of the COM-120C.) Carrier Level: T/R Connector: 0 to +53 dBm ANT Connector: -60 to 0 dBm ∅ M METER Range: 1, 2, 5, 10 rad peak full scale Resolution: 0.01 rad (1 and 2 rad scales) 0.1 rad (5 and 10 rad scales) Accuracy: ±5% of full scale ±0.1 rad, ±1 count + so u r ce r e si d u a l P M ( 3 0 0 kH z I F B W , 1 kHz tone, 1.0 rad deviation, C-Message weighted filter) Modulation Rate: 100 Hz to 6 kHz Carrier Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz (The received frequency must be within the IF bandpass of the COM-120C.) Carrier Level: T/R Connector: 0 to +53 dBm ANT Connector: -60 to 0 dBm 1-17 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AM MODULATION METER Range: 1% to 100% Resolution: 0.1% Accuracy: ±5% of full scale, ±1 count + source r e si d u a l A M ( 3 0 0 kH z I F B W , 1 kH z t o n e , 50% AM depth, C-Message weighted filter) Modulation Rate: 50 Hz to 10 kHz Carrier Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz (The received frequency must be within the IF bandpass of the COM-120C.) Carrier Level: T/R Connector: 0 to +53 dBm ANT Connector: -60 to 0 dBm AGC Attack Time: 50 ms maximum RF PO WER METER Meter Ranges: 2 mW to 200 W in a 1-2-5 sequence Resolution: 1% of full scale or 0.1 mW, whichever is greater Accuracy: ±10%, ±0.1 mW, ±1 digit (>200 mW, 15°C to 36°C) ±15%, ±0.1 mW, ±1 digit (<200 mW below 15°C and above 35°C) Frequency Range: 1.5 MHz to 1 GHz RF Level Range: 2 mW to 200 W average power U sa b l e L e ve l : 0.2 mW to 200 W average power (characteristics below 2 mV not specified) Operating Conditions: 50 W CW continuous 100 W CW (90 sec/3 150 W CW (30 sec/3 200 W CW (15 sec/3 VSWR: 1.15:1 (0.25 to 100 MHz) 1.23:1 (100 to 400 MHz) 1.38:1 (400 MHz to 1 GHz) Alarms: Audible and visual (if applied power exceeds 200 W in the 200 W range or the COM-120C’s Power Termination Assembly temperature exceeds 105°C) 1-18 (50°C) min, 50°C) min, 50°C) min, 50°C) SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION RECEIVE LEVEL METER Range: - 1 0 1 t o - 3 0 d B m ( 1 5 kH z I F B W ) - 8 0 t o - 3 0 d B m ( 3 0 0 kH z I F B W ) Accuracy: ±3 dB Frequency Range: 250 kHz to 1 GHz (The received frequency must be within the IF bandpass of the COM-120C.) DISTORTION METER Range: 1% to 20% Resolution: 0.1% Accuracy: ±0.5% distortion, ±1 digit (1% to 10%) ±2% distortion, ±1 digit (>10 to 20%) Signal Frequency: 1 kHz sinewave Signal Level: SCOPE/DVM Input: 0.03 to 200 Vrms AUDIO/DATA Input: 0.15 to 15 Vrms SINAD METER Range: 3 to 30 dB Resolution: 0.1 dB Accuracy: ± 1 d B , ± 1 co u n t ( a t 1 2 d B S I N A D ) Signal Frequency: 1 kHz sinewave Signal Level: SCOPE/DVM Input: 0.03 to 200 Vrms AUDIO/DATA Input: 0.15 to 15 Vrms 1-19 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION DIGITAL VO LTMETER Ranges: 50 mV to 200 V in a 1-2-5 sequence Range: DC: 10 mV to 200 Vdc (SCOPE/DVM input) AC: 10 mV to 200 Vrms (SCOPE/DVM input) 150 mV to 15 Vrms (AUDIO/ DATA input) Resolution: 3.5 digit Accuracy: ±5% full scale, ±5 mV ±1 digit (SCOPE/DVM input) ±7% full scale, ±5 mV ±1 digit (AUDIO/DATA input) Frequency: DC, 50 Hz to 20 kHz Input Impedance: 1 M Ω u n b a l a n ce d ( S C O P E / D V M / S I N A D input) 1 0 0 kΩ , u n b a l a n ce d ( A U D I O / D A T A i n p u t ) O SCILLO SCO PE Bandwidth (3 dB): 5 0 kH z Vertical Ranges: 10 mV to 50 V/div in a 1-2-5 sequence Maximum Input: 200 rms Accuracy: 5% full scale Resolution: 1% full scale, 256 data points, 8 major divisions Coupling: DC, AC and GND Horizontal Ranges: 1 0 0 µ s t o 2 0 0 m s / d i v i n a 1 - 2 - 5 s e q u e n ce Resolution: 1% full scale, 500 data points, 10 major divisions Accuracy: 1% full scale Input Impedance: 1 MΩ, unbalanced (nominal) 1-20 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION SPECTRUM ANALYZER Center Frequency: 250 kHz to 1 GHz Tunable Range: 0 Hz to 1 GHz (characteristics below 250 kHz are not specified) Resolution: 100 Hz F r e q u e n cy S p a n Ranges: 1 kHz to 100 MHz/div in a 1-2-5 sequence and zero span Accuracy: ±5% of span width Operational Modes: N o r m a l , S p l i t S cr e e n M o d e s: S ca n W i d t h 100 MHz/div 50 MHz 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz 2 MHz 1 MHz 500 kHz 200 kHz 100 kHz 50 kHz 20 kHz 10 kHz 5 kHz 2 kHz 1 kHz 0 kHz 1-21 R e so l u t i o n B W 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 300 kHz 300 kHz 300 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 3 kHz 3 kHz 3 kHz 300 Hz 300 Hz 30 kHz SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION L e ve l Display: Log, 2 and 10 dB/div V e r t i ca l R e so l u t i o n : 1 dB R a n g e ( D yn a m i c) : 60 dB Bandwidth Switching Error: <3 dB Log Linearity: ± 2 d B ( r e f e r e n ce d t o - 4 0 d B m , 1 5 ° t o 35°C) ± 3 d B ( r e f e r e n ce d t o - 4 0 d B m , 0 ° t o 1 5 ° C and 35° to 50°C) Input Attenuator: 0, 30 dB (ANT Connector) INPUT/OUTPUT CONNECTORS RS-232 Connector Operations Mode: Off, PC (Input/Output) Baud Rates: 100, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 S t o p B i t s: 1, 2 Parity: O d d , E ve n , N o n e H a n d sh a ke : None, Xon/Xoff, CTS/RTS MASTER OSCILLATOR TCXO F r e q u e n cy: 10 MHz Uncertainty: ±0.1 ppm Temperature Stability: ±0.2 ppm (0° to 50°C) Aging Rate: ± 0 . 5 p p m / ye a r PO WER REQ UIREMENTS Line Voltage: 100 to 120 VAC at 60 Hz 220 to 240 VAC at 50 Hz DC Input: 1 2 V d c, 2 4 - 3 0 V d c Power Consumption AC: 1 1 0 V A C , 1 5 0 W m a xi m u m , 1 1 0 W t yp i ca l 2 3 0 V A C , 1 5 0 W m a xi m u m , 9 5 W t yp i ca l DC: 1 5 0 W m a xi m u m , 9 0 W t y p i ca l 1-22 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION FUSE REQ UIREMENTS AC Fuses: 100 to 120 VAC: 3 . 0 A , 2 5 0 V , T yp e F ( 5 x 2 0 m m ) 220 to 240 VAC: 3 . 0 A , 2 5 0 V , T yp e F ( 5 x 2 0 m m ) DC Fuse: 1 0 A , 3 2 V , T yp e F ( A G C ) B a t t e r y F u se : 1 0 A , 3 2 V , T yp e F ( A G C ) SAFETY CONDITIONS Use: Non-condutive pollution only Altitude: ≤4000 meters (13,124 feet) Operating Temperatures: 0° to 50°C R e l a t i ve H u m i d i t y : ≤80% for temperatures up to 31°C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40°C Mains Supply Voltage Fluctuations: ≤±10% of the nominal voltage Transient Overvoltages: According to Installation Category II Pollution Degree: 2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Dimensions: 4 0 . 0 c m ( 1 5 . 7 5 ” ) w i d e , 1 9 . 0 cm ( 7 . 5 ” ) high, 42.9 cm (16.875”) deep (without bail handle and front panel cover) 4 4 . 0 c m ( 1 7 . 3 2 ” ) w i d e , 1 9 . 0 cm ( 7 . 5 ” ) high, 53.7 cm (21.125”) deep (with bail handle and front panel cover) Weight: 1 7 . 3 k g ( 3 8 . 5 l b s . ) (without options, lid, accessories) 1-23 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 1-24 SECTION 2 INSTALLATION 2-1 GENERAL This section contains infor mation on pr epar ing the CO M- 120C for use. installation and oper ating pr ecautions for safe use of the Unit. 2-2 Also listed ar e PRECAUTIONS Befor e oper ating this instr ument, the oper ator should be thor oughly familiar with all aspects of this manual. For oper ator safety and to pr event damage to this instr ument, the following oper ating pr ecautions should be obser ved at all times. WARNING: DO NOT USE A THREE- PRONG TO TWO-PRONG ADAPTER PLUG. DOING SO CREATES A SHOCK HAZARD BETWEEN THE CHASSIS AND ELECTRICAL GROUND. CAUTION: THE T/R CO NNECTO R ACCEPTS NO MO RE THAN 200 W. MAXIMUM OPERATION TIME FOR MEASUREMENT USING THE T/R CONNECTOR: CONTINUOUS ON AT 50 W AND 50 °C AMBIENT. 30 SEC O N AND 3 MIN O FF AT 100 W AND 50°C AMBIENT. 15 SEC O N AND 3 MIN O FF AT 200 W AND 50°C AMBIENT. MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT INTO THIS CONNECTOR… …MUST NO T EXCEED THIS MAXIMUM O R DAMAG E TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT ANTENNA 0.25 W MAX DEMO D 20 V MAX EXT MO D 20 V MAX SCO PE/DVM 200 V MAX AUX RF O UT 0.25 W MAX MIC/ACC 20 V MAX AUDIO/DATA IN 30 V MAX This Equipment Contains Par ts Sensitive To Damage By Electr ostatic Dischar ge ( ESD) . 2-1 SECTION 2 INSTALLATION DC INPUT CONNECTOR DC FUSE COVER AC INPUT CONNECTOR AC FUSE COVER MAIN POWER SWITCH BATTERY ACCESS PANEL 00607300 CO M- 120C Rear Panel POWER ON INDICATOR POWER APPLIED INDICATOR POWER ON KEY 00607028 CO M- 120C Front Panel 2-2 SECTION 2 INSTALLATION 2-3 POWER UP PROCEDURES The Inter nal Batter y, if installed, char ges automatically when the connected to a power sour ce and the Main Power Switch is set to O N. The Power Supply is designed to sense automatically with no fur ther action r equir ed. 2-3-1 applied ac voltage CO M- 120C and compensate APPLYING AC POWER o Connect ac power cor d to AC Input Connector . o Plug ac power cor d into power sour ce. Insur e pr oper gr ounding. o Set Main Power Switch to O N ( “I” on switch) . Power APPLIED Indicator lights when power is available. o Pr ess CO M- 120C Fr ont Panel Power O N Key to activate Unit. Power O N Indicator lights. 2-3-2 APPLYING EXTERNAL DC POWER o Connect dc power cor d to DC Input Connector . o Pr oper ly connect non- ter minated ends of dc power cor d to a 10A cur r ent limited dc power sour ce. Power APPLIED Indicator lights when power is available. o Pr ess CO M- 120C Fr ont Panel Power O N Key to activate Unit. Power O N Indicator lights. n OTe 2-3-3 Befor e oper ating unit with 12 V supply, ver ify voltage level at connector is 12 V or gr eater . BATTERY POWER OPERATION (OPTION 01) o Pr ess CO M- 120C Fr ont Panel Power O N Key. o Power O N Indicator lights. O ption 01 r equir ed for batter y oper ation. Power cycles off after appr oximately 20 to 25 minutes of continuous oper ation. Flashing Power ON Indicator denotes low battery charge. 2-3 is SECTION 2 INSTALLATION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 2-4 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 00607167 COM-120C Front Panel Controls 3-1 FRONT PANEL CONTROLS 1. Power O N Key Selection toggles between Power APPLIED and Power O N states. 2. Display Pr ovides video infor mation of cur r ent test oper ation. 3. Test Mode Keys GEN DPLX A cce s s e s G e n e r a t e M o d e Operation Screen. A cce sse s D U P L E X M o d e O p e r a t i o n S cr e e n . SPCL REC Accesses Special Optional Operation Modes. A cce s s e s R e c e i v e M o d e O p e r a t i o n Screen. 4. Instr ument Keys SCOPE MTRS A c c e s s e s I n d e p e n d e n t O s c i l l o sc o p e Operation Screen. A cce sse s I n d e p e n d e n t M e t e r Functions. AUDIO GEN ANLYZ Accesses Independent Spectrum Analyzer Operation Screen. Accesses Independent Audio/Data Generators Functions. 3-1 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 5. DATA ENTRY Keys 0 thru 9 U s e t o e n t e r n u m e r i c ( 0 - 9 ) va l u e s. Use to enter decimal point in numeric values. ∗ SHIFT Use for DTMF functions. Accesses alphabetic function of F r o n t P a n e l K e ys. S e e S h i f t Character Table. # ENTER Use for DTMF functions. Selects a data field for edit or completes an editing procedure. +/Use to set sign of entered value. 6. CONTROL Keys ESC TAB Use to escape an editing procedure without change to parameters. M o ve s cu r so r t o p r e d e t e r m i n e d areas to simplify editing. HOLD SCRN U s e t o f r e e z e c u r r e n t s cr e e n t o observe data or print the screen. Press HOLD SCRN Key again to return Test Set to normal operation. SHIFT + ESC D e l e t e s t h e ch a r a ct e r t h e cu r so r i s on when editing. START STOP Use to start and stop the Reset One Shot in Oscilloscope Operation, Bit Error Rate Meter (Option 07) and LTR Trunking (Option 14) 3-2 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE FRONT PANEL KEY SHIFT CHARACTER GEN A REC B 1 C 2 D 3 E +/- F DPLX G SPCL H 4 I 5 J 6 K • L SCOPE M ANLYZ N 7 O 8 P 9 Q MTRS R AUDIO GEN S ❉ T 0 U # V STORE W RCL X SHOW LIST Y SETUP Z TAB [space] SHIFT + ESC Deletes Character Shift Char acter Table 3-3 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 7. ANTENNA Connector Input connector to monitor "off- the- air " signals. Also used as a connection for low power ( 0.25 W maximum) signals. CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 0.25 W MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT OR DAMAGE TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 8. SQ UELCH Control Adjusts squelch level of r eceived signal. 9. VO LUME Contr ol Contr ols volume of speaker . 10. PHO NES Connector Pr ovides access for using Headphones when audio signal is pr ovided to speaker . 11. DATA SCRO LL Spinner Allows oper ator to scr oll thr ough cur r ent test mode oper ation scr een, scr oll thr ough lists of par ameter selections and actively incr ease and decr ease one digit of numer ic par ameter s. Cur r ent test mode oper ation scr een changes with enter ed data; changed par ameter becomes cur r ent default unless ENTER Key is pr essed. Pr essing ESC Soft Function Key r etur ns changed par ameter to pr evious setting. 12. T/R Connector 50 Ω Connector for high power input or output signals. CAUTION: DO NO T EXCEED 200 W MAXIMUM CO NTINUO US INPUT O R DAMAG E TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 13. AUX RF O UT Connector 50 Ω Auxiliar y output connector for RF Signals. CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 0.25 W MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT OR DAMAGE TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 3-4 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 14. AUDIO /DATA G EN Connector 600 Ω connector for output of audio and data gener ator s. Access is selectable fr om individual gener ator setup scr eens. CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 20 V MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT OR DAMAGE TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 15. DEMO D Connector 600 Ω connector for output of demodulated signals. Access is selectable fr om individual gener ator setup scr eens. CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 20 V MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT OR DAMAGE TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 16. MIC/ACC Connector Pr ovides access for micr ophone or accessor y equipment both gener ate and r eceive lines ar e available. CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 20 V MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT OR DAMAGE TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 17. DATA SCRO LL Keys Allows oper ator to scr oll thr ough cur r ent test mode oper ation scr een, scr oll thr ough list of par ameter selections and actively incr ease and decr ease one digit of numer ic par ameter s. Incr easing and decr easing digits affects higher digits in par ameter . Cur r ent test mode oper ation scr een changes with changed data; changed par ameter becomes cur r ent default unless ENTER Key is pr essed. Pr essing ESC ( Escape) Soft Function Key r etur ns changed par ameter to pr evious setting. 18. EXT MO D 100 k Ω connector allows input for exter nal modulation sour ce. CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 20 V MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT OR DAMAGE TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 3-5 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 19. AUDIO /DATA IN Connector 100 k Ω connector allows input of exter nal audio and data signals. CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 20 V MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS INPUT OR DAMAGE TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 20. SCO PE/DVM Connector 1 M Ω input to O scilloscope and Digital Voltmeter . CAT II. CAUTION: DO NO T EXCEED 200 V MAXIMUM CO NTINUO US INPUT O R DAMAG E TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 21. MEMO RY Keys STORE Selection allows operator to store current Operation Screen and all current parameters for future access. RCL Selection allows operator to recall previously stored Operation S cr e e n s. SHOW LIST Provides access to menu of all storage lists. SETUP P r o vi d e s a cce ss t o se t u p m e n u f o r syst e m i n f o r m a t i o n a n d syst e m configuration. 22. PCMCIA Car d Slot Pr ovides access to enhance softwar e capability. 23. Soft Function Keys Pr ovide access to defined function. 24. Power O N Indicator Denotes system is on when lit. 25. Power APPLIED Indicator Denotes power is pr ovided to the system when lit. 3-6 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 27 26 28 34 29 33 31 30 32 00607261 CO M- 120C Rear Panel Contr ols 3-2 REAR PANEL CONTROLS 26. DC Input Connector Accepts dc power cor d to supply dc power ( 12, 24 to 30 Vdc) to CO M- 120C. CAUTION: DO NO T EXCEED 30 Vdc O R DAMAG E TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 27. DC Fuse 10 A, 32 V, Type F, AG C Fuse is pr ovided for dc oper ation. CAUTION: O NLY USE 10 A, 32 V TYPE F FUSE O R DAMAG E TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 28. AC Input Connector Accepts ac power cor d to supply ac power to CO M- 120C. CAUTION: DO NO T EXCEED 265 VAC O R DAMAG E TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 3-7 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 29. AC Fuse Two 3.0 A, 250 V, Type F, 5 x 20 mm fuses ar e pr ovided for ac oper ation. CAUTION: O NLY USE 3 A FUSE O R DAMAG E TO THE CO M- 120C MAY RESULT. 30. Main Power Switch Switches power applied O N an O FF. 31. Batter y Access Panel Pr ovides access to batter y. 32. RS- 232 Connector Pr ovides ser ial inter face for r emote oper ations with CO M- 120C. 33. G PIB Connector ( O ption) IEEE- 488 Connector pr ovides par allel inter face for r emote oper ations with CO M- 120C. 34. Refer ence Connector Pr ovides connection for input of exter nal 10 MHz Refer ence Signal. 3-8 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3 SCREENS, SOFT FUNCTION KEYS AND MENUS The following comments apply to all O per ation Scr eens within the CO M- 120C. Reading and under standing these notes is the r esponsibility of the oper ator . Due to the level of detail r equir ed to fully descr ibe all facets of the CO M- 120C, only sur face infor mation is pr ovided to help educate the oper ator . 3-3-1 SOFT FUNCTION KEYS Soft Function Keys ar e alphabetically defined in Appendix D. 3-3-2 CURSOR MOVEMENT A cur sor , in the shape of a box, is used to identify what is cur r ently editable. Ther e ar e two methods to move the Cur sor ar ound the active scr een. Use DATA SCRO LL Keys as long as the cur r ent Cur sor location is not being edited. O r use TAB Function as follows: o Pr ess TAB Key. o Enter value in desir ed scr een location using DATA ENTRY Key( s) . o Pr ess ENTER Key to complete the oper ation. 3-3-3 EDITING FIELDS USING DATA SCROLL KEYS AND SPINNER All fields can be edited using DATA SCRO LL Keys and/or DATA SCRO LL Spinner . Editing Numer ic Data Fields is a special case and is cover ed in par a 4- 1- 3. Edit the r emainder of the fields using DATA SCRO LL Keys and/or DATA SCRO LL Spinner as follows: o Position cur sor on field selected for edit using DATA SCRO LL Keys or TAB Function. o Pr ess ENTER Key to highlight field. o Pr ess DATA SCROLL Key ( ↑) to move up thr ough sear ch field and DATA SCRO LL Key ( ↓) to move down thr ough sear ch field. Alter nate method is to use DATA SCRO LL Spinner . Tur ning DATA SCRO LL Spinner clockwise per for ms same oper ation as pr essing DATA SCRO LL Key (↑) . o Pr ess ENTER Key to complete oper ation. 3-9 CO M- 120C Composite Hier ar chy 3-10 GEN RF MODLTN RF TONE/DATA MODLTN BIT ERROR RATE AMPS CELLULAR LTR TRNKNG EDACS TRNKNG MPT1327 TRNKNG SPCL DPLX REC RF AF GEN MODLTN TONE/DATA SINAD/DIST/DEV REC LVL REC RF MODLTN FILTERS SINAD/DIST AF LEVEL SCOPE/ANLYZ GEN MODE MTRS AF COUNTER SINAD METER DVM DIST METER RF ERROR AF FREQ SCOPE/ANLYZ SCOPE AUDIO GEN-1 AUDIO GEN-2 DATA GEN DTMF GEN GEN AUDIO ANLYZ INSTRUMENTS COM-120C STORED FREQ STORED SETUP STORED FILES LIST SHOW STORE SETUP RCL 00607000 CALIBRATION CLK/CALENDAR VERSION GPIB RS-232 RUN TIME DIAGNOSTICS KEYBOARD DSP SELFTEST PCMCIA SETUP PRINT SCREEN RESTORE MEMORY SECTION 3 COMPOSITE SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-4 EDITING NUMERIC DATA FIELDS The pr imar y method of editing data in numer ic data fields such as fr equencies and levels is to use DATA ENTRY Keys. The step- by- step pr ocedur e for this method is as follows: o Position cur sor on field selected for data entr y using DATA SCRO LL Keys or TAB Function. o Enter numer ic value using DATA ENTRY Keys. o Pr ess ENTER Key to complete oper ation. A second method to change cur r ent numer ic values in small amounts is to use the DATA SCRO LL Keys and/or DATA SCRO LL Spinner . This method changes one digit of the value dir ectly, but mor e significant digits ar e affected indir ectly as the edited digit passes zer o in either dir ection. The step- by- step pr ocedur e for this method is as follows: o Position cur sor on field selected for data entr y using DATA SCRO LL Keys or TAB Key. o Pr ess ENTER Key to highlight field. o Digit in field to be edited is not highlighted. Pr essing DATA SCRO LL Key (→) moves highlight to less significant digit. Pr essing DATA SCRO LL Key (←) moves highlight to mor e significant digit. o O nce digit to be edited is selected, pr ess DATA SCRO LL Key (↑) to incr ease digit value and DATA SCRO LL Key (↓) to decr ease digit value. Alter nate method is to use DATA SCRO LL Spinner . Tur ning DATA SCRO LL Spinner clockwise incr eases value and counter clockwise decr eases value. o Pr ess ENTER Key to complete oper ation. 3-3-5 MAKING SELECTIONS FROM MENUS Whenever the number of selections for the position being edited exceeds the number of available Soft Function Keys, a MENU Soft Function Key is used. Pr essing the MENU Soft Function Key opens a window of selections for the cur r ent cur sor location. The window cur sor is located at the cur r ently active selection. To choose a differ ent selection, move the cur sor using the DATA SCRO LL Keys or DATA SCRO LL Spinner to the selection. Pr ess the ENTER Key to complete the oper ation. 3-3-6 ESCAPING FROM EDIT WITHOUT CHANGE An edit pr ocedur e can be exited at any time, without change, by pr essing the ESC Key. 3-11 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-7 RF GENERATE SCREEN The RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een defines and activates the CO M- 120C RF G ener ator and is accessed by pr essing the G EN Test Mode Key. The RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een displays in the configur ation last used. 1. Header Bar 1 Displays cur r ent oper ation mode. 2 3 GENERATE 17 RF: FL: Level: Output: GEN1 SCOPE 2. RF Field Displays current RF Generate Frequency from 0.0000 to 1000.0000 MHz. Set Refer ence and Sweep Functions ar e not active simultaneously. 16 15 1 kHz SOURCE: 1 ms/div Int Mod 500.0000 MHz OFF -130.0 dBm T/R 13 12 6 7 Shape: 8 SINAD 0.00 Vrms 0 0.05 Sine Audio/Data Filters LINE: - - - dB 55 0 AF DEC HP: OFF LP: OFF BP: OFF 3. FL ( Fr equency List) Setting 5 Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.00 kHz Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz 14 AF LEVEL 4 9 11 Displays selected Fr equency 10 List number ( FL- 00 to FL- 99) RF G ener ate Scr een when active. Blank if inactive. RF Field ( 2) echoes fr equency of selected Fr equency List setting. Editing RF Field ( 2) deactivates Fr equency List Function. 00607167 4. Fr equency List Label Displays optional Fr equency List Label. Blank if Fr equency List Label is not used. 5. O utput Level Displays O utput Level in selected units. If T/R Connector is selected for O utput ( 6) , r ange is - 130 to - 20 dBm, 0.07 to 22360.6 µV, 0.0000 to 22.3606 mV and 0.000000 to 0.022360 V. If AUX RF Connector is selected for O utput ( 6) , r ange is - 130 to - 13 dBm, 0.07 to 50059.3 µV, 0.0000 to 50.0593 mV and 0.000000 to 0.050059 V. 6. O utput Displays connector selected for output. Displays T/R, T/R G ate, AUX or AUX G ate. If G ate O utput is selected, output is active only when micr ophone attached to MIC/ACC Connector is keyed. Default output connector is T/R Connector . 3-12 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 7. Modulation Sour ce Window Displays active Modulation Sour ces. Inactive Modulation Sour ces ar e not shown. If two ( or mor e) sections of the RF Modulator ar e set in conflict ( e.g. G EN1 set for PM and G EN2 set for FM, or G EN1 set for 0.01 kHz deviation and G EN2 set for 2.60 kHz deviation) the scr een displays the invalid sour ce gr ayed out. 8. Modulation Sour ce Block Displays selected Modulation Sour ce and appr opr iate data. Selections include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) , DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) , EXT ( Exter nal Modulation) and MIC ( Micr ophone Modulation) . 9. Audio/Data Filter s Block Displays cur r ent filter infor mation for selected analog signal. Selections include AF Decode Line, Data Decode Line and Speaker /Headphones Line. 10. Soft Function Key Definitions Functions ar e r edefined with each field of the cur r ent oper ation scr een. 11. SINAD/Distor tion Meter s Displays selected Meter O per ation. Selections ar e SINAD or Distor tion Meter s. 12. AF Level Meter Displays AF LEVEL METER O per ation. 13. O scilloscope Sweep Displays editable O scilloscope Sweep. 14. Sour ce Displays editable O scilloscope Sour ce. 15. O scilloscope Scale Displays editable O scilloscope Ver tical Scale. Ver tical Scale value and r ange selections is dependent on Sour ce. 16. Scope/Analyzer Scr een Displays digitized tr ace of specified signal as O scilloscope or Spectr um Analyzer . 17. Scope/Analyzer Pr ompt Displays cur r ent oper ation function. Used to toggle between two functions. 3-13 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-8 RF RECEIVE SCREEN The RF Receive O per ation Scr een is used to define and activate the CO M- 120C RF Receiver and is accessed by pr essing the REC Test Mode Key. The RF Receive O per ation Scr een displays in the configur ation last used. 1. Header Bar Displays cur r ent oper ation mode. 1 19 2. RF Field Displays cur r ent RF Receive Fr equency. Range is fr om 0.0000 to 1000.0000 MHz. Scan Function sear ches a specified Fr equency List ( 3) r ange, stopping for a selected time per iod or when squelch is br oken. 18 17 16 RECEIVE dBm -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90 -100 -110 -120 2 4 5 6 105.0000 MHz RF: OFF FL: ANT Atten: 0 dB Input: FM IF BW: 15 kHz Demod: OFF AF GEN OUT MOD MTR LINE: OFF LPF: 20kHz HPF: OFF BPF: POCSAG Tone/Data Code: ANALYZER AF FREQUENCY: 1 MHz 0 RF ERROR 15 3 - 0.034 kHz 104.999966 MHz -100 100 Hz DISTORTION: REC LEVEL % DEVIATION - 39.1 dBm -120 +++ -25 - 0.05 0 7 8 9 10 kHz 2 14 11 12 Sweep Function sweeps a 13 set r ange of fr equencies, RF Receive Scr een incr easing or decr easing fr equency at set r ate and stopping for a set time or when squelch is br oken. 00607009 ∆ Function allows change of fr equency in selected incr ement (∆) . 3. FL ( Fr equency List) Setting Displays selected Fr equency List number ( FL- 00 thr ough FL- 99) when active and O FF when inactive. RF Field ( 2) echoes fr equency of selected Fr equency List setting. Dir ectly editing RF Field ( 2) inactivates FL Setting. Displays optional Fr equency List Label if used. 4. Input Connector Displays connector selected for input. Displays either T/R or ANT. 5. Demodulation Type Displays selected Demodulation Type. Selections include FM, AM or PM. 6. Attenuation Displays selected attenuation of input signal. Displays either 0 or 30. 3-14 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 7. IF Bandwidth Displays selected IF Bandwidth. Selections include 15 and 300 kHz. 8. AF G en O ut Field Pr essing ENTER, when cur sor is on this field, accesses setup menu for AF G ener ator sour ces. Menu displays each sour ce individually. Sour ces available include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) and DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) . 9. Audio/Data Filter s Block Displays cur r ent filter infor mation for selected analog signal. Selections include Modulation Meter s Line, DTMF/SINAD Line, AF Counter Line, Data Decode Line and Speaker / Headphones Line. 10. Tone/Data Code Field Displays selected Tone/Data Type and decoded data. 11. Distor tion/SINAD/Modulation Reading Displays distor tion r eading of r eceived signal if Distor tion is selected. Displays SINAD r eading of r eceived signal if SINAD is selected. Displays modulation r eading in units of selected DEMO D Type ( 5) if Modulation is selected. This field is inter active with Distor tion/SINAD/Modulation Meter ( 12) and displays r eading when Distor tion/SINAD/Modulation Meter ( 12) displays meter . The same r eading cannot be displayed twice. Selection of a specific r eading changes sour ce of nonedited field to another sour ce 12. Distor tion/SINAD/Modulation Meter Displays distor tion r eading of r eceived signal if Distor tion is selected. Displays SINAD r eading of r eceived signal if SINAD is selected. Displays modulation r eading in units of selected DEMO D Type ( 5) if Modulation is selected. This field is inter active with Distor tion/SINAD/Modulation Reading ( 11) and field displays complete meter when Distor tion/ SINAD/Modulation Reading ( 11) displays r eading only. The same r eading cannot be displayed twice. Selection of a specific r eading changes sour ce of nonedited field to another sour ce. O ne sour ce must always be Modulation. 13. Soft Function Key Definitions Functions ar e r edefined with each field of the cur r ent oper ation scr een. 3-15 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 14. Power /Received Level Meter Power Meter displays power level of signal r eceived thr ough T/R Connector only in dB and Watts. RECEIVED LEVEL Meter displays r efer enced Power Level of signal r eceived thr ough ANTENNA Connector only in dBm and µV. 15. R F Er r or Meter Displays differ ence in RF Field ( 2) and fr equency of r eceived signal. 16. AF Fr equency Counter Displays Audio Fr equency of r eceived signal. 17. Scan Width Displays cur r ent Scan Width. This field is editable. 18. Scope/Analyzer Scr een Displays digitized tr ace of specified signal as O scilloscope or Spectr um Analyzer . 19. Scope/Analyzer Pr ompt Displays cur r ent oper ation function. Used to toggle between two functions. 3-16 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-9 DUPLEX SCREEN The Duplex O per ation Scr een is used to define and activate the CO M- 120C RF G ener ator and RF Receiver simultaneously at the same fr equency or offset fr equencies and is accessed by pr essing the DPLX Test Mode Key. The Duplex O per ation Scr een displays in the configur ation last used. 1. Header Bar Displays cur r ent oper ation mode. 2. Duplex G ener ate Pr ompt Accesses Duplex Generate Operation Screen. 3. Duplex G ener ate RF Field 21 20 1 DUPLEX 18 17 16 15 RF : FL : Input : Demod : 2 RECEIVE AND GENERATE GENERATE RECEIVE 19 14 Displays cur r ent Duplex G ener ate Fr equency. Range is 0.0000 to 1000.0000 MHz. 22 RF : Offset : Level : Output : 525.0000 MHz OFF T/R Atten: 0 dB FM IF BW: 15 kHz Tone/Data Code: - - - DCS DEVIATION: 5.0 kHz DISTORTION: 12 RF Power: RF Error Freq: GEN1 3 4 5 6 7 AF FREQUENCY 13 525.0000 MHz 0.0000 MHz - 40.0 dBm T/R Mod Src : GEN 1 FM Deviation : 5.0 kHz Format : TONE Freq : 1000.0 Hz 1000 Hz 3.0 0.0 % mW Shape : SINE 8 0.001 kHz 11 10 4. Fr equency O ffset 00607041 9 Displays fr equency differ ence between Duplex Scr een Duplex G ener ate RF Field ( 3) and Duplex Receive RF Field ( 20) . Range is fr om - 999.7500 to 999.750 MHz. 5. O utput Level Displays O utput Level. If T/R Connector is selected for O utput ( 6) , r ange is - 130 to - 40 dBm, 0 to .002236 V, 0 to 2.2360 mV or 0.07 to 2236.0 µV. If AUX RF Connector is selected for O utput ( 6) , r ange is - 130 to - 13 dBm, 0 to 0.050059 V, 0 to 50.0593 mV or 0.07 to 50059.3 µV. 6. O utput Displays O utput Connector . Displays T/R, T/R G ate, AUX or AUX G ate. G ated O utput is active only when micr ophone, attached to MIC/ACC Connector , is keyed. 7. Modulation Sour ce Window Displays active Modulation Sour ces. Inactive Modulation Sour ces ar e not shown. If two ( or mor e) sections of the RF Modulator ar e set in conflict ( e.g. G EN1 set for PM and G EN2 set for FM, or G EN1 set for 0.01 kHz deviation and G EN2 set for 2.60 kHz deviation) the scr een displays the invalid sour ce gr ayed out. 3-17 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 8. Modulation Sour ce Block Displays selected Modulation Sour ce. Selections include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) , DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) , EXT ( Exter nal Modulation) and MIC ( Micr ophone Modulation) . 9. Soft Function Key Definitions Functions ar e r edefined with each field of the cur r ent oper ation scr een. 10. RF Er r or Fr equency Displays differ ence in Duplex Receive RF Field ( 20) and r eceived signal fr equency. 11. Power /Received Level Reading Power Meter displays power level of signal r eceived thr ough T/R Connector in W. RECEIVED LEVEL Meter displays r efer enced Power Level of signal r eceived thr ough ANTENNA Connector in dBm. 12. SINAD/Distor tion Reading Displays selected measur ement. Selections include SINAD or Distor tion Readings. 13. AF Fr equency Reading Displays Audio Fr equency of demodulated signal. 14. Modulation Reading Displays modulation r eading in units of selected Demodulation Type ( 17) . With FM selected, Field displays DEVIATIO N and has r eading in units of kHz. With AM selected, Field displays MO DULATIO N and has r eading in units of % Modulation. With PM selected, Field displays PHASE and has r eading in units of r adians. 15. Tone/Data Code Field Displays selected Tone/Data Type and decoded data. 16. IF Bandwidth Displays selected IF Bandwidth. Selections include 15 and 300 kHz. 17. Demodulation Type Displays selected Demodulation Type. Selections include FM, AM or PM. 18. Input Connector Displays connector selected for input. Displays either T/R or ANT. 3-18 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 19. FL ( Fr equency List) Setting Displays selected Fr equency List number ( FL- 00 thr ough FL- 99) when active and O FF when inactive. Duplex Receive RF Field ( 20) echoes fr equency of selected Fr equency List setting. Dir ectly editing Duplex Receive RF Field ( 20) inactivates FL Setting. Displays optional Fr equency List Label if used. Blank if unused. 20. Duplex Receive RF Field Displays cur r ent Duplex Receive Fr equency. Range is 0.0000 to 1000.0000 MHz. 21. Attenuation Displays selected attenuation of input signal. Displays either 0 or 30. 22. Duplex Receive Pr ompt Accesses Duplex Receive O per ation Scr een. 3-19 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-10 OSCILLOSCOPE SCREEN The Independent O scilloscope O per ation Scr een oper ates as an independent piece of test equipment and is accessed by pr essing the SCO PE Instr uments Key. Input for O scilloscope O per ation is thr ough the SCO PE/DVM Connector . The O scilloscope O per ation Scr een The O scilloscope O per ation Scr een displays in the configur ation last used. 1. Sweep 12 100 mV Displays selected O scilloscope Sweep. SCOPE 1 500 us/div 2 2. O scilloscope Scr een 11 T-> Displays digitized tr ace of specified signal. 3. Mar ker Position Displays cur r ent Mar ker Position if Mar ker ( 10) is active or O FF if inactive. Value for Mar ker Position is in same units as Sweep ( 1) with Tr igger point as r efer ence. 10 Cplg AC V Pos H Pos 0 Div Mode LIVE Trigger Trig Type AUTO Marker 750.00 3 9 8 7 6 5 4 00607046 O scilloscope Scr een 4. Tr igger Type Displays selected Tr igger Type. 5. Tr igger Adjusts tr igger level as indicated by Tr igger Level Indicator ( 11) when accessed. 6. Mode Displays selected O per ation Mode. Selections include Menu, Aver age, Pk Hold, Min Hold and Stor e. Menu displays a menu window with selections Live, Recall, Compar e, Live- Ref and Ref- Live. Live displays cur r ent signal without modification. Recall displays Stor ed tr ace only. Compar e displays Stor ed tr ace and live tr ace simultaneously. In Live- Ref, the value of each point of the r efer ence tr ace is subtr acted fr om the cur r ent r eading and the r esult is displayed. 3-20 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 6. Mode ( cont) In Ref- Live, the value of cur r ent r eading is subtr acted fr om the stor ed value and the r esult is displayed. Both Live- Ref and Ref- Live r equir e a pr eviously stor ed tr ace. Aver age displays aver age of last four tr aces. Pk Hold displays and holds the tr ace peak. Min Hold displays and holds minimum tr ace. Stor e places copy of cur r ent tr ace in memor y. 7. H Pos Displays selected hor izontal offset in major divisions. Selections r ange fr om - 10 to +10 Divisions. 8. V Pos Accesses ver tical position of tr ace. Tr ace above or below scr een is indicated by str aight line tr ace at top or bottom gr aticule. 9. Coupling Displays selected O scilloscope Coupling. Selections include AC, DC and G ND ( G r ound) . 10. Mar ker User editable Mar ker contr olled using MARKER Position ( 3) . Movable thr ough extent of visible scr een. 11. Tr igger Level Indicator Indicates appr oximate level of O scilloscope Tr igger Level. Editable using T R IG G ER ( 5) . 12. O scilloscope Scale Displays selected O scilloscope Ver tical Scale. 3-21 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-11 SPECTRUM ANALYZER SCREEN The Independent Spectr um Analyzer O per ation Scr een oper ates independent of the Test Modes and is accessed by pr essing the ANLYZ Instr uments Key. The Spectr um Analyzer O per ation Scr een displays in the configur ation last used. 1. Logar ithmic Function 1 Displays Logar ithmic Function for r efer encing Ver tical Scale ( 1) . Selections include dBm, dBµV, dBmV, dBV, dBµW and dBW. 2 dBm 3 5 kHz 4 6 5 105.0000 MHz 1 ms/div RBW -30 3 7 kHz UNCAL -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 2. Scan Width -90 -100 Displays selected Scan Width per division. -110 Track Gen Mode LIVE OFF Atten 0 dB Scale 10 dB Ref RF Input ANT 16 Marker 104.9964 -52.64 8 3. Zer o Scan Sweep Displays selected Sweep per division. 9 15 14 13 12 11 10 00607047 Spectr um Analyzer Scr een 4. Mar ker Mar ker contr olled using Mar ker Position ( 8) . Movable thr ough extent of visible scr een. 5. Center Fr equency Displays Center Fr equency. Selections r ange fr om 0.0000 to 1000.0000 MHz. For Scan Widths 32 MHz/div, star t and stop fr equencies must be above 0 MHz and below 1000 MHz. 6. Resolution Bandwidth Displays editable Resolution Bandwidth field for selected Scan Width ( 2) . 7. UNCAL Displays UNCAL for settings that cause an uncalibrated condition. 8. Mar ker Position Displays Mar ker Position if Mar ker ( 4) is active or O FF if inactive. 9. Mar ker Level Displays cur r ent Mar ker Level if Mar ker ( 4) is active. Displays Blank if Mar ker ( 4) is OFF. 3-22 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 10. Scale Displays Logar ithmic Scale for Ver tical Scale ( 10) . Selections ar e 2 and 10 dB. 11. Refer ence Adjusts Spectr um Analyzer Ver tical Scale ( 16) ±10 dB when Scale ( 10) is set to 10 dB. When Scale ( 10) is set to 2 dB, adjusts Spectr um Analyzer Ver tical Scale ( 10) thr ough full r ange, displaying 16 dB window and incr ementing in 1 dB steps. 12. RF Input Displays RF Input. Selections ar e ANT ( ANTENNA Connector ) and T/R ( T/R Connector ) . 13. Attenuation Displays selected Attenuation for RF Input ( 12) . Selections include 0 and 30 dB. 14. Mode Displays selected O per ation Mode. Selections include Menu, Aver age, Peak Hold, Minimum Hold and Stor e. Menu displays a menu window with selections Live, Recall, Compar e, Live- Ref and Ref- Live. Live displays cur r ent signal without modification. Recall displays Stor ed tr ace only. Compar e displays Stor ed tr ace and live tr ace simultaneously. In Live- Ref, the value of each point of the r efer ence tr ace is subtr acted fr om the cur r ent r eading and the r esult is displayed. In Ref- Live, the value of cur r ent r eading is subtr acted fr om the stor ed value and the r esult is displayed. Both Live- Ref and Ref- Live r equir e a pr eviously stor ed tr ace. Aver age displays aver age of last four tr aces. Pk Hold displays and holds the tr ace peak. Min Hold displays and holds minimum tr ace. Stor e places copy of cur r ent tr ace in memor y. 15. Tr acking G ener ator ( O ption 12) Displays Tr acking G ener ator Signal level available at AUX RF O UT Connector when active and O FF when inactive. Displayed only with O ption 12 installed. 16. Ver tical Scale Pr ovides logar ithmic scale for tr ace. Position is contr olled by Refer ence ( 11) . 3-23 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-12 AUDIO/DATA/SIGNALING GENERATORS SCREEN The Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s O per ation Scr een oper ates as an independent piece of test equipment. Pr ess the AUDIO G EN Instr uments Key to access the Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s O per ation Scr een. The scr een displays in the configur ation last used. Four differ ent gener ator scr eens, Audio G ener ator 1, Audio G ener ator 2, DTMF G ener ator and DATA G ener ator , display simultaneously. Any or all of the scr eens may be active at once. The AUDIO /DATA G EN Connector is the output. 1. Audio G ener ator 1 Section 2 Defines and activates Audio Generator 1. 2. Active Sour ce Block Displays all active sour ces. Sour ces include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) and DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) . Displays ‘MAX LEVEL EXCEEDED’ excessive level notification. AUDIO/DATA/SIGNALING GENERATE DATA AUDIO GEN - 1 1 Format : Freq : Shape : Level : Mode : 0.00 Vp CONT DATA GEN Format : Code : 5 Level : OFF TONE 1000.0 Hz SINE DCS 114 1.00 Vp AUDIO GEN - 2 Format : Freq : Shape : .000 Vrms ON Level : 0.00 Vp DTMF GEN Code : Mark : Space : Pause : Level : Mode : OFF TONE 1000.0 Hz SINE 3 .000 Vrms OFF 0123456789ABCD#* 70 msec 70 msec 300 msec 0.00 CONT 4 00607198 Audio/ Data/ Signaling G ener ate Scr een 3. Audio G ener ator 2 Section Defines and activates Audio G ener ator 2. 4. DTMF G ener ator Section Defines and activates DTMF G ener ator . 5. DATA G ener ator Section Defines and activates DATA G ener ator 3-24 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-13 METER SCREENS The CO M- 120C pr ovides meter s that oper ate independently. Pr essing MTRS Instr uments Key accesses a Meter s Menu for accessing independent Meter s. To access a meter , cur sor to desir ed selection and pr ess ENTER Key or pr ess cor r esponding Soft Function Key. 1. Audio Fr equency Counter The Audio Fr equency ( AF) Counter counts the audio signal supplied at the indicated sour ce. 1. AF Counter 2. SINAD Meter 3. DVM 4. Distortion Meter 2. SINAD Meter The SINAD Meter deter mines SINAD for a 1 kHz tone passed to the CO M- 120C thr ough the specified Sour ce. AF CNT SINAD DVM DIST 8717017 3. Digital Voltmeter The Digital Voltmeter ( DVM) measur es voltage at the indicated Sour ce. The units ar e dependent on the Sour ce. Meter s Menu Scr een 4. Distor tion Meter The Distor tion Meter deter mines Distor tion for a 1 kHz tone passed to the COM-120C thr ough the specified Sour ce. 3-25 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-14 MEMORY LISTS AND STORAGE OF PARAMETERS The CO M- 120C offer s two ways to use memor y to stor e par ameter s. Make a Fr equency List specifying a fr equency for G ener ating, a fr equency for Receiving and an O ffset for Duplex. O r , stor e all par ameter s of RF G ener ate, RF Receive and Duplex O per ation Scr eens, including suppor ting meter s and oper ation scr eens in a Setup List. The Lists ar e accessible fr om a List Setup Scr een and is accessed by pr essing the SHO W LIST Memor y Key. 1. Stor ed Fr equency List LIST SETUP Accessing the Stor ed Fr equency List displays a scr een for editing the Fr equency List. 1. 2. 3. STORED FREQUENCY LIST STORED SETUP LIST STORED FILES Move the cur sor to any fr equency or label field. Up to 100 Fr equency List entr ies ( 0- 99) ar e used for enter ing a G ener ate fr equency, a Receive fr equency and a Duplex O ffset. Accessing a Fr equency List Par ameter fr om the RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een affects only that scr een. The same is tr ue for the RF Receive O per ation Scr een. FREQ SETUPS FILES 0060710 List Setup Scr een Accessing a Fr equency List Par ameter fr om any Duplex O per ation Scr een activates the G ener ate Fr equency, the Receive Fr equency and Duplex O ffset. Whenever used, the Label is also activated for any O per ation Scr een. 2. Stor ed Setup List Accessing the Stor ed Setup List displays a scr een for editing the Stor ed Setup List. The Stor ed Setup List displays Stor ed Setups by List Number Setup Type and an optional Label. Stor e up to 50 Setups of RF G ener ate, RF Receive or Duplex O per ation Scr eens. The par ameter s of the scr eens and all selected meter s ar e stor ed for futur e r ecall. 3. Stor ed Files Accessing Stor ed Files displays a File List Scr een for editing Stor ed Files. Files ar e displayed by Name, Type, Size, Date, Time and Attr ( Attr ibutes) . The DRIVE field selections ar e INTERNAL ( CO M- 120C’s Flash) and PCMCIA. The PATH field allows a path entr y as a str ing. 3-26 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 3-3-15 UTILITY FUNCTION SCREENS The Setup Scr een allows access to system configur ation and pr ovides infor mation on system status and is accessed by pr essing SETUP Memor y Key. Place cur sor on desir ed utility number and pr ess ENTER Key. Each Setup Scr een selection accesses another scr een for per for ming the desir ed function. 1. Calibr ation MAIN SCREEN SETUP SCREEN The Calibr ation selection is under passwor d secur ity and is not cover ed in this manual. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 2. Clock/Calendar The Clock/Calendar Scr een is used to set the CO M- 120C inter nal clock. CALIBRATION CLOCK/CALENDAR VERSION GPIB SETTINGS RS-232 SETTINGS RUN TIME DIAGNOSTICS KEYBOARD DSP SELF TEST PCMCIA SETUP PRINT SCREEN SETUP RESTORE DEFAULTS 3. Ver sion This scr een r epor ts the cur r ent Softwar e Ver sion of the CO M- 120C pr ogr ammed devices and displays the installed options. 0060724 Utility Setup Scr een 4. G PIB Settings The G PIB Setup Scr een is used to configur e the CO M- 120C G PIB Pr otocol. 5. RS- 232 Settings The RS- 232 Setup Scr een is used to configur e the CO M- 120C RS- 232 Pr otocol. 6. Run Time The System Run Time Scr een displays CO M- 120C cumulative time spent in oper ation. Time is displayed in Hour s and Minutes. 7. Diagnostics The System Diagnostics Scr een displays a menu to access specific Diagnostic Scr eens. Diagnostic Description Diagnostic Description Battery and Temperature Displays Battery Voltage and Power Term Temperature. S yn t h e si ze r s Lock Test Displays current status of synthesizers in the Test Set. Synthesizer R e s p o n s e T e st Used to test Synthesizer R e sp o n se . S e l f T e st U se d f o r p e r f o r m i n g S e l f Test and reading results. 3-27 SECTION 3 COMPOSITE 8. Keyboar d The Keyboar d Setup Scr een accesses specific oper ation par ameter s. 9. DSP Selftest The DSP Selftest scr een is for per for ming selftests and r eading r esults. Use the Soft Function Keys to activate the desir ed test. Each per for med test r eceives a PASS/FAIL indication. 10. PCMCIA Setup A var iety of scr eens appear under this setup entr y depending on the type of PCMCIA car d installed. The CO M- 120C PCMCIA car d slot is another Input/O utput Sour ce when a PCMCIA car d is inser ted. 11. Pr int Scr een Setup The Pr int Scr een Setup allows the CO M- 120C to pr int to a File, RS- 232, PCMCIA car d or G PIB. Dr ive, File, Type, Pr int Mode and For mat ar e all configur able. 12. Restor e Defaults When selected, the CO M- 120C immediately r estor es the Receiver , G ener ator , Duplex, scr eens, etc. to the or iginal factor y defaults. 3-28 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-1 RF GENERATE OPERATION Th i s s e ct i o n pr o vi d e s in f or ma t io n o n c o nf i gu r i n g th e CO M- 12 0 C t o pe r f or m te s t s o n th e r e ce i v er . Pr e s s th e G EN M O D E K e y t o a c c e s s th e R F G e n er at e O p er at i on S cr e e n. In t h i s m o de , th e CO M- 12 0 C a ct s a s a tr an s m it te r to t e st a r e c ei v er . Th e i nt en t io n i s t o pr ov i d e su ff i c i en t i nf or m ati o n t o a l lo w t he o p er ato r to ef fe c t i ve l y u s e th e CO M- 12 0 C to per fo r m s pe c i fi c op er at or de f i ne d t e st s . 4-1-1 o GENERAL RF GENERATE OPERATION E nt er d e s ir e d fr eq u enc y i n R F F i e ld . Fr e qu e n c y r a ng e i s 0 .0 0 0 0 to 1 0 00 . 00 0 0 MH z. A ct i v at e a d di t io n a l fu nc t i o n s a s d e s ir e d. To operate with ∆ Function active: Set Steps: = = 0.2000 MHz A ct i va t e s w i n d o w t o i n cr e m e n t R F F i e l d . R a n g e i s 0 t o 500 MHz. On/Off A c t i v a t e / d e a c t i v a t e ∆ F u n ct i o n . P r o m p t d i sp l a y s b y R F Field. RF: 10.0000 MHz RF: 10.0000 MHz R To Operate with Set Reference Function: SET REF R appears beside RF Field. When active, RF Field is s e t t o 0 M H z a n d ch a n g e s m a d e t o R F F i e l d d i s p l a y o f f s e t f r o m R e f e r e n c e F r e q u e n c y . T o d e a ct i va t e S e t R e f e r e n ce F u n c t i o n , p r e s s S E T R E F u n t i l R i s n o t visible. To Operate with Sweep Operation: SWEEP Opens Sweep Configuration Window. Once Sweep Configuration Window is opened, enter start frequency, s t o p f r e q u e n c y, i n cr e m e n t f o r s w e e p o p e r a t i o n a n d pause time at each frequency. Press F1 to start continuous sweep, F2 to stop the sweep, F3 for single sweep and F5 to resume a halted sweep. Press F6 to exit. 4-1 SWEEP STOP Start: 100.0000 MHz Stop: 200.0000 MHz Incr: 1.0000 MHz Pause Time: 1.0 Sec SECTION 4 OPERATION n OTe LOCK Set Reference and Sweep Function work independently, never si m u l t a n e o u sl y . UNLOCK To Operate with RF Generate, RF Receive and Spectrum Analyzer RF Frequencies locked, p r e s s F 5 u n t i l L i s d i sp l a y e d b e s i d e R F F i e l d . P r e s s F 5 a g a i n t o u n l o ck . o RF: 10.0000 MHz L If Fr eq u en c y L i s t O p er a t io n i s de s ir e d i n st ead o f e nt er in g fr eq u en c y i n RF Fi e l d , s e le c t F r e q ue n c y L i st S e tt i n g a s fo l l ow s : On/Off Activates Frequency List Setting. T-Fwd Selects Trunking Forward Channel List. T-Rvs RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Level: -30.0 dBm Output: T/R Selects Trunking Reverse Channel List. C-Fwd Selects Cellular Forward Channel List. C-Rvs S e l e ct C e l l u l a r R e ve r s e C h a n n e l L i s t . FL Select User Defined Frequency List. If C e ll u l ar Ch a nn e l L i st o r U ser D ef i n ed Fr e qu e n c y L i st i s s el e c te d, e n te r c ha n ne l /fr e qu e n c y num b e r . Ra n ge o f ce l l ul ar ch a nn e l s i s 1 t o 1 02 3. R an g e o f Fr e qu e n c y L i st i s 0 to 9 9 . If Tr un k i ng C h an n e l L is t i s s el e c te d, s el e c t ch a n ne l n u m ber . Se l e ct Fr e qu e n c y B an d. S e l e ct d e s ir e d Fr eq u en c y Ba n d u s in g D AT A SC RO L L Ke y s or DA T A SC RO LL S pi n ner . Pr es s E NT ER K e y. 4-2 SECTION 4 OPERATION o S et O u t pu t L e ve l U n it s a s f o l lo w s: dBm Selects dBm as Output Level Units. uV Selects µV as Output Level Units. mV RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Level: -30.0 dBm Output: T/R S e l e ct s m V a s O u t p u t L e v e l U n i t s . V Selects V as Output Level Units. SINAD= Accesses SINAD Search Function. S=On/Off A ct i va t e s/ d e a c t i v a t e s S I N A D S e a r c h Function. To operate with SINAD Search Function: SINAD= SINAD = 15.0 dB A c ce s se s f i e l d t o s e t S I N A D S e a r c h F u n ct i o n va l u e . R a n g e o f S I N A D = i s 6 t o 55 dB. S=On/Off Level: S = i s d i s p l a ye d b e si d e O u t p u t L e ve l F i e l d t o a ct i v a t e S I N A D S e a r c h F u n ct i o n . Press F6 again to deactivate. 4-3 -20.0 dBm S= SECTION 4 OPERATION Select Output as follows: T/R Selects T/R Connector as output connector. AUX RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Level: -30.0 dBm Output: T/R Selects AUX RF Connector as output connector. T/R Gate Selects T/R Connector as gated output c o n n e ct o r . AUX Gate Selects AUX RF Connector as gated output c o n n e ct o r . o Mo d u la t io n S o ur ce W in d ow d i s p la y s a ll a ct i ve F u n ct i on G en er at or s. To a ct i v at e or de a c ti v a te F un c t io n G e n er a t or s, e a c h F u n ct io n G en er at or m u s t be ed i te d s ep ar at e l y. n OTe If t wo ( o r mo r e) se c t ion s o f th e RF M o d u la tor a r e s et i n co nf l i c t ( e. g. G E N1 se t f or P M a nd G EN 2 se t fo r F M , o r G E N 1 s et f or 0. 0 01 kH z d e v i at i on an d G E N2 s et f or 2 .6 0 kH z d e v ia t io n) t he s cr ee n d i s p la y s t h e i nv a l i d s ou r ce g r a y e d ou t. Set Modulation Source Block as follows: GEN1 If Audio Generator 1 Operation is desired. GEN2 If Audio Generator 2 Operation is desired. DATA FM Mod Src: GEN1 5.0 kHz Deviation: Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz If DATA Generator Operation is desired. DTMF Shape: If DTMF Generator Operation is desired. MIC If Microphone Modulation Operation is desired. EXT If External Modulation Operation is desired. 4-4 SINE SECTION 4 OPERATION o If A u d io G en er at or 1 or 2 O p er a t io n i s d e s ir ed , press F1 or F2 to select GEN1 or GEN2 for Modulation Source and cursor to OFF. Select the desired Modulation Type: OFF Modulation OFF. AM Range is 0 . 0 % t o 1 0 0 . 0 % f o r A M M o d u l a t i o n . FM Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz Shape: SINE Range is 0.00 to 100 kHz for FM Modulation. PM Range is 0 . 0 0 t o 1 0 R a d i a n s f o r P M M o d u l a t i o n . o E nt er D e vi a ti o n/ M od u la t io n L e v el . Select the desired Format. MENU Accesses a menu with available format selections. Select transmission type: FM Mod Src: GEN1 5.0 kHz Deviation: Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz CONT Selects continuous transmission of signal. BURST Shape: SINE F o r s i n g l e t r a n s m i s si o n o f s e l e c t e d s i g n a l . TIME A c c e s s e s B u r s t T i m e W i n d o w i f T O N E i s t h e se l e c t e d f o r m a t . CONFIG A ccesses Configuration Window if USER is the selected format. Used to configure User Selectable Frequency and Duration for codes 0 through 9 and A through T. Enter desired frequencies and durations for codes. Range of frequencies are 0 to 9999.9 Hz. Range of durations are 0 to 99.999 seconds. Use F1 and F2 to scroll up or down through Configuration Window. Use F3 to fill remainder of current column with value of current cursor position. 4-5 SECTION 4 OPERATION o If TO N E i s s e le c t ed a s F or ma t, enter Audio Tone Frequency. o If TO N E i s s e le c t ed a s F or ma t, enter Shape. Ra n ge i s 5 to 20 0 00 Hz w i th Sh a pe s et t o S IN E . R an g e i s 5 t o 1 00 00 H z ot h er w i s e. Select Shape of Wave as follows: SINE Selects SINE Wave Shape. Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz RAMP Selects RAMP Wave Shape. Shape: TRIANGLE SINE Selects TRIANGLE Wave Shape. SQUARE Selects SQUARE Wave Shape. o If TO N E i s n ot se l e ct ed F or ma t, en te r Co d e. Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: 20 PS Code: 123456789*0# CLEAR Clears current code entry. Freq: 4-6 1000.0 Hz SECTION 4 OPERATION o If DT MF G en er at or O pe r at i on i s d e sir e d, pr e ss F 3 to s el e c t DT M F f or Mo d ulat i o n S our c e and cursor to OFF. Select the desired Modulation Type: OFF Modulation OFF. AM Range is 0 . 0 % t o 1 0 0 . 0 % f o r A M M o d u l a t i o n . FM Mod Src: DTMF FM Deviation: 1.0 kHz Code: 0123456789#* Mark: 70 msec Space: 70 msec Pause: 300 msec Range is 0.00 to 100 kHz for FM Modulation. PM Range is 0 . 0 0 t o 1 0 R a d i a n s f o r P M M o d u l a t i o n . o E nt er D e vi a ti o n/ M od u la t io n L e v el . o E nt er DT MF C od e . S e l e ct t h e d e s i r e d O p e r a t i o n : CLEAR C l e a r s co d e f i e l d o f c u r r e n t d a t a . Mod Src: DTMF FM Deviation: 1.0 kHz Code: 0123456789#* Mark: 70 msec Space: 70 msec Pause: 300 msec CONT Activates DTMF Code in repeating loop. BURST Activates DTMF Code for one tone sequence. KEY S e t s D A T A E N T R Y K e y s a s D T M F k e yp a d . o E nt er s e l e ct ed Mar k T im e f or DT MF t o ne s . Ra n g e i s 10 t o 9 99 m s. o E nt er s e l e ct ed Sp a c e T i m e fo r D T MF t on e s. R a n g e i s 1 t o 9 99 m s . o E nt er s e l e ct ed Pa u s e T i m e fo r D T MF t on e s Ra n g e i s 1 t o 9 99 m s . 4-7 SECTION 4 OPERATION o If D AT A G e n er at or O pe r at i on i s de s ir e d, pr e ss F 4 to se l e ct DT M F f or Mo d u la t io n S our c e a n d c ur so r to O FF. Select the desired Modulation Type: OFF Modulation OFF. AM Range is 0 . 0 % t o 1 0 0 . 0 % f o r A M M o d u l a t i o n . Mod Src: DATA FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: DCS Code: 114 FM Range is 0.00 to 100 kHz for FM Modulation. PM Range is 0 . 0 0 t o 1 0 R a d i a n s f o r P M M o d u l a t i o n . o E nt er D e vi a ti o n/ M od u la t io n L e v el. Select the desired Format. MENU A c c e s se s a m e n u w i t h a v a i l a b l e f o r m a t s e l e c t i o n s . Cursor to DCS, DCS INV, POCSAG or POCSAG INV Format and press ENTER. o E nt er d e s ir e d C od e. R a n g e i s 0 00 ( O c ta l) t o 7 7 7 ( O c ta l) . 4-8 SECTION 4 OPERATION o If M i cr o ph o ne M o du l ati o n O p er a t io n i s de s ir ed , press F5 to set MIC for Modulation Source and cursor to OFF. Select the desired Modulation Type: OFF Modulation OFF. Mod Src: MIC Dev Range: NAR 3 AM FM Fo r A M M o d u l a t i o n . FM For FM Modulation. PM Fo r P M M o d u l a t i o n . If FM Modulation is selected, set Deviation Range as follows: NAR 3 For Deviation Range setting for deviation <2 kHz. Mod Src: MIC Dev Range: NAR 3 NAR 2 F o r D e vi a t i o n R a n g e s e t t i n g f o r d e v i a t i o n 2 k H z t o 1 2 . 7 5 k H z. NAR 1 For Deviation Range setting for deviation 12.75 kHz to 25 kHz. WIDE F o r D e vi a t i o n R a n g e s e t t i n g f o r d e v i a t i o n > 2 5 k H z . 4-9 FM SECTION 4 OPERATION o If External Modulation Operation i s de s ir e d, press F6 to select EXT Modulation Source and cursor to OFF. Select the desired Modulation Type: OFF Modulation OFF. Mod Src: EXT FM Dev Range: NAR 3 Deviation: 1.00 kHz AM Fo r A M M o d u l a t i o n . FM For FM Modulation. PM Fo r P M M o d u l a t i o n . SET Preserves settings. I f F M M o d u l a t i o n i s s e l e c t e d , se t D e v i a t i o n R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : NAR 3 For Deviation Range setting for deviation <2 kHz. NAR 2 For Deviation Range setting for deviation 2 kHz to 12.75 kHz. NAR 1 For Deviation Range setting for deviation 12.75 kHz to 25 kHz. WIDE For Deviation Range setting for deviation > 2 5 k H z. D e vi a t i o n R a n g e a u t o m a t i c a l l y se t s t o W I D E i f t o t a l d e v i a t i o n o f F M sources exceeds 20 kHz. 4-10 Mod Src: EXT FM Dev Range: NAR 3 Deviation: 1.00 kHz SECTION 4 OPERATION o If A u d io /D at a F i lt er s ar e r e qu ir e d for o p er at i on o f M et er s or Sp e a ke r , co nf i g ur e an d a ct i v at e r e qu ir e d f il t er s . n OTe Hi g h- Pa s s F i lt er /L ow- P a s s F il t er c o mb i n at i on a n d Ba n d p a s s Fi lt er n e v er o per a te s im u lt a ne o u sl y on s am e F i l t er L in e. Audio/Data Filters CONFIG A c ce s se s R F G e n e r a t o r F i l t e r s M e n u w h e n c u r s o r i s o n the Filter Line. LINE: AF DEC HP: OFF LP: OFF BP: OFF Select DTMF/SINAD Bandpass Filter Field setting as follows: R AUDIO/DATA BAND PASS FILTER OFF Sets Filter to OFF. C-MSG OFF EC" TO ACTIV INT - MOD S e l e c t s C - M e s sa g e W e i g h t e d F i l t e r . S e l e c t D T M F / S I N A D H i g h - P a s s F i l t e r F i e l d se t t i n g a s f o l l o w s: OFF ATA FILTERS HIGH PASS FILTER 300Hz TIVATE SELEC Sets Filter to OFF. 300Hz Activates 300 Hz High-Pass Filter. S e l e ct D T M F / S I N A D L o w - P a s s F i l t e r F i e l d s e t t i n g a s f o l l o w s : OFF Press OFF Soft Function Key F1 to set Filter to OFF. S SETUP MENU 4kHz LOW PASS FILTER 4kHz ECTION * * * Activates 4 kHz Low-Pass Filter. 20kHz Activates 20 kHz Low-Pass Filter. EXEC E xe cu t e s a l l e d i t s m a d e t o t h e s c r e e n . 4-11 SECTION 4 OPERATION Select Speaker/Headphones Filter Field setting as follows: OFF Press OFF Soft Function Key F1 to set Filter to OFF. ENU C-MSG WIDE BAND S e l e ct s C - M e s sa g e W e i g h t e d F i l t e r . ON W.B. Selects no filtering. * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIV SPEAKER / PHONES INT-MOD Routes from Internal Modulation Sources to Speaker. RETURN Returns to RF Generate Operation Screen. To display different Filter Line settings: AF-DEC D i sp l a y s D T M F / S I N A D F i l t e r S e t t i n g s. SPKR Displays Speaker/ Headphones Filter Settings. o S el e c t de s ir e d M et er O p er at i on a s f o l l ow s : SINAD S e l e c t s S I N A D M e t e r a s a c t i v e m e t e r . N o t d i sp l a y e d i f meter is currently active. DIST S e l e c t s D i s t o r t i o n M e t e r a s a ct i v e m e t e r . N o t d i s p l a y e d if meter is currently active. 4-12 W.B. SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-1-2 SINAD METER OPERATION Th e S IN AD Me t er for th e R F G e n er a t e O p er at i o n S c r e e n me a s ur e s SIN A D fo r a n a u di o s i gn a l p a s se d t hr o u gh t h e A UD IO / D AT A IN Co n n e c tor . Filtering f o r t h e s i g n a l p a s s e d t o t h e S I N A D Mete r is pr o v id e d b y t he Au d io /Dat a F i lt er s. Configure and operate the SINAD Meter as follows: SINAD - - - dB ZOOM 55 dB Displays full screen SINAD Meter. o 0 dB E nt er RF G e n L e v el a s r e qu ir ed . n OTe E di t in g RF f i e ld af fe c ts l e ve l o n RF G en er at e O p er at i on S cr ee n. To operate with SINAD Search Function: dBm Selects dBm as RF Level Units. uV RF Level: Range: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Alarm: Selects uV as RF Level Units. mV Selects mV as RF Level Units. V Selects V as RF Level Units. SINAD= A c c e s s e s f i e l d t o s e t S I N A D S e a r c h F u n ct i o n value. Range of SINAD= is 6 to 55 dB. S=On/Off S = i s d i s p l a y e d b e si d e R F L e v e l F i e l d t o a ct i va t e S I N A D S e a r c h F u n c t i o n . P r e ss F 6 a g a i n t o d e a ct i v a t e . 4-13 -30.0 dBm AUTO ON ON 2 ON 28.0 ON 12.0 OFF SECTION 4 OPERATION Select Range as follows: 15 dB Selects 15 dB Range. 55 dB Range: Peak Hold: AUTO ON Peak Hold: Average: ON ON 2 Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 28.0 Upper Limit: Lower Limit: ON ON 28.0 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 Selects 55 dB Range. AUTO Selects Autorange for Range. I f P e a k H o l d F u n c t i o n i s d e s i r e d , t a ke meter out of Autorange and configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. If Average Function is desired, configure a s f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 55 dB. If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 55 dB. 4-14 SECTION 4 OPERATION If Alarm Function is desired, configure as follows: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . W h e n a ct i v a t e d , a l a r m a l e r t s o v e r r a n g e condition. Lower Limit: Alarm: RETURN Returns to RF Generate Operation Screen. 4-15 ON OFF 12.0 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-1-3 DISTORTION METER OPERATION Th e Di s t or t i on Me te r for t h e R F G e n er a t e O pe r a t io n S cr e en me a s ur e s D i s t or t i on f or a n au d i o s i gn a l p a s se d t hr o u gh t h e A UD IO / D ATA IN C o n n e c t o r . F i l t e r i n g f o r t h e s i g n a l pa s s e d to t h e D i st or t i on Me t er i s pr o v id e d b y t he Au d i o/ Da ta F i lt er s . Configure and operate the Distortion Meter as follows: DISTORTION ZOOM 7.2 % Displays full screen Distortion Meter. o 0% 20% E nt er RF G e n L e v el a s r e qu ir ed . n OTe Editing RF field affects level on RF Generate Operation Screen. dBm Selects dBm as RF Level Units. DISTORTION METER uV RF Level: Range: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Alarm: Selects uV as RF Level Units. mV Selects mV as RF Level Units. -30.0 dBm AUTO ON ON 2 10.0% ON 28.0 ON 12.0 5.0% OFF V Selects V as RF Level Units. Select Range as follows: 20% S e l e ct s 2 0 % R a n g e . Range: Peak Hold: 100% Selects 100% Range. AUTO Selects Autorange for Range. 4-16 AUTO ON SECTION 4 OPERATION If Peak Hold Function is desired, take meter out of Autorange and configure as follows: OFF/ON Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. Peak Hold: Average: ON ON Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. I f A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n i s d e s i r e d , c o n f i g u r e as follows: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . C u r so r t o S a m p l e N u m b e r t o e n t e r d e si r e d va l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . 2 28.0 10.0% If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0.0 to 100.0%. Upper Limit: Lower Limit: ON ON 10.0% 5.0% Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 5.0% Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 5.0% If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0.0 to 100.0%. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as follows: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . W h e n a ct i v a t e d , a l a r m a l e r t s o v e r r a n g e condition. RETURN Returns to RF Generate Operation Screen. 4-17 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-1-4 AUDIO FREQUENCY LEVEL METER OPERATION Th e A ud i o Fr e q ue n c y L e v el Me te r for t h e R F G e n er a t e me a s ur e s the l e v el of a n a ud i o s i gn a l p a s se d t hr o u gh t h e A UD IO / D AT A IN Co n n e c tor . Me a s ur e m en t s m a de ar e i n Vr m s, d B m ( r e f er e n c ed t o I mp e da n c e [ 16 ]) or d B a s se l e ct e d. Configure and operate the AF Level Meter as follows: AF LEVEL 0.02 Vrms ZOOM 0 D i sp l a y s f u l l s c r e e n A F L e v e l M e t e r . 0.05 I f m e a su r i n g V r m s, se l e c t d e si r e d R a n g e : MENU Displays Range selections including Autorange. n OTe S e l e c t i n g u n i t s o f d B m o r d B se t s R a n g e t o A U T O ( A u t o r a n g e ) . I f P e a k H o l d F u n c t i o n i s d e s i r e d , t a ke meter out of Autorange and configure as f o l l o w s: Peak Hold: Average: OFF/ON Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. Displays Peak High and Peak Low digital readout when ON. Peak High: Peak Low: ON ON 2 1.92V 0.47V RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. If Average Function is desired, configure a s f o l l o w s: OFF/ON Average: Upper Limit: T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . 4-18 ON ON 2 1.50V SECTION 4 OPERATION If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0.00 t o 5 0 . 0 0 V r m s. Upper Limit: Lower Limit: ON ON 1.50V 0.50V Lower Limit: Alarm: ON 0.50V OFF Lower Limit: Alarm: ON 0.50V OFF If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0.00 t o 5 0 . 0 0 V r m s. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as follows: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . W h e n a ct i v a t e d , a l a r m a l e r t s o v e r r a n g e condition. RETURN Returns to RF Generate Operation Screen. S e l e ct d e si r e d u n i t s f o r d i g i t a l r e a d o u t as follows: Vrms S e l e ct V r m s a s u n i t s . 0.95 dBm dBm S e l e ct d B m a s u n i t s . R a n g e i s 0 t o 1 0 0 0 Ω . dB S e l e ct d B a s u n i t s . P r e s s F 3 a s n e e d e d t o se t c u r r e n t r e a d i n g a s R e f e r e n c e . 4-19 Z = 600 Ohms SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-1-5 OSCILLOSCOPE OPERATION SCREEN T h e RF G e n er a to r O s c i l lo s c o pe . O s ci l l o s c o pe is u s ab l e as an a bbr e v i at ed or fu l l sc r e e n Th e ab br e v ia t ed O s c i llo s c o p e i s v i s ib l e fr om t h e RF G e n e r a te O pe r a t io n S cr e en an d th e S IN A D, D i s tor t io n a n d A u d i o F r e q ue n c y Le v e l Me ter s . T h e z oo m e d, or f u l l s cr e en , O s c i l l o s co p e ab br e v ia te d O s c il l o s c op e a nd v i c e v er sa . m ain t a i n s th e co nf i g ur a t ion of th e O s c i l lo s c o pe par a me t er s s et o n a n y o f th e O p er at i on S cr ee n s r e m ain c o n s ta nt on a l l s cr ee n s . C o n f i g u r i n g t h e a b b r e vi a t e d O s c i l l o s c o p e i s a s f o l l o w s: GENERATE SCOPE MENU A c ce s s e s a l i s t o f s w e e p s e t t i n g s . ROLL To view the scope trace in a roll mode. The s e l e ct e d s w e e p r a t e m u st b e 1 0 0 m s / d i v o r higher. 1 kHz SOURCE: 1 ms/div Int Mod SLOW To return to normal mode of operation. o S el e c t S c op e S o ur c e. Re fer t o th i s s e le c t io n t ab l e. Source Signal Input Signal Type Source Signal Input Signal Type Scope/DVMGND SCOPE/ DVM Connector External GNDCoupled Signal Notch Residual Internal Filtered Signal Notch Filtered Signal passed to SINAD and Distortion Meters. Reading is relative with no units applied. Scope/DVMAC SCOPE/DVM Connector External ACCoupled Signal Audio/Data In AUDIO/DATA IN Connector External Audio or Data Signal Scope/DVMDC SCOPE/DVM Connector External DCCoupled Signal Int Mod Internal Modulation Composite Modulation Signal generated by Internal Audio/Data Generators Ext Mod EXT MOD IN Connector External Modulation 4-20 SECTION 4 OPERATION o S el e c t O s c i l lo s c o pe Sc a l e . R ef er t o th i s se l ec t i o n ta b le . Scope Source Available Scales Scope Source Available Scales Scope/DVM-GND 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 V/Div Notch Residual 0.20, 0.04, 0.10, 0.20, 0.40, 1.00 Scope/DVM-AC 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 V/Div Audio/Data In 100, 200,500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5 V/Div Scope/DVM-DC 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 mV 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 V Int Mod Ext Mod 100, 200,500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5 V/Div 4-21 GEN1 FM >25 kHz: 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 kHz/Div GEN1 FM 2.5 to 12.75 kHz: 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 kHz/Div GEN1 FM 12.75 to 25 kHz: 0.2, 0.4, 1, 2, 4, 10 kHz/Div GEN1 FM <2.5 kHz: 0.2, 0.4, 1, 2, 4, 10 kHz/Div GEN1 PM <2.55 RAD: 0.2, 0.4, 1, 2, 4, 10 RAD GEN1 PM >2.55 RAD: 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 RAD GEN1 AM: All Settings 20% SECTION 4 OPERATION Pr e s s F 1 t o a c c e s s fu ll s c r e e n O s c i l lo s c o pe w h en c ur sor i s o n S CO P E . n OTe S el e c t S c op e S o ur c e be f ore a c c e s s i ng f u l l s c r e en O s c i l l o s c op e . C o n f i g u r e f u l l s c r e e n O s c i l l o s co p e a s f o l l o w s : MENU 500 us/div A c ce s s e s a l i s t o f s w e e p s e t t i n g s . ROLL To view the scope trace in a roll mode. The s e l e ct e d sw e e p r a t e m u st b e 1 0 0 m s / d i v o r higher. SLOW To return to normal mode of operation. C o n f i g u r e f u l l s c r e e n O s c i l l o s co p e a s f o l l o w s : NORM S e l e ct s N o r m a l l i z e d T r i g g e r . AUTO Trig Type AUTO Selects Auto Trigger. 1 SHOT Selects and resets One Shot Trigger. 4-22 SECTION 4 OPERATION S e l e c t O p e r a t i o n M o d e a s f o l l o w s: MENU Accesses Operation Mode menu selections. LIVE Selects Live Operation Mode. RECALL Selects Recall Operation Mode. COMPARE Selects Compare Operation Mode. LIVE-REF Mode LIVE S e l e ct s L i v e - R e f O p e r a t i o n M o d e . REF-LIVE S e l e ct s R e f - L i v e O p e r a t i o n M o d e . RETURN E xi t s t o G e n e r a t e S c o p e . AVG S e l e ct s A ve r a g e O p e r a t i o n M o d e . PK HOLD S e l e ct s P e a k H o l d O p e r a t i o n M o d e . MIN HOLD Selects Minimum Hold Operation Mode. STORE Stores the current trace. 4-23 SECTION 4 OPERATION o S el e c t H P o s O ff s e t a s n ee d ed . R a ng e i s - 10 t o 1 0 D i vi s i o n s. o S et Ver t i ca l Po s i ti o n of tr a c e a s n ee d e d b y ac c e s s i n g V Po s a n d e dit i n g w ith D A T A SC RO LL K e y s or D ATA S CRO L L S p in n er. o S el e c t O s c i l lo s c o pe Sc a l e . S el e c ti o n s a v ai l a bl e ar e d e pe n de nt on S co p e S ou r ce . Scope Source Available Scales Scope Source Available Scales Scope/DVM-GND 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 V/Div Notch Residual 0.20, 0.04, 0.10, 0.20, 0.40, 1.00 Scope/DVM-AC 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 V/Div Audio/Data In 100, 200,500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5 V/Div Scope/DVM-DC 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 mV 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 V Int Mod Ext Mod o GEN1 FM >25 kHz: 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 kHz/Div GEN1 FM 2.5 to 12.75 kHz: 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 kHz/Div GEN1 FM 12.75 to 25 kHz: 0.2, 0.4, 1, 2, 4, 10 kHz/Div GEN1 FM <2.5 kHz: 0.2, 0.4, 1, 2, 4, 10 kHz/Div GEN1 PM <2.55 RAD: 0.2, 0.4, 1, 2, 4, 10 RAD GEN1 PM >2.55 RAD: 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 RAD GEN1 AM: All Settings 20% 100, 200,500 mV/Div 1, 2, 5 V/Div A ct i v at e M ar k er a s r e qu i r e d. On/Off A c t i v a t e s M a r k e r . E n t e r e d d e si r e d M a r ke r p o si t i o n using DATA ENTRY keys or DATA SCROLL Keys and/or DATA SCROLL Spinner. 4-24 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-1-6 SPECTRUM ANALYZER OPERATION SCREEN Th e RF G e n er a to r S pec t r um An a l y z er i s u s a bl e a s a n a b br e v i at e d or f ul l s cr ee n S pe c tr um An a l y z er . Th e ab br e v ia t ed Sp e ctr u m A n a l y zer i s v i s i bl e fr o m th e RF G e n e r at e O p er at i on S cr e e n an d t he SI N AD M e ter , D i s t or t i o n M et er a nd Au d i o Fr e qu e n c y L e ve l M e ter s . Th e z oo m e d, or f u l l s cr e en , S pe c tr u m A na l y ze r m a in ta i n s t he co n fi gu r at i on o f t he ab br e v ia te d Sp e ctr u m A n a l y z er a n d v i c e v er sa . S pe c tr um An a l y z er pa r a m et er s s e t on an y o f t h e O per a ti o n S cr e en s r em a i n co n s t a n t on a ll s cr ee n s. Configuring the abbreviated Spectrum A n a l y z e r i s a s f o l l o w s: GENERATE dB MENU A c c e s s e s a l i st o f S ca n W i d t h s e t t i n g s . CONFIG A c c e s s e s a p o p u p s c r e e n t o co n f i g u r e Scan Width, Resolution Bandwidth (RBW) and Sweep rate. 4-25 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 ANALYZER 1 kHz SECTION 4 OPERATION Pr e s s F 1 t o a c c e s s fu ll s c r e e n S pe c tr um An a ly z e r wh e n c ur s or i s o n A N AL Y Z ER . Configure full screen Spectrum Analyzer as f o l l o w s: 105.0000 MHz SET REF S e t s c u r r e n t C e n t e r F r e q u e n c y a s R e f e r e n ce Frequency. Select Scan Width as follows: dB MENU A c c e s se s S ca n W i d t h se l e ct i o n s i n c l u d i n g z e r o scan. 10 ms/div 0 -10 -20 COUPLE Sets the sweep and RBW to factory default state for current scan width. n OTe 5 kHz -30 “UNCAL” appears in the display when combinations of RBW, frequency span and sweep rate for which the analyzer is not ca l i b r a t e d a r e u se d . Set Scale as follows: 10 dB Selects 10 dB Vertical Scale. 2 dB Selects 2 dB Vertical Scale. 4-26 SECTION 4 OPERATION S e l e c t O p e r a t i o n M o d e a s f o l l o w s: MENU Accesses Operation Mode menu selections. LIVE Selects Live Operation Mode. RECALL Selects Recall Operation Mode. COMPARE Selects Compare Operation Mode. LIVE-REF S e l e ct s L i v e - R e f O p e r a t i o n M o d e . Mode LIVE REF-LIVE S e l e ct s R e f - L i v e O p e r a t i o n M o d e . RETURN E xi t s t o G e n e r a t e S c o p e . AVG S e l e ct s A ve r a g e O p e r a t i o n M o d e . PK HOLD S e l e ct s P e a k H o l d O p e r a t i o n M o d e . MIN HOLD Selects Minimum Hold Operation Mode. STORE Stores the current trace. 4-27 SECTION 4 OPERATION o A ct i v at e M ar k er a s r e qu ir e d. On/Off A c t i v a t e s M a r k e r . E n t e r e d d e si r e d M a r ke r p o si t i o n using DATA ENTRY keys or DATA SCROLL Keys and/or DATA SCROLL Spinner. o A c c e s s Re f Fi e l d to a dj u s t V er t i ca l S ca l e a s n e e d ed . If Scan Width is set to zero scan, enter Zero Scan Sweep selection as follows: MENU Use to set Zero Scan Sweep. DEFLT Sets the current field to factory default. COUPLE U se t o s e t s w e e p a n d R B W t o f a c t o r y d e f a u l t s t a t e f o r the current scan width. 4-28 Scale 10 dB Ref SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-1-7 STORE AND RECALL OPERATION Pr e s s ST O R E M e mor y c on f ig ur at i on s . Key to st or e up to 50 RF G e n er at e O p er at i on Screen St or a ge L o c at i on s 0 thr o ug h 4 9 ar e u s ed t o st o r e an RF G e n e r at e O p er at i on c on f ig ur at i on , RF R e ce i v e O p er at i o n c on f ig ur a t i on or Du p l e x O p er a ti o n c o nf i g ur a t io n ( Re c e i ve an d G e n er a te pa ir ) . STO R E O p er at i on f or R F G en er at e O p er at i on i s a s fo l l ow s : o Pr e s s ST O R E M E MO RY K e y. o E nt er or s cr o l l t hr o u gh S e t up # v a lu e. R an g e i s 0 to 49 . Pr e s s EN T E R K e y . Store setup as ... Setup # Name: -----Type: ------ o If N am e i s de s ir e d, pr e s s E NT E R K e y , w i th Cur s or o n N am e. E n ter N a me u si n g D AT A EN TR Y Ke y s . N a me ca n b e a l ph a be t i c a nd /or nu m er i c c h ar a c te r s. Pr e s s E NT ER K e y. o Ty p e d i sp l a y s th e t y pe o f d at a cur r e nt l y sa v ed i n th e s p e c if i ed se t up n u mb er . T y pe s s a ve d ar e : DUPLEX, GENERATOR, RECEIVER, GENERATOR & RECEIVER and EMPTY. o Pr e s s F 1 t o a c c ep t s e le c t io n s a n d s a v e S et up . Pr e s s F 6 t o e s c ap e with o u t s a v in g S et up . 4-29 SECTION 4 OPERATION Pr e s s RC L M e mor y Key t o r e c a l l u p to 5 0 pr ev i o u s l y s t or e d se tu p s . RF Re c e i v e, RF G en er a t e or D u pl e x O p er at i on S cr ee n co nf i g ur a t io ns c a n a l l b e a c ce s s e d fr o m t h e RF G e ne r a te O pe r a t io n S cr e en . Re c a l li n g a c o nf i gur a tio n ot h er t ha n a n RF G e n er a t e O p er a t io n S c r ee n c on f ig ur at i o n, au t om at i c a l l y s wi t c he s t h e CO M- 1 2 0 C to t h e s e l e c te d m o de of o p er a t io n. RE C A LL O per at i o n for R F G e ner a te O per a ti on i s a s f o l lo w s: o Pr e s s R EC A LL M EMO R Y K e y. o E nt er S et u p # v a l ue . R a ng e i s 0 t o 4 9. P r e ss EN T ER Ke y . o Ty p e d i sp l a y s th e t y pe o f d at a cur r e nt l y sa v ed i n th e s p e c if i ed se t up n um b er . T y pe s r e ca l l ed a r e: DU P L EX , G EN ER A TO R , R EC E I V ER , G E N ER ATO R & R E C EI V ER an d E M PT Y . o Pr e s s F 1 t o a c c ep t s e le c t io n s a n d r e c al l Se t up . Pr e s s F 6 t o e s c ap e w it h ou t r e c a ll i n g S et u p. 4-30 Recall setup ... Setup # Name: -----Type: ------ SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2 RF RECEIVE OPERATION Th i s s e ct i o n pr o vi d e s in f or ma t io n o n c o nf i gu r i n g th e CO M- 12 0 C t o pe r f or m te s t s o n th e tr a n s m it ter . Pr e s s th e R EC MO D E K e y t o a c c e s s t he R F R e c e i ve O per a ti o n S cr ee n . I n t h i s mo d e, th e CO M- 12 0 C to a ct s a s a r e ce i v er t o te s t a tr ans m i t t er . Th e i nt en t io n i s t o pr ov i d e su ff i c i en t i nf or m ati o n t o a l lo w t he o p er ato r to ef fe c t i ve l y u s e th e CO M- 12 0 C to per fo r m s pe c i fi c op er at or de f i ne d t e st s . 4-2-1 o GENERAL RF RECEIVE OPERATION E nt er d e s ir e d fr eq u enc y i n R F F i e ld . Fr e qu e n c y r a ng e i s 0 .00 0 0 to 1 0 00 . 00 0 0 MH z. A ct i v at e a d di t io n a l fu nc t i o n s a s d e s ir e d. To operate with ∆ Function active: Set Steps: = = 0.2000 MHz A ct i va t e s w i n d o w t o i n cr e m e n t R F F i e l d . R a n g e i s 0 t o 500 MHz. On/Off A c t i v a t e / d e a c t i v a t e ∆ F u n ct i o n . P r o m p t d i sp l a y s b y R F Field. T o O p e r a t e w i t h S ca n F u n ct i o n : SCAN Opens Scan Configuration Window. E n t e r st a r t F r e q u e n c y L i s t n u m b e r , e n d F r e q u e n c y L i s t n u m b e r a n d F r e q u e n c y L i st n u m b e r ch a n g e i n c r e m e n t . E n t e r P a u se a n d D e l a y T i m e s. R a n g e i s 0 t o 9 . 5 se c w i t h 0 . 5 se c st e p . I f P a u s e T i m e is set to zero, Delay Time is blanked. Press F1 to start continuous sweep, F2 to stop the sweep, F3 for single sweep and F5 to resume a halted sweep. Press F6 to exit. 4-31 RF: 10.0000 MHz SCAN STOP FL From: 0 To: 99 Incr: 1 Pause Time: 1.0 Sec Delay Time: Sec SECTION 4 OPERATION To Operate with Sweep Operation: SWEEP Opens Sweep Configuration Window. Enter start frequency, stop frequency, increment for sw e e p o p e r a t i o n a n d p a u s e / d e l a y t i m e s a t e a c h f r e q u e n c y . E n t e r P a u s e a n d D e l a y T i m e s. Range is 0 to 9.5 sec with 0.5 sec step. If Pause Time is set to zero, Delay Time is blanked. SWEEP STOP Start: 100.0000 MHz Stop: 200.0000 MHz Incr: 1.0000 MHz Pause Time: 1.0 Sec Delay Time: Sec Press F1 to start continuous sweep, F2 to stop the sweep, F3 for single sweep and F5 to resume a halted sw e e p . P r e s s F 6 t o e x i t . LOCK UNLOCK To Operate with RF Generate, RF Receive and Spectrum Analyzer RF Frequencies locked, p r e s s F 5 u n t i l L i s d i sp l a y e d b e s i d e R F F i e l d . P r e s s F 5 a g a i n t o u n l o ck . o RF: 10.0000 MHz L If Fr eq u en c y L i s t O p er a t io n i s de s ir e d i n st ead o f e nt er in g fr eq u en c y i n RF Fi e l d , s e le c t F r e q ue n c y L i st S e tt i n g a s fo l l ow s : On/Off Activates Frequency List Setting. T-Fwd Selects Trunking Forward Channel List. RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz T-Rvs Selects Trunking Reverse Channel List. C-Fwd Selects Cellular Forward Channel List. C-Rvs S e l e ct C e l l u l a r R e ve r s e C h a n n e l L i s t . FL Select User Defined Frequency List. 4-32 SECTION 4 OPERATION If C e ll u l ar Ch a nn e l L i st o r U ser D ef i n ed Fr e qu e n c y L i st i s s el e c te d, e n te r c ha n ne l /fr e qu e n c y num b e r . Ra n ge o f ce l l ul ar ch a nn e l s i s 1 t o 1 02 3. Rang e o f Fr e qu e n c y L i st i s 0 to 9 9 . If Tr un k i ng C h an n e l L is t i s s el e c te d, s el e c t ch a n ne l n u m ber . Se l e ct Fr e qu e n c y B an d. S e l e ct d e s ir e d Fr eq u en c y Ba n d u s in g D AT A SC RO L L Ke y s or DA T A SC RO LL S pi n ner . Pr es s E NT ER K e y. o S et I np u t Le v e l U ni t s a s f o ll o w s: RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz T/R Selects T/R as input connector. ANT S e l e ct s A n t e n n a a s i n p u t c o n n e c t o r . o S et At te n ua t io n a s f o llo w s : 30 dB RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz Selects 30 dB attenuation for input si g n a l . 0 dB S e l e ct s 0 d B a t t e n u a t i o n f o r i n p u t s i g n a l . o S et D e mo d ul a ti o n T y pe a s f ol l ow s : AM RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz Selects A M D e m o d u l a t i o n . FM Selects F M D e m o d u l a t i o n . PM Selects P M D e m o d u l a t i o n . 4-33 SECTION 4 OPERATION 300 kHz Selects 300 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz 15 kHz Selects 15 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. 30 kHz Selects 30 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. n OTe F o r f o l l o w i n g g u i d e l i n e s , ∆ F i s F r e q u e n c y D e v i a t i o n i n H z , Φ i s P h a se D e vi a t i o n i n R a d i a n s , F m i s t h e T o n e M o d u l a t i o n F r e q u e n c y i n H z a n d IF is Minimum IF Filter Bandwidth. General Guidelines for IF Filter Selection are as follows: For F M Mo d u la te d Si gn a l s : IF = 4 ( ∆F + F m) For P M M o du l at e d S i gn a l s: IF = 4 Fm ( Φ + 1) For A M M o du l at e d S i gn a l s: IF = 1 5 k H z, f or F m ≤ 1 k H z o E di t A F G e ner a tor so ur c e s a s r e q ui r e d: GEN1 Selects GEN1 as source. Source: GEN1 State: ON Format: TONE Freq: 100.0 Hz GEN2 Selects GEN2 as source. DATA Shape: SINE Level: 0.00 VP .000 Vrms Mode: CONT Selects DATA as source. DTMF Selects DTMF as source. RETURN Exits source window. 4-34 SECTION 4 OPERATION MENU Source: GEN1 State: ON Format: TONE Freq: 100.0 Hz O p e n s m e n u w i t h a va i l a b l e f o r m a t s . RETURN Exits source window. Shape: SINE Level: 0.00 VP .000 Vrms Mode: CONT o S et Fr eq u en c y , S h ap e, Le v e l a nd M o d e a s de s ir e d. o If A u d io /D at a F i lt er s ar e r e qu ir e d for o p er at i on o f M et er s or Sp e a ke r , co nf i g ur e an d a ct i v at e r e qu ir e d f il t er s . n OTe High-Pass Filter/Low-Pass Filter combination and Bandpass Filter never operate simultaneously on same Filter Line. CONFIG A c ce s se s R F G e n e r a t o r F i l t e r s M e n u w h e n c u r s o r i s o n the Filter Line. Select MOD METERS Bandpass Filter Field setting as follows: DIO/DATA FIL BAND PASS FILTER OFF Sets Filter to OFF. C-MSG S e l e c t s C - M e s sa g e W e i g h t e d F i l t e r . S e l e ct M O D M E T E R S H i g h - P a s s F i l t e r F i e l d s e t t i n g a s f o l l o w s : OFF OFF OFF OFF EC" TO ACTIV W.B. OFF Sets Filter to OFF. LTERS SETUP HIGH PASS FILTER 300Hz Activates 300 Hz High-Pass Filter. 300Hz OFF 4kHz OFF Activates 4 kHz Low-Pass Filter. OFF TIVATE SELEC EXEC E xe cu t e s a l l e d i t s m a d e t o t h e s c r e e n . 4-35 SECTION 4 OPERATION Select MOD METERS Low-Pass Filter Field setting as follows: OFF Sets Filter to OFF. 300Hz SETUP MENU Activates 300 Hz High-Pass Filter. LOW PASS FILTER 4kHz OFF 4kHz Activates 4 kHz Low-Pass Filter. 20kHz OFF Activates 20 kHz Low-Pass Filter. OFF ECTION * * * EXEC E xe cu t e s a l l e d i t s m a d e t o t h e s c r e e n . Select Speaker/Headphones Filter Field setting as follows: OFF Sets Filter to OFF. WIDE BAND C-MSG S e l e ct s C - M e s sa g e W e i g h t e d F i l t e r . W.B. Selects no filtering. * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIV SPEAKER / PHONES W.B. DEMOD OUT DET OUT AUD-GEN Routes Audio Signal Internal Modulation sources to Speaker. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-36 ON ON ON ON SECTION 4 OPERATION S e l e ct D E M O D O U T F i e l d s e t t i n g a s f o l l o w s : AF CNT Accesses AF Counter Signal. DET OUT A c ce s se s D e t e c t o r S i g n a l . C-MSG * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIV Selects Detector Signal through C-Message Weighted Filter. SPEAKER / PHONES W.B. DEMOD OUT DET OUT DAT DEC A c ce s se s D a t a D e c o d e r S i g n a l . AF DECD Accesses AF Decoder/SINAD Signal. MOD MTR Accesses Modulation Meters Signal. o S el e c t MO D M ET ER S , D T MT/S I N A D, AF C NTR/D E C O D E , D A T A D EC O D E R, S P E A K ER /P HO N ES or D E M O D O U T F i lt er set t i n g s a s d e sir e d a nd ex e c ut e . 4-37 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-2 SINAD METER OPERATION o Th e S IN AD Me t er for th e R F R e ce i v er m e a sur e s SI N A D f o r a 1 k H z t o n e de m od u l at ed f r o m a n R F S i g na l . F i lt er in g , for t h e s i gn a l p a s se d t o th e SINAD Me t er , i s pr o v i d ed b y th e A u di o /D at a F il t er s. o For S IN A D M et er O p er a t i on , s e e p ag e 4- 1 3 . 4-2-3 DISTORTION METER OPERATION o Th e Di s t or t i on Me te r for t h e R F R e ce i v er m ea s ur e s D i st or t i o n for a 1 kH z t o n e de m od u l at ed f r o m a n R F S i g na l . F i lt er in g , for t h e s i gna l p a s se d t o th e D i st or ti o n Me t er , i s pr o v i d ed b y th e A u di o /D at a F il t er s. o For D i st or ti o n M et er O p er at i on , s e e p ag e 4- 16 . 4-38 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-4 FM DEVIATION METER OPERATION Th e F M D e v ia t io n M ete r f or t he RF R e c e i ver m e a s ur e s F M D e vi a ti on fo r an RF Si g n a l . Fi lt er i ng , f or th e s i g nal p a s s ed t o t he F M D e vi a ti o n M et er , i s pr o vi de d b y th e A ud i o/ Da t a F i l ter s . Configure and operate the FM Deviation Meter as follows: DEVIATION + 0.05 - ZOOM Displays full screen FM Deviation Meter. o kHz + 2 kHz - 0 kHz E nt er RF a s r eq u ir e d . n OTe E di t in g RF f i e ld af fe c ts l e ve l o n RF Re c e i v e O per at i o n S cr ee n . AC S e l e ct s A C C o u p l i n g . DC Selects DC Coupling. FM-Z Automatically calibrates FM-Zero with no signal applied. FM DEVIATION METER 105.0000 MHz RF: AC Scp / Demod Cplg: 10 kHz Range: ON Peak Hold: 2 ON Average: ON 8.00 Upper Limit: 1.00 ON Lower Limit: OFF Alarm: BOTH Mode: S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : MENU A c c e s s e s m e n u o f r a n g e se l e ct i o n s. AUTO Range: Peak Hold: AUTO ON Peak Hold: Average: ON ON Selects Autorange for Range. If Peak Hold Function is desired, take meter out of Autorange and configure as follows: OFF/ON Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. 4-39 2 SECTION 4 OPERATION If Average Function is desired, configure a s f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 28.0 Upper Limit: Lower Limit: ON ON 28.0 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 55 dB. If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 55 dB. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . When activated, alarm alerts over range condition. RETURN Returns to RF Generate Operation Screen. If Mode Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: NORM D i sp l a y s n o r m a l s t a t u s b a r . Alarm: Mode: BOTH D i sp l a y s n e g a t i v e t o p o s i t i v e s t a t u s b a r . RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-40 ON NORM SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-5 AM MODULATION METER OPERATION Th e A M M od u l at i on Me t er f or th e R F Re c e i v er m ea s ur e s A M M od u l at i on f or an RF S ig n a l. F i l ter i ng , f or th e si g na l p a s s ed t o t he A M M od u la t io n M et er , i s pr o v i de d b y t he A ud i o/ Da t a F i l ter s . MODULATION Configure and operate the AM Modulation Meter as follows: 83.1 ZOOM Displays full screen AM Modulation Meter. o 0% % 100 % E nt er RF a s r eq u ir e d . n OTe E di t in g RF f i e ld af fe c ts l e ve l o n RF R e c e i ve O per at i o n S cr ee n . S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : AM MODULATION METER RF: Source: Range: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Alarm: 40% S e l e ct s 4 0 % r a n g e . 100% S e l e ct s 1 0 0 % r a n g e . AUTO 105.0000 MHz MOD METERS 100 % ON ON 2 ON 90.00 ON 10.00 OFF Selects Autorange for Range. If Peak Hold Function is desired, take meter out of Autorange and configure as follows: OFF/ON Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. Peak Hold: Average: ON ON 2 Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 28.0 RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. I f A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n i s d e s i r e d , c o n f i g u r e as follows: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . C u r so r t o S a m p l e N u m b e r t o e n t e r d e si r e d va l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . 4-41 SECTION 4 OPERATION If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 99.9%. Upper Limit: Lower Limit: ON ON 28.0 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 99.9%. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . When activated, alarm alerts over range condition. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. If Mode Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: NORM D i sp l a y s n o r m a l s t a t u s b a r . Alarm: Mode: BOTH D i sp l a y s n e g a t i v e t o p o s i t i v e s t a t u s b a r . RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-42 ON NORM SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-6 PHASE MODULATION METER OPERATION Th e P ha s e M o du l at i on M e t er for t h e R F R e cei v e r m e a sur e s Ph a s e D e v i at i on f or an RF S ig n a l. F i l ter i ng , f or th e si g na l p a s s ed t o t he P h a s e M od u l at i on Me ter , i s p r o v i de d b y th e A u di o /D at a F il t er s. PHASE Configure and operate the Phase Modulation Meter as follows: + 4.5 - ZOOM o + 10 Rad - 0 Rad Displays full screen Phase Modulation Meter. Rad E nt er RF a s r eq u ir e d . n OTe E di t in g RF f i e ld af fe c ts l e ve l o n RF R e c e i ve O per at i o n S cr ee n . S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : 1 RAD S e l e ct s 1 R a d r a n g e . PHASE METER RF: Source: Range: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Alarm: Mode: 2 RAD S e l e ct s 2 R a d r a n g e . 5 RAD S e l e ct s 5 R a d r a n g e . 10 RAD 105.0000 MHz MOD METERS AUTO OFF 2 ON ON 9.9 9.9 ON OFF BOTH S e l e ct s 1 0 R a d r a n g e . AUTO Selects Autorange for Range. If Peak Hold Function is desired, take meter out of Autorange and configure as follows: OFF/ON Peak Hold: Average: Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. 4-43 ON ON 2 SECTION 4 OPERATION If Average Function is desired, configure a s f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 28.0 Upper Limit: Lower Limit: ON ON 28.0 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 Alarm: Mode: ON NORM If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 9 . 9 9 R a d i a n s. If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 9 . 9 9 R a d i a n s. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . When activated, alarm alerts over range condition. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. If Mode Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: NORM D i sp l a y s n o r m a l s t a t u s b a r . BOTH D i sp l a y s n e g a t i v e t o p o s i t i v e s t a t u s b a r . RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-44 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-7 RF POWER METER OPERATION Th e RF P ow er M e ter fo r t he R F Re c e i v er m ea s ur e s p ow er of an RF Si g n a l . RF POWER Configure and operate the RF Power Meter as follows: 86.1 mW 19.2 dBm ZOOM Displays full screen RF Power Meter. o 0 200 mW E nt er RF a s r eq u ir e d . n OTe E di t in g RF f i e ld af fe c ts l e ve l o n RF R e c e i ve O per at i o n S cr ee n . S e l e c t C a b l e L o s s a s f o l l o w s: RF: Cable Loss: Range: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Alarm: RE-ZERO R e - ze r o e s C a b l e L o s s . RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : 105.0000 MHz -1.0 dB 200 mW ON ON 2 ON 0.1900 W 0.0200 W ON OFF MENU A c c e s s e s m e n u o f r a n g e se l e ct i o n s. If Peak Hold Function is desired, take meter out of Autorange and configure as follows: OFF/ON Peak Hold: Average: ON ON 2 Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 28.0 Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. I f A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n i s d e s i r e d , c o n f i g u r e as follows: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . C u r so r t o S a m p l e N u m b e r t o e n t e r d e si r e d va l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . 4-45 SECTION 4 OPERATION If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 200 W. Upper Limit: Lower Limit: ON ON 28.0 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 12.0 If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 200 W. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . When activated, alarm alerts over range condition. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-46 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-8 RECEIVED LEVEL METER OPERATION Th e Re c e i ve d L e v el Me t er for t h e R F R e ce i ve r m e a sur e s r e fer e n ce d p o wer o f an RF S ig n a l. Configure and operate the Received Level Meter as follows: ZOOM - 39.1 dBm ------ uV -120 dBm -25 dBm Displays full screen RF Power Meter. o REC LEVEL E nt er RF a s r eq u ir e d . n OTe E di t in g RF f i e ld af fe c ts l e ve l o n RF R e c e i ve O per at i o n S cr ee n . S e l e c t C a b l e L o s s a s f o l l o w s: RECEIVE LEVEL METER 30 dB Selects 30 dB attenuation for Input Signal. 0 dB Selects 0 dB attenuation for Input Signal. RF: Attn: IF BW: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Alarm: S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : 105.0000 MHz 30 dB 30 kHz ON 2 ON ON -30.0 -70.0 ON OFF 300 kHz S e l e ct s 3 0 0 k H z I F B a n d w i d t h F i l t e r . Attn: IF BW: 15 kHz Selects 15 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. 30 dB 30 kHz 30 kHz Selects 30 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. If Peak Hold Function is desired, take meter out of Autorange and configure as follows: OFF/ON Peak Hold: Average: Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. 4-47 ON ON 2 SECTION 4 OPERATION Connect a coax cable from T/R connector to ANT connector. SET LVL O n c e m e t e r i s c o n f i g u r e d , s e t r e f e r e n ce f o r m e t e r . F o r g r e a t e st a c cu r a c y, perform Set Level Function for each new frequency. WORKING... RF level -30.0 dBm ADC value 408 EXEC Used to set reference level. ESCAPE Exits without edit. If Average Function is desired, configure a s f o l l o w s: OFF/ON Peak Hold: Average: T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . ON ON 2 If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 200 W. ON ON -30.0 -70.0 If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 200 W. ON ON -30.0 -70.0 If Alarm Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . W h e n a ct i v a t e d , a l a r m a l e r t s o v e r r a n g e c o n d i t i o n . Lower Limit: Alarm: RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-48 ON OFF 12.0 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-9 RF FREQUENCY ERROR METER OPERATION Th e RF Fr e q ue n c y E r r or Me te r for t h e R F R ec e i v er m ea s ur e s t he fr e q u e n c y of t h e r e ce i v e d RF S i gn a l a nd r ep or t s th e er r or . Configure and operate the RF Frequency Error Meter as follows: - 0.034 kHz 104.999966 MHz -100 kHz 100 kHz ZOOM D i sp l a y s f u l l s c r e e n R F F r e q u e n c y E r r o r M e t e r . o RF ERROR E nt er RF a s r eq u ir e d . n OTe E di t in g RF f i e ld af fe c ts l e ve l o n RF R e c e i ve O per at i o n S cr ee n . S e l e ct I F B a n d w i d t h a s f o l l o w s : RF FREQUENCY ERROR METER RF: IF BW: Range: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Alarm: Gate Time: 300 kHz S e l e ct s 3 0 0 k H z I F B a n d w i d t h F i l t e r . 15 kHz Selects 15 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. 30 kHz 105.0000 MHz 30 kHz 10 kHz ON 2 ON ON 5000 Hz OFF 1.0 S Selects 30 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : 100 Hz S e l e ct s 1 0 0 H z r a n g e . 1 kHz S e l e ct s 1 H z r a n g e . Range: Peak Hold: 10 kHz Selects 10 kHz range. 100 kHz Selects 100 kHz range. AUTO Selects Autorange. 4-49 10 kHz ON SECTION 4 OPERATION I f P e a k H o l d F u n c t i o n i s d e s i r e d , t a ke meter out of Autorange and configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON Peak Hold: Average: Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. ON ON 2 RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. If Average Function is desired, configure a s f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 7 5 . Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 5000 Hz Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 5000 Hz Alarm: Gate Time: OFF 1.0 S If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is -110 to –30 dBm. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . W h e n a ct i v a t e d , a l a r m a l e r t s o v e r r a n g e c o n d i t i o n . RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. Configure Gate Time as follows: 0.1 S Selects 0.1 Second as Gate Time. Alarm: Gate Time: 1.0 S Selects 1.0 Second as Gate Time. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-50 OFF 1.0 S SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-10 AUDIO FREQUENCY COUNTER Th e A ud i o Fr e q ue n c y C ou n ter f or t he R F Re ce i v e r c ou n t s th e a ud i o f r eq u en c y w h en th e r e c e i ve d RF Si g nal i s m od u la t in g . F i lt er in g f or th e si g na l p a s s ed t o t he A ud i o Fr e qu e n c y Co u nt er i s p r o v i de d b y t h e A ud i o/D a t a F i l ter s . Configure and operate the Audio Frequency Counter follows: ZOOM Displays full screen Audio Frequency Counter. S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : 200 Hz S e l e ct s 2 0 0 H z r a n g e . Source: Range: Peak Hold: Average: Upper Limit: Lower Limit: Alarm: Gate Time: 2000 Hz S e l e ct s 2 0 0 0 H z r a n g e . 20 kHz Selects 20 kHz range. DEMOD 2000 Hz ON 2 ON 1900 Hz ON ON 100 Hz OFF 1S AUTO Selects Autorange. If Peak Hold Function is desired, take meter out of Autorange and configure as follows: OFF/ON Peak Hold: Average: Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. 4-51 ON ON 2 SECTION 4 OPERATION If Average Function is desired, configure a s f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 1900 Hz Average: Upper Limit: ON ON 2 1900 Hz Lower Limit: Alarm: ON OFF 100 Hz Alarm: Gate Time: OFF 1S If Upper Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 2 0 0 0 0 H z. If Lower Limit Function is desired, co n f i g u r e a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 2 0 0 0 0 H z. If Alarm Function is desired, configure as f o l l o w s: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . When activated, alarm alerts over range condition. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. Configure Gate Time as follows: 1S Selects 1 Second as Gate Time. Alarm: Gate Time: 10 S Selects 10 Seconds as Gate Time. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-52 OFF 1S SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-2-11 OSCILLOSCOPE OPERATION SCREEN o Th e RF R e ce i v e O s c i l lo s c o p e i s u s ab l e a s a n a bb r e v i at e d O s c i l lo s co p e or a s a Fu l l S cr ee n O s c il l o s c op e. T h e c o nf i g ur a t io n o f on e i s r ef l e ct e d i n th e o th er . o Pr e s s in g F 1 w h en t h e c u r s or i s o n t he a b br e vi a t e d O s c i l l o s co p e S CO P E/ AN A L YZ E R fi e l d a c ce ss e s t he F u l l S cr ee n O s c i l l o s c op e. D et er m in e S c o pe So ur c e be f or e a c c e s s i ng t h e F u l l S cr e en O s c i ll o s c ope . o For O s c il l o s c op e O p er a t io n S cr e e n, s ee p a ge 4 - 22 . 4-2-12 DISTORTION METER o Th e RF R e ce i v e S pe c tr um A na l y z er i s u s a b le a s an a b br e v i at e d S p ec tr u m A na l y z er or a s a F ul l S cr e e n S pe c tr um A na l y z er . Th e c o n f i gu r a t io n o f on e i s r ef l e ct e d i n th e ot h er . o Pr e s s in g F1 w h en t h e c u r s or i s o n th e a b br e vi a t e d S p e ctr u m A na l y ze r S CO P E/ AN A L YZ E R fi e l d a c ce ss e s t he F u l l S cr ee n Spe c tr u m A n al y z er . o For S p e ctr u m A n al y z er O p er at i o n S cr ee n , s ee pa g e 4- 27 . 4-2-13 STORE AND RECALL OPERATION o Pr e s s in g S TO R E M e mo r y K e y a l lo w s th e o p er a to r to st or e up t o 1 0 0 RF Rec e i v e O p er a t io n S cr e en c on fi g ur at i on s . St or ag e L oc a t i on s 0 t hr o ug h 4 9 ca n be u se d t o s tor e a n RF G e n er a t e O p er a t io n co nf i g ur a t ion , an RF R e c e i v e O pe r a t io n c on f ig ur at i on or a D upl e x O p er a t io n co n fi g ur a t io n ( R e c ei v e a n d G e ner at e p a ir ) . o For S t or e an d R e ca l l O p er at i on , s e e p ag e 4- 31 . 4-53 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-3 DUPLEX OPERATION Pr e s s in g t he D P L X MO D E K e y a c c e s se s t h e D u p le x O per a ti o n S cr ee n . T he D u p le x Mo d e a l lo w s th e CO M- 1 2 0 C t o a ct a s a tr an sm i t te r an d r e c e i ve r an d t e st a t r a n s c ei v er th at ma y o r ma y no t ha v e a f r e q ue n c y o ff s et . Th e Du p le x R e c e i ve an d Du p l e x G e ner a te O per a ti o n S cr e en s ar e sim i l a r i n c on f ig ur at i on an d o pe r a t io n t o th e R F R e c ei ve a n d RF G e n e r a te S cr e e n s. S p e c if i c te s t s a nd co n fi g ur a t ion s d i s c u s se d in t h o se tw o s e ct i on s ar e a p pl i c ab l e w i th i n th e Du p le x S y st e m. Th e i nt en t io n i s t o pr ov i d e su ff i c i en t i nf or m ati o n t o a l lo w t he o p er ato r to ef fe c t i ve l y use th e CO M- 12 0 C to per fo r m s pe c i fi c op er at or de f i ne d t e st s . 4-3-1 o GENERAL DUPLEX GENERATE OPERATION E nt er d e s ir e d fr eq u enc y i n D u p le x G en er at e RF Fi e l d. ERATE GENERATE Fr e qu e n c y r a ng e i s 0 .0 0 0 0 to 1 0 00 . 00 0 0 MH z. A ct i v at e a d di t io n a l fu nc t i o n s a s d e s ir e d. To operate with ∆ Function active: RF : Offset : Level : Output : 525.0000 MHz 0.0000 MHz - 40.0 dBm T/R = Activates window to increment RF Field. Range is 0 to 500 MHz. Set Steps: = On/Off 0.2000 MHz Activate/deactivate ∆ Function. Prompt displays by RF Field. RF: 10.0000 MHz T o O p e r a t e w i t h S e t R e f e r e n c e F u n ct i o n : SET REF R appears beside RF Field. When active, RF Field is s e t t o 0 M H z a n d ch a n g e s m a d e t o R F F i e l d d i s p l a y o f f s e t f r o m R e f e r e n c e F r e q u e n c y. T o d e a ct i va t e S e t Reference Function, press SET REF until R is not visible. 4-54 RF: 10.0000 MHz R SECTION 4 OPERATION PAIR Pairs Generate and Receive RF operation. RF: 10.0000 MHz UNPAIR Unpairs Generate and Receive RF.operation. o S et Fr eq u en c y O f f s et to d e si r e d v a l ue . Ra n ge i s fr o m - 9 9 9. 750 t o 9 99 .7 5 0 M H z. n OTe To activate/ deactivate Pair/ Unpair Function, press F5. S e t L e ve l a s f o l l o w s : dBm Selects dBm as Output Level Units. uV S e l e c t s µ V a s O u t p u t L e v e l U n i t s. Level : Output : - 40.0 dBm T/R Level : Output : - 40.0 dBm T/R mV S e l e ct s m V a s O u t p u t L e v e l U n i t s . V Selects V as Output Level Units. Select Output as follows: T/R S e l e ct s T / R C o n n e c t o r a s o u t p u t connector. AUX Selects AUX RF Connector as output connector. T/R Gate Selects T/R Connector as gated output connector. AUX Gate S e l e ct s A U X R F C o n n e c t o r a s g a t e d o u t p u t co n n e c t o r . 4-55 P SECTION 4 OPERATION Set Modulation Source Block as follows: GEN1 If Audio Generator 1 Operation is desired. GEN2 If Audio Generator 2 Operation is desired. DATA Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz If DATA Generator Operation is desired. DTMF Shape: If DTMF Generator Operation is desired. SINE MIC If Microphone Modulation Operation is desired. EXT If External Modulation Operation is desired. Select the desired Modulation Type: OFF Modulation OFF. AM Range is 0 . 0 % t o 1 0 0 . 0 % f o r A M M o d u l a t i o n . FM FM Mod Src: GEN1 5.0 kHz Deviation: Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz Shape: Range is 0.00 to 100 kHz for FM Modulation. PM Range is 0 . 0 0 t o 1 0 R a d i a n s f o r P M M o d u l a t i o n . 4-56 SINE SECTION 4 OPERATION o E nt er D e vi a ti o n/ M od u la t io n L e v el . Select the desired Format. MENU Accesses a menu with available format selections. Select transmission type: Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz CONT Selects continuous transmission of signal. BURST Shape: SINE F o r s i n g l e t r a n s m i s si o n o f s e l e c t e d s i g n a l . TIME A c c e s s e s B u r s t T i m e W i n d o w i f T O N E i s t h e se l e c t e d f o r m a t . CONFIG A ccesses Configuration Window if USER is the selected format. Used to configure User Selectable Frequency and Duration for codes 0 through 9 and A through T. Enter desired frequencies and durations for codes. Range of frequencies are 0 to 9999.9 Hz. Range of durations are 0 to 99.999 seconds. Use F1 and F2 to scroll up or down through Configuration Window. Use F3 to fill remainder of current column with value of current cursor position. 4-57 SECTION 4 OPERATION o If TO N E i s s e le c t ed a s F or ma t, enter Audio Tone Frequency. o If TO N E i s s e le c t ed a s F or ma t, enter Shape. Ra n ge i s 5 to 20 0 00 Hz w i th Sh a pe s et t o S IN E . R an g e i s 5 t o 1 00 00 H z ot h er w i s e. Select Shape of Wave as follows: SINE Selects SINE Wave Shape. Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz RAMP Selects RAMP Wave Shape. Shape: TRIANGLE Selects TRIANGLE Wave Shape. SQUARE Selects SQUARE Wave Shape. 4-58 SINE SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-3-2 o GENERAL DUPLEX RECEIVE OPERATION E nt er d e s ir e d fr eq u enc y i n R F F i e ld . Fr e qu e n c y r a ng e i s 0 .0 0 0 0 to 1 0 00 . 00 0 0 MH z. A ct i v at e a d di t io n a l fu nc t i o n s a s d e s ir e d. DUPLEX RECEIVE AND GEN To operate with ∆ Function active: RECEIVE RF : FL : Input : Demod : = Activates window to increment RF Field. Range is 0 to 500 MHz. 525.0000 MHz OFF T/R Atten: 0 dB FM IF BW: 15 kHz On/Off Set Steps: A ct i va t e / d e a c t i v a t e ∆ F u n c t i o n . P r o m p t displays by RF Field. = 0.2000 MHz PAIR Pairs Generate and Receive RF operation. RF: 10.0000 10.0000 MHz MHz UNPAIR Unpairs Generate and Receive RF.operation. o RF: P If Fr eq u en c y L i s t O p er a t io n i s de s ir e d i n st ead of e n ter i ng f r e q ue n c y in R F F ie l d, s el e c t Fr eq u e n c y L i st Se tt i n g a s fo l l ow s : On/Off Activates Frequency List Setting. T-Fwd S e l e ct s T r u n k i n g F o r w a r d C h a n n e l L i s t . RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz T-Rvs S e l e ct s T r u n k i n g R e v e r s e C h a n n e l L i s t . C-Fwd S e l e ct s C e l l u l a r F o r w a r d C h a n n e l L i st . C-Rvs S e l e c t C e l l u l a r R e ve r s e C h a n n e l L i st . FL S e l e ct U se r D e f i n e d F r e q u e n c y L i s t . 4-59 SECTION 4 OPERATION If C e ll u l ar Ch a nn e l L i st o r U ser D ef i n ed Fr e qu e n c y L i st i s s el e c te d, e n te r c ha n ne l /fr e qu e n c y num b e r . Ra n ge o f ce l l ul ar ch a nn e l s i s 1 t o 1 02 3. R an g e o f Fr e qu e n c y L i st i s 0 to 9 9 . If Tr un k i ng C h an n e l L is t i s s el e c te d, s el e c t ch a n ne l n u m ber . Se l e ct Fr e qu e n c y B an d. S e l e ct d e s ir e d Fr e q u en c y Ba n d u s in g D AT A SC RO L L Ke y s or DA T A SC RO LL S pi n ner . Pr es s E NT ER K e y. o S et I np u t Le v e l U ni t s a s f o ll o w s: RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz T/R Selects T/R as input connector. ANT Selects Antenna as input connector. o S et At te n ua t io n a s f o llo w s : 30 dB RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz Selects 30 dB attenuation for input si g n a l . 0 dB Selects 0 dB attenuation for input signal. o S et D e mo d ul a ti o n T y pe a s f ol l ow s : AM RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz Selects A M D e m o d u l a t i o n . FM Selects F M D e m o d u l a t i o n . PM Selects P M D e m o d u l a t i o n . 4-60 SECTION 4 OPERATION 300 kHz S e l e ct s 3 0 0 k H z I F B a n d w i d t h F i l t e r . RF: 10.0000 MHz FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz 15 kHz Selects 15 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. 30 kHz Selects 30 kHz IF Bandwidth Filter. n OTe F o r f o l l o w i n g g u i d e l i n e s , ∆ F i s F r e q u e n c y D e v i a t i o n i n H z , Φ i s P h a se D e vi a t i o n i n R a d i a n s , F m i s t h e T o n e M o d u l a t i o n F r e q u e n c y i n H z a n d IF is Minimum IF Filter Bandwidth. General Guidelines for IF Filter Selection are as follows: For F M Mo d u la te d Si gn a l s : IF = 4 ( ∆F + F m) For P M M o du l at e d S i gn a l s: IF = 4 Fm ( Φ + 1) For A M M o du l at e d S i gn a l s: IF = 1 5 k H z, f or F m ≤ 1 k H z o S el e c t T o ne /D a ta T y pe f or TO N E /D A T A CO DE F ie l d a s r e q ui r e d. Pr e s s F 2 t o a ct i v at e d e co d i ng . o S el e c t de s ir e d DI ST O RT IO N /S I N AD R e ad i n g. Pr e s s F 2 t o s e le c t S INA D Re a d in g . Pr e s s F 3 t o s e le c t DI ST O R TIO N Re a d in g. 4-61 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-4 INDEPENDENT OSCILLOSCOPE OPERATION SCREEN Pr e s s th e S CO P E O p er a t io n S cr e en . IN ST R UM E NT S Key to a c ce s s an in d ep e nd e nt O sc i l l o s c o pe Th i s O s c i l l o s co p e T e s t In s tr u m e nt i s in d ep e nd e nt o f a l l ot h er O p er at i on Mo d e s. For O s c il l o s c op e o per a t i o n, se e p a ge 4- 2 0. 4-5 INDEPENDENT SPECTRUM ANALYZER OPERATION SCREEN Pr e s s th e A N L YZ IN STR U M E NT S K e y t o a c ce s s t h e S p e ctr u m A na l yz e r O p er at i on S cr ee n . Th i s S p e ctr u m A na l y ze r Te s t In s tr u me nt i s i nd e pe n de n t of a l l o th er O p er at i o n M od e s. For S p e ctr u m A n al y z er o p er a t io n , s ee pa g e 4- 25 . 4-62 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-6 INDEPENDENT AUDIO/DATA/SIGNALING GENERATORS Pr e s s th e A UD IO G EN I N STR U M ENT S Ke y t o a c c e s s t he Au d io / Da ta / S ig n al i n g G e ner at or s O per at i o n S c r ee n . T he I n de p en de n t A u di o /D at a/ S ig n al in g G e ner a tor s pr o v i d e ba s e ba n d s i gna l g en er at or s t h at ar e in d e p en d en t of ot he r O p e r a t io n M o de s . Th e A ud i o/ D at a/ S i gn a li n g G e n er a t or s O p er a t io n S cr e e n i s c o m po s ed of f o ur s e ct i o n s. E a ch se c t io n o f th e s cr e e n r e pr e s e nt s a di ff er e nt g e ner at or . T he g en e r a tor s ar e ad dr e s se d se p ar a t el y in t h i s d o cu m e nt at i on . R e s tr i c t io n s t ha t a pp l y t o t he ge n er a to r s ar e pr im ar i l y r e la t ed to t he o u tp ut le v e l . Th e s u m of t h e ge n er at o r s o ut pu t l e v el s ho u ld no t e x c ee d 2 .5 vo l t s in X 1 m o de a n d 25 m V i n /1 0 ( d i v id e by 1 0) m o de . I f / 10 mo de i s s e l e ct ed , AL L s i g na l g en er at or s ar e af fe c t ed . Th e i nt en t io n i s t o pr ov i d e su ff i c i en t i nf or m ati o n t o a l lo w t he o p er ato r to ef fe c t i ve l y use th e CO M- 12 0 C to per fo r m s pe c i fi c op er at or de f i ne d te s t s . 4-6-1 AUDIO GENERATOR-1 OPERATION AUDIO GEN - 1 Configure and operate Audio Generator-1 as follows: GEN1 Toggles Audio Generator-1 ON and OFF. o Cur s or t o F or m at a n d s e l e c t fr om t h e me n u. o If T O N E i s s e le c t ed a s F or ma t: Format : Freq : Shape : Level : Mode : ON TONE 1000.0 Hz SINE 0.00 Vp CONT .000 Vrms E nt er A u di o T on e Fr e qu e n c y . R an g e i s 5 .0 to 2 0 00 0 H z. S e l e ct S h a p e o f W a v e a s f o l l o w s : SINE Selects Sine wave. RAMP Freq : Shape : Selects Ramp wave. TRIANGLE Selects Triangle wave. SQUARE Selects Square wave. 4-63 1000.0 Hz SINE SECTION 4 OPERATION o E nt er L e ve l a s de s ir ed. o E nt er M od e a s d e s ir ed. n OTe Level : Mode : 0.00 Vp CONT .000 Vrms US E R F or m at i s c on f ig ur ab l e. Configure USER Format as follows: CONFIG USER SIGNALING PROGRAM A c c e s se s C o n f i g u r a t i o n W i n d o w . o Co nf i g ur e U s er S e l e cta b l e Fr e q ue n c y a n d Dur at i o n for c od e s 0 th r o u gh 9 an d A thr o ug h T. E nt er d e s ir e d fr eq u enc i e s a nd dur at i o n for co d e s. Ra n ge o f fr eq u en c y i s 0 t o 99 9 9. 9 H z. Ra n ge o f d ur a t io n i s 20 t o 9 99 9 m s . CHAR FREQ (Hz) DUR (ms) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 PG UP Scrolls UP through configuration window. PG DN Scrolls DOWN through configuration window. FILL Fills remainder of current column with va l u e o f c u r r e n t c u r s o r p o s i t i o n . RETURN E xi t s c o n f i g u r a t i o n w i n d o w . o E nt er c o de . Pr e s s F 1 t o c l ear c ur r e n t c od e en t r y. o E nt er L e ve l . Selections range from 0 to 2.5 Vp in X1 (times 1) Mode and 0 to 25.0 mVp in /10 (divide by 10) Mode. 4-64 SECTION 4 OPERATION S e t L e ve l a t t e n u a t i o n a s f o l l o w s : X1 S e l e ct s X 1 ( t i m e s 1 ) l e v e l a t t e n u a t i o n . Level : Mode : /10 0.00 Vp CONT S e l e ct s / 1 0 ( d i v i d e b y 1 0 ) l e v e l a t t e n u a t i o n . n OTe L e ve l selections range from 0 to 2.5 Vp in X1 (times 1) mode and 0 to 25.0 mVp in /10 (divide by 10) mode. S e l e ct M o d e a s f o l l o w s : CONT S e l e ct s co n t i n u o u s t r a n s m i s s i o n o f a si g n a l . Level : Mode : 0.00 Vp CONT BURST Executes a single transmission of se l e ct e d si g n a l . n OTe I f T O N E i s s e l e c t e d a s F o r m a t , e n t e r d u r a t i o n t i m e f o r T O N E B u r st i n T= field. Time duration ranges from 0 to 30 seconds. 4-65 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-6-2 AUDIO GENERATOR-2 OPERATION Configure and operate Audio Generator-2 a s f o l l o w s: Format : Freq : Shape : GEN2 Toggles Audio Generator-2 ON and OFF. o AUDIO GEN - 2 E nt er A u di o T on e Fr e qu e n c y . Ra n g e i s 5. 0 t o 20 0 00 H z . Level : ON TONE 1000.0 Hz SINE 0.00 Vp .000 Vrms Select Shape of Wave as follows: SINE Selects Sine wave. RAMP Freq : Shape : Selects Ramp wave. 1000.0 Hz SINE TRIANGLE Selects Triangle wave. SQUARE Selects Square wave. Set Level attenuation as follows: X1 Selects X1 (times 1) level attenuation. Level : 0.00 Vp .000 Vrms /10 Selects /10 (divide by 10) level attenuation. n OTe L e ve l selections range from 0 to 2.5 Vp in X1 (times 1) mode and 0 to 25.0 mVp in /10 (divide by 10) mode. 4-66 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-6-3 DATA GENERATOR OPERATION Configure and operate Data Generator as follows: DATA GEN Format : Code : DATA ON DCS 114 Toggles Data Generator ON and OFF. Level : S e l e ct F o r m a t a s f o l l o w s : 1.00 Vp DCS Selects DCS format. DCS/ Selects DCS Inverted format. POCSAG Format : Code : DCS 114 Format : Code : DCS 114 Selects POCSAG format. POCSAG/ Selects POCSAG Inverted format. o E nt er d e s ir e d c o de . Ra n ge i s 00 0 ( O ct a l) to 77 7 ( O ct a l) . S e t L e ve l a t t e n u a t i o n a s f o l l o w s : X1 S e l e ct s X 1 ( t i m e s 1 ) l e v e l a t t e n u a t i o n . Level : 1.00 Vp /10 S e l e ct s / 1 0 ( d i v i d e b y 1 0 ) l e v e l a t t e n u a t i o n . n OTe L e ve l selections range from 0 to 2.5 Vp in X1 (times 1) mode and 0 to 25.0 mVp in /10 (divide by 10) mode. 4-67 SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-6-4 DTMF GENERATOR OPERATION Configure and operate Data Generator as f o l l o w s: DTMF Toggles DTMF Generator ON and OFF. o Pr e s s F 1 t o c l ea r c od e f i el d o f c ur r en t da t a. o E nt er d e s ir e d M ar k T im e f or D T MF t on e s . DTMF GEN Code : Mark : Space : Pause : Level : Mode : ON 0123456789ABCD#* 70 msec 70 msec 300 msec 0.00 CONT Ra n ge i s 25 t o 9 9 m s ec. o E nt er d e s ir e d S p a ce Ti m e f or DT MF t o ne s . Ra n ge i s 25 t o 9 9 m s ec. o E nt er d e s ir e d P a u se Ti m e f or DT MF t o ne s . Ra n ge i s 25 t o 9 9 m s ec. Set Level attenuation as follows: X1 Selects X1 (times 1) level attenuation. Level : Mode : /10 0.00 CONT Selects /10 (divide by 10) level attenuation. n OTe L e v e l s elections range from 0 to 2.5 Vp in X1 (times 1) mode and 0 to 25.0 mVp in /10 (divide by 10) mode. Select Mode as follows: CONT Activates DTMF Code in a repeating loop. Level : Mode : BURST Activates DTMF Code for one tone s e q u e n ce . KEY Sets DATA ENTRY Keys active as DTMF keypad. 4-68 0.00 Vp CONT SECTION 4 OPERATION 4-7 METERS OPERATION Th e In d ep e nd e nt M e ter s a r e in d ep e nde n t o f a l l ot h er O p er a t io n M o de s . Pr e s s in g t he M TR S I NS TR U ME NT S Ke y a c c es s e s th e I nd e pe n de n t M e t er s M en u . Fr o m th e M e ter s Me n u, cur s or t o th e n u mb er o f th e d e s ir ed m e ter an d pr e s s E NT ER . For A u d io Fr eq u en c y C o un t er O p er a t i on , s e e pa g e 4- 51 . For S IN A D M et er O p er a t i on , s e e p ag e 4- 1 3 . For D i gi t al Vo l t me ter O pe r a t io n, s ee p a ge 4- 69 . For D i st or ti o n M et er O p er at i on , s e e p ag e 4- 16 . Th e i nt en t io n i s t o pr ov i d e su ff i c i en t i nf or m ati o n t o a l lo w t he o p er ato r to ef fe c t i ve l y u s e th e CO M- 12 0 C to per fo r m s pe c i fi c op er at or de f i ne d t e st s . 4-7-1 DIGITAL VOLTMETER OPERATION Select Source as follows: Source: SCP/DVM AC MENU Range: 1 Volt A c ce s se s a m e n u o f a va i l a b l e se l e c t i o n s. DC ZERO Performs DC Zero when source is SCP/ DVM DC. S e l e ct R a n g e a s f o l l o w s : Source: SCP/DVM AC MENU Range: 1 Volt A c ce s se s a m e n u o f a va i l a b l e se l e c t i o n s. S e l e ct P e a k H o l d F u n c t i o n a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON Toggles Peak Hold Function ON or OFF. RST PK Resets Peak Hold Function. 4-69 Peak Hold: ON Average: ON 2 SECTION 4 OPERATION Select Average Function as follows: OFF/ON T o g g l e s A ve r a g e F u n c t i o n O N o r O F F . Cursor to Sample Number to enter d e si r e d v a l u e . R a n g e i s 2 t o 1 0 . Peak Hold: ON Average: ON 2 Select Upper Limit Function as follows: OFF/ON Toggles Upper Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 200 V. Upper Limit: ON 0.900 V Lower Limit: ON 0.100 V Select Lower Limit Function as follows: OFF/ON Toggles Lower Limit Function ON or OFF. Enter Limit Value. Range is 0 to 200 V. Upper Limit: ON 0.900 V Lower Limit: ON 0.100 V Lower Limit: ON 0.100 V Alarm: OFF S e l e ct A l a r m F u n c t i o n a s f o l l o w s : OFF/ON T o g g l e s A l a r m F u n ct i o n O N o r O F F . When activated, alarm alerts over range condition. RETURN Returns to RF Receive Operation Screen. 4-70 SECTION 4 OPERATION I F S o u r ce i s S C P / D V M A C , A U D I O / D A T A IN or EXT MOD IN, configure as follows: Vrms C o n v e r t s r e a d i n g u n i t s t o V r m s. 29.4 Vrms dBm Peak High: Peak Low: Converts reading units to dBm. Set Impedance for desired load. Place required load on connector specified by Source. 0.961 V 0.226 V 1.000 Vrms dB C o n ve r t s r e a d i n g u n i t s t o d B . Set Scope Sweep as follows: MENU Accesses a menu of available selections. ROLL To view the scope trace in a roll mode w h e n s e l e ct e d s w e e p r a t e i s 1 0 0 m s / d i v or higher. 500 us/div SLOW E xi t s r o l l a n d r e t u r n s t o n o r m a l m o d e o f operation. 4-71 Alar SECTION 4 OPERATION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 4-72 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1 RF GENERATE This section offer s suggestions for equipment and scr een setups for some common RF G ener ate pr actices. 5- 1- 1 G ener ating FM Modulated RF Signal 5- 1- 2 G ener ating AM Modulated RF Signal 5- 1- 3 G ener ating PM Modulated RF Signal 5- 1- 4 G ener ating DCS Coded RF Signal 5- 1- 5 G ener ating DTMF Coded RF Signal 5- 1- 6 G ener ating RF Signal using Exter nal Modulation 5- 1- 7 G ener ating Micr ophone Modulated RF Signal 5- 1- 8 Encoding 2 Tone Sequential For mat 5- 1 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-1 GENERATING FM MODULATED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF G ener ate FM Modulated RF Signal at the T/R Connector . P R E P O per ation Scr een to tr ansmit The audio portion of the signal is a 1 kHz sine wave from Audio Generator 1. The deviation is set at 5 kHz. The O utput Level is - 50 dBm. The speaker is configur ed to play the inter nal modulated signal. ο Set RF Field to Rcvr Center Frequency. ο Set O utput Level to - 50 dBm. ο Set O utput to T/R. ο Select Audio G ener ator 1 (GEN1) for Modulation Sour ce. ο Set Modulation Type to FM. ο Set Deviation Level to 5.00 kHz. ο Set For mat to TONE. ο Set Tone Fr eq to 1000.0 Hz. ο Set Shape to SINE. ο Access Filter s Setup Menu. ο Set Speaker /Headphones Field to INT- MO D. ο Retur n to RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een. ο Set VO LUME Contr ol for desir ed audio level. 5- 2 an SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RF GEN AUDIO / DATA FILTERS SETUP MENU LINE BAND PASS FILTER HIGH PASS FILTER LOW PASS FILTER OFF OFF OFF DTMF / SINAD * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIVATE SELECTION * * * SPEAKER / PHONES RF: FL: Level: Output: INT - MOD 100.0000 MHz OFF -50.0 dBm T/R GEN1 Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.00 kHz Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz Shape: Sine ANTENNA IN UUT 00607219 G ener ating FM Modulated RF Signal 5- 3 WIDE BAND ON SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-2 GENERATING AM MODULATED RF SIGNAL This procedure configures the RF Generate Operation Screen to transmit an AM Modulated RF Signal at the T/R Connector. P R E P The audio portion of the signal is a 1 kHz sine wave from Audio Generator 1. The Modulation is set at 50%. The O utput Level is - 50 dBm. The speaker is configur ed to play the inter nal modulated signal. ο Set RF Field to Rcvr Center Frequency. ο Set O utput Level to - 50 dBm. ο Set O utput to T/R. ο Select Audio G ener ator 1 (GEN1) for Modulation Sour ce. ο Set Modulation Type to AM. ο Set Modulation Level to 50.0%. ο Set For mat to TONE. ο Set Tone Fr eq to 1000.0 Hz. ο Set Shape to SINE. ο Access Filter s Setup Menu. ο Set Speaker /Headphones Field to INT- MO D. ο Retur n to RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een. ο Set VO LUME Contr ol for desir ed audio level. 5- 4 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RF GEN AUDIO / DATA FILTERS SETUP MENU LINE DTMF / SINAD BAND PASS FILTER HIGH PASS FILTER LOW PASS FILTER OFF OFF OFF * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIVATE SELECTION * * * SPEAKER / PHONES RF: FL: Level: Output: GEN1 INT - MOD (Rcvr Center Frequency) OFF -50.0 dBm T/R Mod Src: GEN1 AM Mdulation: 50.0% Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz Shape: Sine ANTENNA IN UUT 00607220 G ener ating AM Modulated RF Signal 5- 5 WIDE BAND ON SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-3 GENERATING PM MODULATED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF G ener ate PM Modulated RF Signal at the T/R Connector . P R E P O per ation Scr een to tr ansmit The audio portion of the signal is a 1 kHz sine wave from Audio Generator 1. The deviation is set at 5 Radians. The O utput Level is - 50 dBm. ο Set RF Field to Rcvr Center Frequency. ο Set O utput Level to - 50 dBm. ο Set O utput to T/R. ο Select Audio G ener ator 1 (GEN1) for Modulation Sour ce. ο Set Modulation Type to PM. ο Set Deviation Level to 5.00 Rad . ο Set For mat to TONE. ο Set Tone Fr eq to 1000.0 Hz. ο Set Shape to SINE. ο Access Filter s Setup Menu. ο Set Speaker /Headphones Field to INT- MO D. ο Retur n to RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een. ο Set VO LUME Contr ol for desir ed audio level. 5- 6 a SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RF GEN AUDIO / DATA FILTERS SETUP MENU LINE DTMF / SINAD BAND PASS FILTER HIGH PASS FILTER LOW PASS FILTER OFF OFF OFF * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIVATE SELECTION * * * SPEAKER / PHONES RF: FL: Level: Output: GEN1 INT - MOD (Rcvr Center Frequency) OFF -50.0 dBm T/R Mod Src: GEN1 PM Mdulation: 5.0 Rad Format: TONE Freq: 1000.0 Hz Shape: Sine ANTENNA IN UUT 00607221 G ener ating PM Modulated RF Signal 5- 7 WIDE BAND ON SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-4 GENERATING DCS CODED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een to tr ansmit an RF Signal FM Modulated with a DCS Code at the T/R Connector . P R E P The deviation is set at 0.50 kHz. The O utput Level is - 50 dBm. ο Set RF Field to Radio Center Frequency. ο Set O utput Level to - 50 dBm. ο Set O utput to T/R. ο Select DATA G ener ator (DATA) for Modulation Sour ce. ο Set Modulation Type to FM. ο Set Deviation Level to 0.50 kHz. ο Set For mat to DCS. ο Set Code to 114. ο Ver ify r adio unsquelches. ο Tur n DATA gener ator off. ο Ver ify r adio squelches. 5- 8 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RF: FL: Level: Output: DATA (Radio Center Frequency) OFF -50.0 dBm T/R Mod Src: DATA FM Deviation: 0.50 kHz Format: DCS Code: 114 TRANSMITTER OUT UUT 00607222 G ener ating DCS Coded RF Signal 5- 9 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-5 GENERATING DTMF CODED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een to tr ansmit an RF Signal FM Modulated with DTMF Code at the T/R Connector . P R E P The deviation is set at 5 kHz. The O utput Level is - 50 dBm. The signal is set to r un in a continuous loop. o Set RF Field to Rcvr Center Frequency . o Set O utput Level to -50 dBm . o Set O utput to T/R . o Select DTMF G ener ator 1 ( DTMF ) for Modulation Sour ce. o Set Modulation Type to FM . o Set Deviation Level to 3.50 kHz . o Enter desir ed DTMF Code. o Set Mar k Time to 70 msec . o Set Space Time to 70 msec . o Set Pause Time to 70 msec . o Cur sor to Code field. o Pr ess F2 CONT . 5- 10 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RF: FL: Level: Output: (Rcvr Center Frequency) OFF -50.0 dBm T/R DTMF Mod Src: DTMF FM Deviation: 3.50 kHz Code: 123456789*0# Mark: 70 msec Space: 70 msec Pause: 70 msec ANTENNA IN UUT 00607223 G ener ating DTMF Coded RF Signal 5- 11 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-6 GENERATING RF SIGNAL USING EXTERNAL MODULATION This pr ocedur e configur es the RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een to tr ansmit an RF Signal FM Modulated with 1 kHz Exter nal Modulation Sour ce. P R E P The deviation is set at 5 kHz by adjusting the input level of the Modulation Signal. The O utput Level is - 50 dBm. o Set RF Field to Rcvr Center Frequency . o Set O utput Level to -50 dBm . o Set O utput to T/R . o Select Exter nal Modulation ( EXT ) for Modulation Sour ce. o Set Modulation Type to FM . o Set Deviation Range to NAR 3 . o Configur e RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een for active SCOPE . o Set O scilloscope Sweep for 1 ms/div . o Set O scilloscope Sour ce for Scope/DVM-AC . o Connect Exter nal Modulation Sour ce to SCO PE/DVM IN Connector . o Set Exter nal Modulation Sour ce for 2.5 Vp. This setting pr oduces 5 kHz Deviation independent of signal shape. o Connect Exter nal Modulation Sour ce to EXT MO D IN Connector . 5- 12 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES GENERATE SCOPE 1 V SOURCE: RF: FL: Level: Output: 1 ms/div Scope/DVM - AC (Rcvr Center Frequency) OFF -50.0 dBm T/R EXT Mod Src: EXT FM Dev Range: NAR 3 Deviation: 5.00 kHz MODULATION SOURCE UUT 00607224 G ener ating RF Signal Using Exter nal Modulation 5- 13 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-7 GENERATING MICROPHONE MODULATED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een to tr ansmit a Micr ophone Modulated RF Signal at the T/R Connector . P R E P The Micr ophone is connected to the MIC/ACC Connector . The O utput Level is - 50 dBm. o Set RF Field to Rcvr Center Frequency . o Set O utput Level to -50 dBm . o Set O utput to T/R . o Select Micr ophone ( MIC ) for Modulation Sour ce. o Set Modulation Type to FM . o Set Deviation Range to NAR 3 . 5- 14 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RF: FL: Level: Output: (Rcvr Center Frequency) OFF -50.0 dBm T/R MIC Mod Src: MIC FM Dev Range: NAR 3 ANTENNA IN UUT 00607225 G ener ating Micr ophone Modulated RF Signal 5- 15 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-1-8 ENCODING 2-TONE SEQUENTIAL FORMAT This pr ocedur e configur es the RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een to encode using the 2- Tone Sequential for mat. P R E P This example assumes an FM pager r equir es a fir st tone of 650 Hz for 500 ms and a second tone of 850 Hz for 1.5 sec. with a 0.25 sec. gap. o Set RF Field to Pager Center Frequency . o Set O utput Level to -30 dBm . o Set O utput to T/R . o Select GEN1 for Modulation Sour ce. o Set Modulation Type to FM . o Set Deviation to 5.0 kHz . o Set For mat to USER . o Cur sor to For mat Field and pr ess F4 CONFIG . o Edit the USER SIG NALING PRO G RAM pop- up window to r ead: CHAR 0 1 2 USER SIGNALING PROGRAM FREQ (Hz) DUR (ms) 0.0 250 650.0 500 850.0 1500 o Pr ess F6 RETURN . o Cur sor to Code Field and pr ess F1 CLEAR . o Attach an antenna to the T/R Connector . o Enter 102 . o Cur sor to For mat Field and Pr ess F3 BURST or F2 CONT to set off the pager . 5- 16 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RF: FL: Level: Output: GEN1 (Pager Center Frequency) OFF -30.0 dBm T/R Mod Src: GEN1 FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: USER Code: 102 00607247 Encoding 2- Tone Sequential For mat 5- 17 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 5- 18 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-2 RF RECEIVE This section offer s suggestions for equipment and scr een setups for some common RF Receive pr actices. 5- 2- 1 Receiving FM Modulated RF Signal 5- 2- 2 Receiving AM Modulated RF Signal 5- 2- 3 Receiving PM Modulated RF Signal 5- 2- 4 Decoding 2 Tone Sequential For mat 5- 19 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-2-1 RECEIVING FM MODULATED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF Receive O per ation Scr een to r eceive a Fr equency Modulated RF Signal at the ANTENNA Connector . P R E P The tr ansmitted signal Is 5 kHz deviation of a 1 kHz sine wave at - 60 dBm level. The speaker is configur ed to play the demodulated signal. o Set RF Field to Radio Center Frequency . o Set Input to ANT . o Set Attenuation to 0 dB . o Set Demodulation Type to FM . o Set IF Bandwidth to 300 kHz . o Cur sor to Line Field and pr ess F6 CONFIG. o Set Mod Meter Filter Line Low- Pass Filter to 20 kHz . o Set AF Counter Filter Line Low- Pass Filter to 4 kHz . o Set Speaker /Headphones Filter Line to W.B. ( Wideband) . o Execute and r etur n to RF Receive O per ation Scr een. o Adjust VO LUME Contr ol for desir ed audio level. 5- 20 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RECEIVER AUDIO / DATA FILTERS SETUP MENU BAND PASS FILTER HIGH PASS FILTER OFF OFF OFF OFF AF CNTR/DECODE OFF OFF 4 kHz OFF DATA DECODER OFF OFF OFF ON LINE MOD METERS DTMF / SINAD LOW PASS FILTER 20 kHz OFF * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIVATE SELECTION * * * SPEAKER / PHONES W.B. DEMOD OUT AF CNT RF: (Radio Center Frequency) FL: OFF Input: ANT Atten: 0 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 300 kHz AF GEN OUT OFF LINE: MOD MTR HPF: OFF LPF: 20kHz BPF: OFF TRANSMITTER OUT UUT 00607226 Receiving FM Modulated RF Signal 5- 21 WIDE BAND OFF ON SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-2-2 RECEIVING AM MODULATED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF Receive O per ation Scr een to r eceive an Amplitude Modulated RF Signal at the ANTENNA Connector . P R E P The tr ansmitted signal has 40% Modulation Rate of a 1 kHz sine wave at - 60 dBm level. The speaker is configur ed to play the demodulated signal. o Set RF Field to Radio Center Frequency . o Set Input to ANT . o Set Attenuation to 0 dB . o Set Demodulation Type to AM . o Set IF Bandwidth to 300 kHz . o Cur sor to Line Field and pr ess F6 CONFIG . o Set Mod Meter Filter Line Low- Pass Filter to 20 kHz . o Set AF Counter Filter Line Low- Pass Filter to 4 kHz . o Set Speaker /Headphones Filter Line to W.B. ( Wideband) . o Execute and r etur n to RF Receive O per ation Scr een. o Adjust VO LUME Contr ol for desir ed audio level. 5- 22 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RECEIVER AUDIO / DATA FILTERS SETUP MENU BAND HIGH LOW LINE PASS PASS PASS FILTER FILTER FILTER WIDE BAND MOD METERS DTMF / SINAD OFF OFF OFF OFF 20 kHz OFF OFF ON AF CNTR/DECODE DATA DECODER OFF OFF OFF OFF 4 kHz OFF OFF ON * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIVATE SELECTION * * * SPEAKER / PHONES W.B. DEMOD OUT AF CNT RF: (Radio Center Frequency) OFF FL: Input: ANT Atten: 0 dB Demod: AM IF BW: 300 kHz AF GEN OUT OFF MOD MTR LINE: HPF: OFF LPF: 20kHz BPF: OFF TRANSMITTER OUT UUT 00607227 Receiving AM Modulated RF Signal 5- 23 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-2-3 RECEIVING PM MODULATED RF SIGNAL This pr ocedur e configur es the RF Receive O per ation Scr een to r eceive a Phase Modulated RF Signal at the ANTENNA Connector . P R E P The tr ansmitted signal has 5 Radians deviation of a 1 kHz sine wave at - 60 dBm level. The speaker is configur ed to play the demodulated signal. o Set RF Field to Radio Center Frequency . o Set Input to ANT . o Set Attenuation to 0 dB . o Set Demodulation Type to PM . o Set IF Bandwidth to 300 kHz . o Cur sor to Line Field and pr ess F6 CONFIG . o Set Mod Meter Filter Line Low- Pass Filter to 20 kHz . o Set AF Counter Filter Line Low- Pass Filter to 4 kHz . o Set Speaker /Headphones Filter Line to W.B. ( Wideband) . o Execute and r etur n to RF Receive O per ation Scr een. o Adjust VO LUME Contr ol for desir ed audio level. 5- 24 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RECEIVER AUDIO / DATA FILTERS SETUP MENU BAND HIGH LOW LINE PASS PASS PASS FILTER FILTER FILTER WIDE BAND MOD METERS DTMF / SINAD OFF OFF OFF OFF 20 kHz OFF OFF ON AF CNTR/DECODE DATA DECODER OFF OFF OFF OFF 4 kHz OFF OFF ON * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIVATE SELECTION * * * SPEAKER / PHONES W.B. DEMOD OUT AF CNT RF: (Radio Center Frequency) OFF FL: Input: ANT Atten: 0 dB Demod: PM IF BW: 300 kHz AF GEN OUT OFF MOD MTR LINE: HPF: OFF LPF: 20kHz BPF: OFF TRANSMITTER OUT UUT 00607228 Receiving ± Modulated RF Signal 5- 25 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-2-4 DECODING 2-TONE SEQUENTIAL FORMAT This pr ocedur e configur es the RF Receive O per ation Scr een to decode using the 2- Tone Sequential for mat. o Set RF Field to Pager Center Frequency . o Set Input to T/R . o Set Attenuation to 30 dB . o Set Demodulation Type to FM . o Cur sor to Line Field and pr ess F6 CONFIG . o Set AF CNTR/DECODE High-Pass Filter to OFF . o Set AF CNTR/DECODE Low-Pass Filter to 4 kHz . o Pr ess F5 EXEC . o Pr ess F6 RETURN . o Cur sor to Deviation Meter and pr ess F1 ZOOM . o Set Scp/Demod Cplg: to AC . o Set Range to AUTO . o Pr ess F6 RETURN . o Set Tone/Data Code to USER . o Pr ess F2 DECODE . o O bser ve the fr equency and dur ation of tones r eceived on the RECEIVED TO NE DECO DING Scr een. 5- 26 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES RECEIVER AUDIO / DATA FILTERS SETUP MENU BAND PASS FILTER HIGH PASS FILTER LOW PASS FILTER MOD METERS DTMF / SINAD OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON AF CNTR/DECODE OFF OFF 4 kHz OFF DATA DECODER OFF OFF OFF ON LINE WIDE BAND FM DEVIATION METER (Pager Center Frequency) RF: AC Cplg: Scp / Demod AUTO Range: ON Peak Hold: 2 ON Average: 8.00 ON Upper Limit: 1.00 ON Lower Limit: OFF Alarm: NORMAL Mode: * * * PRESS "EXEC" TO ACTIVATE SELECTION * * * SPEAKER / PHONES W.B. DEMOD OUT AF CNT (Pager Center Frequency) RF: OFF FL: Input: T/R Atten: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 300 kHz AF GEN OUT OFF MOD MTR LINE: HPF: OFF LPF: OFF BPF: OFF Tone/Data Code: USER 00607248 Decoding 2- Tone Sequential For mat 5- 27 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES 5-3 DUPLEX This section offer s suggestions for equipment and scr een setups for a common Duplex pr actice. This pr ocedur e configur es the Duplex O per ation Scr een to per for m a Receive and G ener ate Sensitivity Check. o Pr ess DPLX Mode Key. o Set Duplex Receive: RF Input Atten Demod IF BW 455.0000 MHz ANT 0 dB FM 15 kHz o Set Squelch Contr ol Knob fully Counter Clockwise. o Set Duplex G ener ate: o RF O ffset O utput Level GEN2 G EN1, DATA and DTMF Deviation F or mat F r eq o Connect AUX output connector to ANTENNA input connector . o Connect DEMO D O UT connector to SINAD IN connector . o Cur sor to RECEIVE field and pr ess F1 ZOOM . o Cur sor to LINE field and pr ess F6 CONFIG . o Set filter s: o MOD METERS DTMF/SINAD AF CNTR/DECODE DATA DECODER SPEAKER/PHO NES DEMOD OUT 455.0000 MHz 0.0000 MHz AUX -40.0 dBm FM OFF 3.30 kHz TONE 1000.0 Hz HPF, 300 Hz /LPF, 4 kHz /WB, OFF BPF, C-MSG LPF, 20 kHz LPF, 20 kHz WB DET OUT 5- 28 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES o Pr ess F5 EXEC . o Pr ess F6 RETURN . o Pr ess REC Mode Key. o Repeat steps 8 thr ough 16 for Receive O per ation Scr een. o Pr ess DPLX Mode Key. o Cur sor to RECEIVE field and pr ess F1 ZOOM . o Ver ify these r eadings: Analyzer Level AF Fr equency RF Er r or Deviation Distor tion - 40 dBm (± 4 dB) 1000 Hz (± 1 Hz) 0.0 MHz ( ± 30 Hz) 3.30 kHz (± .5 kHz) <3% o Pr ess DPLX Mode Key. o Cur sor to G ENERATE field and pr ess F1 ZOOM . o Cur sor to LINE field and pr ess F6 CONFIG . o Set filter s: DTMF/SINAD SPEAKER/PHO NES BPF, C-MSG WB o Pr ess F5 EXEC . o Pr ess F6 RETURN . o Cur sor to Level field and pr ess F5, SINAD=. o Set SINAD= field to 12.0 dB . o Pr ess F6 RETURN . o Pr ess F6 S=On/Off . o Ver ify RF Level settles to <- 101 dBm. o Pr ess F6 S=On/Off . o Disconnect ever ything. 5- 29 SECTION 5 COMMON PRACTICES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 5- 30 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-1 INTERNAL BATTERY (OPTION 01) Pr ovides self- contained dc power when exter nal ac or dc power is unavailable. 6-2 OVEN CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY STANDARD (OPTION 02) O CXO r eplaces the standar d TCXO as system time base. Pr ovides 0.01 x 10 6-3 -6 accur acy. 30 kHz IF FILTER (OPTION 03) Pr ovides additional band limiting between 15 kHz and 300 kHz offer ed in standar d set. 6-4 VARIABLE AUDIO GENERATOR-2 (OPTION 04) NOW A STANDARD OPTION The Var iable Fr equency Audio G ener ator has a fr equency r ange of 5 to 20000 Hz with sine wave shape and 5 to 10000 Hz with r amp, tr iangle and squar e wave shapes. Audio G ener ator - 2 is available for use on the RF G ener ate, Duplex and Duplex G ener ate O per ation Scr eens as a modulation sour ce and as baseband output fr om the Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s O per ation Scr een. 6-5 GENERATE AMPLIFIER (OPTION 05) NOW A STANDARD OPTION The G ener ate Amplifier is an inter nal RF Amplifier pr oviding 26 dB gain for AUX RF O UT Connector . With O ption 05 installed, RF AUX O UT Connector output r ange is - 130 to +13 dBm for all O per ation Modes. 6- 1 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-6 DATA GENERATOR/BIT ERROR RATE (BER) METER (OPTION 07) To access the BER Meter , pr ess SPCL TEST MO DE Key and select the Bit Er r or Rate. The BER Meter is designed for Baseband, RF G ener ate, RF Receive or Duplex Mode. The complexity of the BER Meter is best descr ibed in four separ ate sections. BER Meter G ener al O per ation Scr een BER Meter Configur ation Section Receive Data Configur ation Section Send Data Configur ation Section BIT ERROR RATE METER 7 6 Send Data: RF GENERATOR RF: 10.0000 Level: -30.0 Output: T/R Type: OFF Run Mode: LOOP Data Rate: 1200 BPS 10 Size: 100000 Bits Data Pattern: FIXED Data Polarity: NORMAL Peak Hold: ON Upper Limit: OFF Receive Data: RF RECEIVER RF: 105.0000 Input: Att: 30 dB ANT Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz Coupling: AC Deviation Range: 100 kHz Aud/Data Filters: BPF: OFF LPF: OFF HPF: OFF Alarm: OFF Peak High: 0 EXP - 6 Bit Error Rate: Loop Count: 0 EXP - 3 2 Deviation: 0 BER Meter O per ation Scr een 1. BER Meter Configur ation Section Contains configur ation data for signal. 2. Peak Reading Displays highest Bit Er r or Rate for cur r ent test. 3. Loop Count Displays number of times Data has been sent. 3 + -- --- kHz 00616015 5 6- 2 1 4 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 4. Input Level Indicator Displays the modulation or voltage level of the Receive Data input sour ce. The level indicator displays an AF Level Meter r eading when the field is set for AUDIO/DATA IN. When the field is set for RF RECEIVER, the Demod field deter mines the display ( i.e., FM- Deviation Meter in kHz, AM- Modulation Meter in % or PM- Phase Meter in Rad) . 5. Bit Error Rate Displays Bit Er r or Rate. Exponent changes depending on Data Patter n Size ( 11) . 6. Receive Data Configur ation Section Contains configur ation data for Receive. 7. Send Data Configur ation Section Contains configur ation data for G ener ate Section. 6- 3 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-6-1 BER METER CONFIGURATION SECTION This section contains the par ameter s for setting the message size, r ate and patter n as well as infor mation on configur ing the BER Meter . Functions and par ameter s for the BER Meter Configur ation Section ar e as follows: 8. Run Mode 8 Displays selected O per ation Mode. Selections include Continuous ( CO NTIN) and LO O P. When LO O P Mode is selected, LO O P Number ( 9) is displayed. 9. LO O P Number Displays selected number of Data Patter ns to be G ener ated. Displayed only with LO O P selected for Run Mode ( 8) . Range is 1 to 100000. 9 Run Mode: LOOP Data Rate: 1200 BPS 10 Size: 100000 Data Pattern: FIXED Data Polarity: NORMAL Peak Hold: OFF Upper Limit: OFF Alarm: OFF 10. Data Rate 10 11 12 13 14 15 Displays selected Data Rate in Bits Per Second ( BPS) . Selections include: 75 BPS 150 BPS 300 BPS 600 BPS 1200 BPS 2400 BPS 4800 BPS 9600 BPS 00607094 16 11. Data Patter n Size Displays selected Data Patter n Size. Selections r ange fr om 128 to 100000 bits. 12. Data Patter n Type Displays selected Data Patter n Type. Selections ar e RANDO M and FIXED. FIXED is an 8 bit hexadecimal patter n that is r epeated. RANDO M is based on a pseudo- r andom seed. 13. Data Polar ity Displays selected Data Polar ity Type. Displays NO RMAL or INVERTED. INVERTED is the opposite code of NO RMAL. O per ation Mode. Selections include Continuous ( CO NTIN.) and LO O P. When LO O P Mode is selected, LO O P Number ( 2) is displayed. 14. Peak Hold Displays selected Peak Hold F unction Status. Status is O F F or O N. When O N, Peak Reading ( 2) is displayed. 6- 4 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 15. Upper Limit Displays selected Upper Limit. Status is O FF or O N. When O N Upper Limit Value -6 -3 is displayed. Range of Upper Limit Value is 0 x 10 to 999 x 10 . 16. Alar m Displays Alar m status. Status is O FF or O N. Alar m sounds when Upper Limit ( 15) is exceeded. 6- 5 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-6-2 RECEIVE DATA CONFIGURATION SECTION This section contains the par ameter s for setting the Receiver Por tion of the BER Meter . Functions and par ameter s for the Receiver por tion of the BER Meter ar e as follows: 17. Receive Data Input 17 Displays selected Input for BER Meter . Selections include RF RECEIVER and AUDIO DATA IN. Selecting RF RECEIVER means an RF Car r ier is demodulated to r eceive the Data Signal. Selecting AUDIO DATA IN means Data Signal is r eceived dir ectly thr ough the AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . 18 27 26 19 20 21 22 00607095 The following items ar e displayed only when RF RECEIVER is selected as Receive Data Input ( 17) : Receive Data: RF RECEIVER RF: 105.0000 Input: ANT Att: 30 dB Demod: FM IF BW: 15 kHz Coupling: AC Deviation Range: 100 kHz Data / Ber - Filter: BPF: OFF LPF: OFF HPF: OFF 25 24 23 18. RF Field Displays RF Receive Fr equency. Selections r ange fr om 0.0000 to 1000.0000 MHz. 19. Attenuation Displays Input Attenuation. Selections ar e 0 or 30 dB. 20. IF Bandwidth Displays IF Filter Bandwidth. Selections ar e 300 and 15 kHz. 21. Coupling Displays Coupling Type for RF Receiver . Displayed only with FM selected for Demod Type ( 26) . Selections ar e AC or DC. 22. Deviation Range Displays FM Deviation Range. Displayed only with FM selected for Demod Type ( 26) . Selections ar e 10, 20, 50 and 100 kHz. 23. Bandpass Filter Displays Bandpass Filter setting for demodulated signal. Selections include O FF and C- MSG ( C- Message Weighted Filter ) . High- Pass Filter /Low- Pass Filter combination and Bandpass Filter cannot be active simultaneously. 6- 6 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 24. High- Pass Filter Displays cur r ent High- Pass Filter setting for demodulated signal. Selections include O FF, 300 Hz and 4 kHz. High- Pass Filter /Low- Pass Filter combination and Bandpass Filter cannot be active simultaneously. 25. Low- Pass Filter Displays cur r ent Low- Pass Filter setting for demodulated signal. Selections include O FF, 300 Hz, 4 kHz and 20 kHz. High- Pass Filter /Low- Pass Filter combination and Bandpass Filter cannot be active simultaneously. 26. Demod Type Displays Demodulation Type. Selections include FM, AM and PM. Selection of FM activates Coupling ( 21) and Deviation Range ( 22) Fields. 27. Input Displays signal Input Connector . Selections include T/R ( T/R Connector ) and ANT ( ANTENNA Connector ) . The following items ar e displayed only when AUDIO DATA IN is selected as Receive Data Input ( 17) : 28. Bandpass Filter 30 Displays cur r ent Bandpass Filter setting for signal passed thr ough AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . Selections include O FF and CMSG ( C- Message Weighted Filter ) . High- Pass Filter /Low- Pass Filter combination and Bandpass Filter cannot be active simultaneously. Receive Data: AUDIO DATA IN Data / Ber - Filter: BPF: OFF LPF: OFF HPF: OFF 28 29 00607096 29. High- Pass Filter Displays cur r ent High- Pass Filter setting for signal passed thr ough AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . Selections include O FF, 300 Hz and 4 kHz. High- Pass Filter /Low- Pass Filter combination and Bandpass Filter cannot be active simultaneously. 30. Low- Pass Filter Displays cur r ent Low- Pass Filter setting for signal passed thr ough AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . Selections include O FF, 300 Hz, 4 kHz and 20 kHz. High- Pass Filter /Low- Pass Filter combination and Bandpass Filter cannot be active simultaneously. 6- 7 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-6-3 SEND DATA CONFIGURATION SECTION This section contains the par ameter s for setting the Tr ansmitter Por tion of the BER Meter . Functions and par ameter s for the Tr ansmitter por tion of the BER Meter ar e as follows: 31. Send Data O utput 31 Displays selected O utput for BER Meter . Selections include RF G ENERATO R and AUD/DATA GEN OUT. Selecting RF G ENERATO R means an RF Car r ier is modulated with the Data Signal befor e tr ansmission. Selecting AUD/DATA G EN O UT means Data Signal is tr ansmitted dir ectly thr ough the AUDIO /DATA G EN Connector . 32 Send Data: RF GENERATOR RF: 10.0000 Level: -30.0 Output: T/R Type: FM Deviation: 5.0kHz 33 34 35 00607097 36 32. RF Field Displays RF G ener ator Fr equency. Selections r ange fr om 0.0000 to 1000.0000 MHz. 33. Level Displays RF G ener ator output Level. Selections r ange fr om - 130 to - 30 dBm with T/R Connector selected as O utput ( 34) . Selections r ange fr om - 130 to - 13 dBm with AUX RF O UT Connector selected as O utput ( 34) . 34. O utput Displays O utput Connector . and T/R ( T/R Connector ) . Selections include AUX ( AUX RF O UT Connector ) 35. Modulation Type Displays Modulation Type. Selections include O FF, AM, FM and PM. 36. Modulation/Deviation Level Displays Modulation Level. Selections r ange fr om 0.0% to 100% for AM Modulation Type ( 35) , 0.00 to 100 kHz for FM Modulation Type ( 35) and 0.00 to 10 Rad for PM Modulation Type. 37. O utput Level Displays O utput Level of Data Signal. Selections r ange fr om 0.0 to 2.5 Vp in x1 ( times 1) Mode or 0 to 25 mVp in /10 ( divide by 10) Mode. Send Data: AUD/DATA GEN OUT Level: 7.96 Vp 00607098 6- 8 37 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-7 SINGLE SIDEBAND RECEIVE FILTER (OPTION 08) 6-7-1 GENERAL Installation of the Single Sideband Receive IF Filter pr ovides the ability to monitor SSB signals. When Filter is installed, 3 kHz Selection is available for IF Bandwidth Filter . The Single Sideband and 30 kHz IF Filter s ar e mutually exclusive. O nly one additional IF Filter can be installed. 6-7-2 DESCRIPTION OF RECEIVE FUNCTION RF Receive O per ation is changed as follows: o Analyzer Center Fr equency is offset fr om center gr aticule ± 1800 Hz, depending on whether Upper Sideband ( UB) or Lower Sideband ( LB) is selected as Demodulation Type. o No Modulation Meter is pr ovided for Single Sideband. Either Modulation Reading or Modulation Meter , whichever was last selected, is blanked fr om the scr een. o RF Er r or Meter is not pr ovided for Single Sideband. RF Er r or Meter is blanked fr om the scr een. Additions and Redefinitions of par ameter s on the RF Receiver O per ation Scr een ar e as follows: 1. Demodulation Type Includes two additional settings: UB ( Upper Sideband) and LB ( Lower Sideband) . 2. IF Bandwidth Includes additional 3 kHz setting. 3. BFO Fr equency Tone/Data Code Field is r enamed when UB or LB is selected as Demodulation Type ( 1) . Displays selected adjustment for BFO Fr equency. Adjustment r ange is ± 4.0 kHz. No Soft Function Keys ar e defined when BFO Fr equency is displayed. 4. AG C Setting Displays cur r ent AG C Setting, AUTO or MANUAL. AUTO pr ovides automatic gain contr ol while MANUAL sets feedback level for automatic gain contr ol to defined level. Selection of MANUAL accesses Feedback Level Data Field. Range is 0 to 1023. 6- 9 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-8 RCC SIGNALING FORMATS (OPTION 09) Activates encode capabilities for 10 PS, 20 PS, MTS, IMTS and Tone Remote Contr ol Signaling For mats. These for mats appear as selections for G EN1 RF G ener ate Modulation Sour ce, G EN1 Duplex G ener ate Modulation Sour ce and Audio Function G ener ator - 1. While these selections appear whether or not O ption 9 is installed, they ar e not active. Accessing these selections is discussed in Section 3- 3, Scr eens, Softkeys and Menus. 6-9 AUDIO/DIGITAL SIGNALING FORMATS (OPTION 11) Pr ovides encode/decode capabilities for both analog and digital signaling for mats. Analog for mats suppor ted by O ption 11 include: CCIR CCIRH CCIRH4 EEA EIA NATEL ZVEI DZVEI DDZVEI EURO 5/6 Tone Listed below ar e the Fr equencies and dur ation for each of the Audio Signaling For mats: 6- 10 SECTION 6 OPTIONS Tone Number C o d e D i g i t C C I R C C I R H C C I R H 4 E E A E I A N A T E L Z V E I D Z V E I D D Z V E I E U R O 5 / 6 T o n e Tone 0 0 19 81 19 81 19 81 19 81 60 0 16 33 24 00 22 00 24 00 97 9. 8 60 0 Tone 1 1 11 24 11 24 11 24 11 741 631 10 970 10 90 741 24 60 60 3.1 Tone 2 2 11 97 11 97 11 97 11 882 697 11 97 60 10 60 11 83 882 60 2.5 Tone 3 3 12 75 12 75 12 75 12 75 10 770 12 23 70 11 60 12 76 10 70 7.4 23 Tone 4 4 13 58 13 58 13 58 13 58 11 852 14 64 00 12 70 14 70 11 00 7.4 64 Tone 5 5 14 46 14 46 14 46 14 46 13 941 15 05 30 14 00 15 65 13 30 2.0 05 Tone 6 6 15 40 15 40 15 40 15 40 14 46 10 40 16 70 15 30 16 60 14 70 1.0 46 Tone 7 7 16 40 16 40 16 40 16 40 15 87 12 09 18 30 16 70 18 55 15 30 4.0 87 Tone 8 8 17 47 17 47 17 47 17 47 17 28 13 36 20 00 18 30 20 51 17 00 0.7 28 Tone 9 9 18 60 18 60 18 60 18 60 18 69 14 77 22 00 20 00 22 47 18 00 0.8 69 Repeat Tone R 21 10 21 10 21 10 21 459 18 10 05 26 00 24 970 10 459 00 62 .9 Group Tone G 24 00 24 00 24 00 10 55 Alarm Tone A Tone Width 100 20 (ms) 20 10 19 95 28 885 885 00 33 70 70 20 10 24 00 40 40 Digital for mats suppor ted by O ption 11 include: PO CSAG PO CSAG / ( PO CSAG INVERTED) 6- 11 70 70 100 33/ 52 SECTION 6 OPTIONS Encoding of the analog for mats is available in RF G ener ate, Duplex G ener ate and Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s O per ation Scr eens. In the RF G ener ate and Duplex G ener ate O per ation Scr eens, these for mats ar e accessed by selecting G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator - 1) as a modulation sour ce. In the Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s O per ation Scr een, these for mats ar e accessed thr ough Audio G ener ator - 1. Refer to Section 3- 3, Scr eens, Softkeys and Menus for infor mation on selecting these for mats. Decoding of the analog for mats is available in RF Receive and Duplex Receive O per ation Scr eens. Select the desir ed signaling for mat for decoding at the Tone/Data Code Field. Refer to Section 3- 3, Scr eens, Softkeys and Menus for infor mation on selecting these for mats. For infor mation on Digital Signaling For mats r efer to the following: 6- 9- 1 Modulating RF Signals With Digital Signaling F or mats 6- 9- 2 Encoding Digital Signaling For mats for Audio Signal 6- 9- 3 Decoding Digital Signaling For mats 6- 9- 4 Testing A Receiver using Digital Signaling For mats 6- 9- 5 Testing A Tr ansmitter using Digital Signaling For mats 6- 12 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-9-1 MODULATING RF SIGNALS WITH DIGITAL SIGNALING FORMATS Digital Signaling For mats can be used as a modulation sour ce in both RF G ener ate and Duplex G ener ate O per ation. With O ption 11 installed, optional Digital Signaling For mats ar e accessed by selecting the DATA G ener ator as the Modulation Sour ce. Additional For mats available with this option include PO CSAG and PO CSAG Inver ted ( PO CSAG /) . DATA Modulation Sour ce Block is defined as follows: 1. Modulation Sour ce 1 Displays selected Modulation Sour ce. Selections include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator - 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator - 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) , DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) , EXT ( Exter nal Modulation) and MIC ( Micr ophone Modulation) . 2. Modulation T ype 2 3 Mod Src: DATA FM Deviation: 5.0 kHz Format: DCS Code: 114 8717127 4 5 Displays selected Modulation Type. Selections include O FF, AM, FM and PM. 3. Deviation/Modulation Level Displays selected Deviation in kHz if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 2) is FM with r ange fr om 0.0 to 100 kHz. Displays selected Per cent Modulation if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 2) is AM with r ange fr om 0% to 100%. Displays selected Deviation in r adians if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 2) is PM with r ange fr om 0 to 10 Radians. Field is not displayed if Modulation Type ( 2) is O FF. 4. For mat Displays For mat type for Modulation Sour ce ( 1) . Selections available with DATA include DCS, DCS INV ( DCS Inver ted) , PO CSAG and PO CSAG INV ( PO CSAG Inver ted) . Access CO NFIG for selecting PO CSAG Function, Capcode Range and Data Rate. Capcode Range values ar e 1 to 9999999. Star t and Stop Capcode ar e selected. Activated, the system gener ates Star t Capcode message. Capcode incr eases by one and message is sent until Stop Capcode message is gener ated. 6- 13 SECTION 6 OPTIONS Data Rates 512, 1200 and 2400 bps ar e only displayed with cur sor at Data Rate field. PO CSAG Functions include: Function Description 1 BEEP Causes pager to beep one time. 2 BEEP Causes pager to beep two times. 3 BEEP Causes pager to beep three times. 4 BEEP Causes pager to beep four times. ALPHA_NUM Transmits 0123456789 ALPHA_NUM UC Transmits ABCDEFGHIJKLIMOPQU RSTUVWXYZ. ALPHA_NUM LC Transmits abcdefghijklmnopqurstuv wxyz. ALPHA_NUM SPEC Transmits !”#$%’()*+,./:;<=>? NUMERIC Transmits 0123456789-][ NUMERIC SEQ Transmits following messages in sequence: 00000, 11111, 22222, 33333, 44444, 55555, 66666, and 77777. NUMERIC CUSTOM Transmits numbers. ALPHA-NUM CUSTOM Transmits data. 5. Code Displays selected code for DATA Modulation Sour ce. Not displayed with PO CSAG or PO CSAG / selected as For mat ( 4) . 6- 14 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-9-2 ENCODING DIGITAL SIGNALING FORMATS FOR AUDIO SIGNAL With O ption 11 installed, the DATA G ener ator in the Audio/Data/Signaling G ener ator s O per ation Scr een has PO CSAG and PO CSAG Inver ted ( PO CSAG /) For mats in addition to the DCS and DCS Inver ted ( DCS/) For mats contained in the standar d set. O utput for the DATA G ener ator is thr ough the AUDIO /DATA G EN Connector . Editing the DATA G ener ator can be per for med fr om the Audio/Data/Signaling O per ation Scr een, fr om the RF Receive O per ation Scr een, or fr om the Duplex Receive O per ation Scr een. Functions and par ameter s for the DATA G ener ator with O ption 11 installed ar e as follows: 1. DATA G ener ator Pr ompt Activates selected G ener ator Sour ce. Selections include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator - 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) and DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) . 2. For mat Displays For mat type for DATA G ener ator . Selections include DCS, DCS/ ( DCS Inver ted) , PO CSAG and PO CSAG / ( PO CSAG Inver ted) . See For mat under 6- 9- 1. 3. Code Displays selected code for DATA G ener ator . Not displayed with PO CSAG or PO CSAG / selected as For mat ( 2) . 4. Level Displays selected Level of DATA G ener ator . Selections r ange fr om 0 to 2.5 Vp in X1 ( times 1) Mode and 0 to 25.0 mVp in /100 ( divide by 100) Mode. 6- 15 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-9-3 DECODING DIGITAL SIGNALING FORMATS With O ption 11 installed, the RF Receive O per ation Scr een and the Duplex Receive O per ation Scr een ar e configur able to decode PO CSAG and Inver ted PO CSAG signals. A specific decode scr een is pr ovided for each Digital Signaling for mat type 2 1 POCSAG DECODE FUNC BITS: AUTO RATE 512 3 CAPCODE: MESSAGE: 5130 TYPE: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz CAPCODE: MESSAGE: 5130 TYPE: ALPHANUMERIC ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ CAPCODE: MESSAGE: 5130 0123456789 CAPCODE: MESSAGE: CAPCODE: MESSAGE: 5130 ALPHANUMERIC TYPE: ALPHANUMERIC TYPE: ALPHANUMERIC TYPE: TONE 4 BEEPS 4 !"#$%’()*+,-./:;<=>?’ 5130 8717038 1. Decode Scr een Label Identifies whether Decode Scr een for mat is PO CSAG or PO CSAG INV ( Inver ted PO CSAG ) . 2. Function Allows user to set Message Type to ALPHANO ( ALPHANUMERIC) , NUMERIC or AUTO . ALPHANO and NUMERIC settings for ce Decode Function to decode message as specified type. AUTO setting allows Decode Function to deter mine Message Type fr om r eceived data. 3. Data Rate Displays selected Data Rate for decoding messages. 1200 bps. Selections include 512 and 4. Data Scr een Displays up to five decoded messages. Infor mation displayed includes Capcode, Message Type and Message for each r eceived tr ansmission. 6- 16 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-9-4 TESTING A RECEIVER USING DIGITAL SIGNALING FORMATS This pr ocedur e is an example for testing a Receiver using Digital Signaling For mats. In this pr ocedur e, an RF signal is modulated with a PO CSAG message. o Pr ess G EN Test Mode Key to access RF G ener ate O per ation Scr een. o Enter Receiver fr equency in RF Field. o Select desir ed O utput Connector for output of signal. If Receiver is tested with dir ect connection, connect Receiver Input Connector to selected O utput Connector . O ther wise, connect antennas to selected O utput Connector and Receiver Input Connector . o Set O utput Level to desir ed level. o Select DATA G ener ator for Modulation Sour ce. o Set Modulation Type to FM. o Set Deviation Level for 4.0 kHz or as r equir ed. o Set DATA G ener ator For mat for PO CSAG or PO CSAG /. o Pr ess F4 Config. o Set Data Rate to r equir ed setting for Receiver . o Set Capcode Range to Receiver Capcode. o Set PO CSAG Function for desir ed test function. o Pr ess F6 RETURN. o Pr ess F5 BURST. o Ver ify Receiver r eceives signal and decodes PO CSAG Message cor r ectly. 6- 17 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-9-5 TESTING A TRANSMITTER USING DIGITAL SIGNALING FORMATS This pr ocedur e is an example for testing a Tr ansmitter using Digital Signaling For mats. In this pr ocedur e, an RF signal is r eceived and demodulated for the PO CSAG message. o Pr ess REC Test Mode Key to access RF Receive O per ation Scr een. o Enter Tr ansmitter fr equency in RF Field. o Select desir ed Input Connector for input of signal. If Tr ansmitter is tested with dir ect connection, connect Tr ansmitter O utput Connector to T/R Connector . O ther wise, connect antennas to ANTENNA Connector and Tr ansmitter O utput Connector . o Set Demodulation Type to FM. o Set IF Bandwidth to 15 kHz. o Select DATA DEC as Audio Filter . Set Filter for 20 kHz Low- Pass. o Select PO CSAG or PO CSAG / for Tone/Data Type. o With cur sor on Tone/Data Code Field, pr ess F2 DECO DE to access Decode Scr een. o Set Decode Function to ALPHANO for Alphanumer ic decode only, NUMERIC for Numer ic decode only or AUTO for automatic selection based on PO CSAG Message. o Set Data Rate to r equir ed setting for Tr ansmitter . o If use of Scr oll Function is r equir ed, pr ess F5 SCRO LL until highlighted. o Pr ess DECO DE Soft Function Key F1 to star t Decode Function. o Ver ify tr ansmitted message is decoded pr oper ly on Decode Scr een. Pr ess F2 STO P any time to stop decoding. 6- 18 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-10 SPECTRUM ANALYZER TRACKING GENERATOR (OPTION 12) O ption 12 pr ovides inter nal Tr acking G ener ator for use with Spectr um Analyzer . A new field is displayed for tur ning on the Tr acking G ener ator . Field displays O FF or Tr acking G ener ator Level. When active, an RF signal is available at the AUX RF O UT Connector at the specified level. The Tr acking G ener ator function is independent of the analyzer center fr equency and is pr ogr ammable to sweep at a fr equency differ ent fr om the analyzer center fr equency. dBm 50 ms/div 1 MHz 105.0000 MHz RBW 300 kHz -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90 -100 -110 Track Gen -40.0 ON/OFF Mode LIVE Atten 0 dB DEFAULT LOCK RF Input ANT Scale 10 dB Ref Marker OFF CONFIG 0060711 4 3 2 1 1. CO NFIG Soft Function Key F4 O pens the Tr acking G ener ator Configur ation window. The two Tr acking G ener ator fields ar e Center Fr equency and O ffset. Changing one field changes the other field appr opr iately. Ther e ar e separ ate Tr acking G ener ator Configur ation windows for Left Hand and Right Hand Analyzer when the analyzer is in split scr een mode. 2. LO CK Soft Function Key F3 Locks the Tr acking G ener ator center fr equency at a constant offset fr om the analyzer center fr equency. Changing the analyzer center fr equency changes the tr acking gener ator center fr equency by a like amount. 3. DEFAULT Soft Function Key F2 Nor mal oper ation mode. 4. O N/O FF Soft Function Key F1 Activates the Tr acking G ener ator O N or O FF. Range is - 130.0 to 13.0 dB. 6- 19 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-11 IEEE 488 (GPIB) INTERFACE (OPTION 13) 6-11-1 GENERAL Pr ovides par allel G PIB inter face for r emote oper ation. Refer to COM-120C TMAC Manual for additional information on CO M- 120C Remote O per ation and Commands. 6-11-2 CONFIGURING FOR REMOTE OPERATIONS USING GPIB To access G PIB Setup Scr een, Pr ess SETUP MEMO RY Key ( 21) and access “ 4. SETTING S.” Configur e for G PIB O per ation as follows: o Select O per ations Mode ( 1) . Available selections include TALK/LISTEN, TALK O NLY and LISTEN O NLY. o Select G PIB Addr ess ( 2) . Selections r ange fr om 1 to 30. o Set RCI Contr ol to ON . GPIB SETUP 1 OPERATIONS MODE: ADDRESS: TALK/LISTEN 1 2 RETURN 8717030 6- 20 3 G PIB SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12 CLEARCHANNEL LTR (OPTION 14) 6-12-1 GENERAL The CLEARCHANNEL LTR O ption allows the testing of Tr unked Repeater s and Radios. The CO M- 120C tests encode/decode, Repeater access and Handoff functions of Tr unked Radio mobile units. The CO M- 120C tests Handshake and Handoff functions of Repeater s. 6- 21 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-2 ACCESSING THE CLEARCHANNEL LTR TRUNKING TEST SYSTEM CLEARCHANNEL LTR testing is accessed by pr essing the SPCL Test Mode Key and accessing “ 3. LTR Tr unking.” When accessed, the LTR Tr unking Menu is displayed. The LTR Tr unking Functions ar e as follows: LTR Trunking Choose test: 1. Repeater Simulation 2. Radio Simulation 3. Auxiliary Setup REPEAT RADIO SETUP RETURN 0060707 1. Repeater Simulation Configur es CO M- 120C to simulate Repeater to test Mobile Radios. Refer to par agr aph 6- 12- 3 for descr iption and par agr aph 6- 12- 6 for oper ation. 2. Radio Simulation Configur es CO M- 120C to simulate a Mobile Radio to test Repeater s. Refer to par agr aph 6- 12- 4 for descr iption and par agr aph 6- 12- 7 for oper ation. 3. Auxiliar y Setup Pr ovides additional configur ation for testing. descr iption. 6- 22 Refer to par agr aph 6- 12- 5 for SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-3 LTR TRUNKING REPEATER SIMULATION The LTR Repeater Simulator is designed to test mobile phones. O nce the LTR System is pr oper ly configur ed, continuous paging of the mobile phone is possible. G o to the Duplex O per ation Scr een and set DATA G ener ator to LTR. LTR Tr unking Repeater Simulator O per ation Scr een ar e as follows: 1 2 22 3 4 LTR TRUNKING REPEATER SIMULATOR Ch #: 21 20 19 18 17 258 Band: RECEIVE RF: 812.4375 Atten: 0 dB Input: T/R 15 RF: 857.4375 MHz Level: -120.0 dBm Output: T/R Area Home Free In Use Group Area 0 Home 5 Free 5 RF Power: 0.0 mW GEN-1 RF Error Freq: Deviation: 16 Extended Meas: GENERATE 800 MHz MHz AF Frequency: Distortion: 2.752 kHz Featur es of the 5 6 Goto Group Status 5 151 CONT 7 8 DATA Mod Source: GEN1 7.57 kHz (V) Deviation: 3.3 kHz: FM 1894 Hz Frequency: 1000.0 Hz 9 10 +++% 11 Sinad: 14 12 00607236 13 1. Channel Number Displays Channel Number . Selections ar e 1 to 760. Selection of Channel Number and Band Selection ( 2) set G ener ate RF Field ( 4) and Receive RF Field ( 22) . 2. Band Selection Displays Tr unking Band selection, 800 or 900 MHz. 3. Extended Meas: Allows for Extended Measur ements. 6- 23 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 4. G ener ate RF Field Displays RF G ener ate Fr equency of CO M- 120C. Value is dependent on Channel Number ( 1) and Band Selection ( 2) . Field is for display only. For mula for figur ing value is as follows wher e Channel # is Channel Number ( 1) : 800 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 806.0125 + [0.025 x ( Channel # - 1) ] 900 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 896.0125 + [0.0125 x Channel # - 1) ] n OTe Radios oper ating in 800 MHz Band within r ange of Canada or Mexico must use a 12.5 kHz offset. 5. Level Displays O utput Level. Range is dependent on O utput ( 6) . Range for O utput ( 6) set to T/R is - 130 to - 20 dBm. Range for O utput ( 6) set to AUX is - 130 to - 13 dBm. 6. O utput Displays O utput Connector . Selections ar e T/R ( T/R Connector ) and AUX ( AUX RF O UT Connector ) . 7. Tr ansmit Tr unking Data Block Displays cur r ent data being passed to mobile r adio. Refer to 6- 12- 3 for additional infor mation. 8. Modulation Sour ce Window Displays active Modulation Sour ces ( 10) . Inactive Modulation Sour ces ( 10) ar e not shown. If two ( or mor e) sections of the RF Modulator ar e set in conflict ( e.g. G EN1 set for PM and G EN2 set for FM, or G EN1 set for 0.01 kHz deviation and G EN2 set for 2.60 kHz deviation) then the scr een shows the invalid sour ce gr ayed out. 9. Modulation Sour ce Displays selected Modulation Sour ce. Selections include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator - 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) and DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) . 10. Modulation Type Displays selected Modulation Type. Selections include O FF, AM, FM and PM. 6- 24 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 11. Deviation/Modulation Level Displays selected Deviation in kHz if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 9) is FM with r ange fr om 0.00 to 100 kHz. Displays selected Per cent Modulation if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 9) is AM with r ange fr om 0.0% to 100%. Displays selected Deviation in Radians if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 9) is PM with r ange fr om 0.00 to 10 Radians. Field is not displayed if Modulation Type ( 9) is O FF. 12. Fr equency/Code Field If Modulation Sour ce ( 8) is set for G EN1 or G EN2, displays Tone Fr equency. G EN2 Fr equency is not an editable field unless O ption G ener ator 2 is installed. Range for G EN1 is 0.0 to 20000 Hz. If Modulation Sour ce ( 8) is set for DTMF, displays DTMF Code. Any DTMF code can be enter ed up to 16 char acter s and other softkeys become available. If Modulation Sour ce ( 8) is set for DATA, field is blank. 13. AUDIO /DATA IN Meter s Displays selected meter for measur ing audio input to AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . Selections include Distor tion, SINAD and AF LEVEL Meter s. If one of these meter s is active, Deviation Meter ( 16) , AF Fr equency Meter ( 15) , Distor tion/DTMF Meter ( 14) and LTR decoding ar e deactivated. 14. Distor tion/DTMF Meter s Displays Distor tion or DTMF. If Distor tion is displayed as meter , distor tion of demodulated signal is measur ed. If DT MF is displayed as meter , displays decoded DTMF Code fr om demodulated signal. 15. AF Fr equency Counter Displays AF Fr equency of demodulated signal. Field is for display only. 16. Deviation Meter Displays Deviation for data or audio ( voice) as selected by oper ator . If Voice is Deviation Measur ement is selected, ( V) appear s beside meter r eading. If Data is selected, ( D) appear s beside meter r eading. 17. R F Er r or Meter Displays fr equency er r or of LTR Tr ansmitter r efer enced to Receive RF Field ( 22) . Field is for display only. 18. RF Power Meter/RF Level Meter Displays RF Power , in Watts, applied to T/R Connector . If ANT is selected for Input ( 20) , RF Level Meter appear s. Field is for display only. 19. Receive Tr unking Data Block Displays data being passed fr om mobile r adio. Refer to 6- 12- 3( C) for additional infor mation. 6- 25 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 20. Input Displays selected Input Connector . Selections ar e ANT ( ANTENNA Connector ) or T/R ( T/R Connector ) . 21. Attenuation Displays selected Input Attenuation. Selections ar e 0 or 30 dB. Tr unking Data Block is used to set the Repeater par ameter s that ar e passed to the Mobile Radios. This infor mation, as well as the Channel Number ( 1) and 22. Receive RF Field Displays RF Receive Fr equency of CO M- 120C. Value is dependent on Channel Number ( 1) and Band Selection ( 2) . Field is for display only. For mula for figur ing value is as follows wher e Channel # is Channel Number ( 1) : n OTe Radios oper ating in 800 MHz Band within r ange of Canada or Mexico must use a - 12.5 kHz offset. 800 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 851.0125 + [.025 x ( Channel # - 1) ] 900 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 935.0125 + [.0125 x Channel # - 1) ] n OTe Band Selection is r equir ed to test a Mobile Radio. 6- 26 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-4 TRANSMIT TRUNKING DATA BLOCK 23. G oto Displays Repeater Number to use for Status ( 25) set to Continuous. Must match Home ( 27) for Mobile Radio to unsquelch. Range is 1 to 31. 28 27 24. G r oup Displays ID Code for Mobile Radio to Test. Range is 1 to 255. Infor mation is passed when Repeater tr ansmits to access selected Mobile Radio. 23 Area Home Free 0 5 9 Goto Group Status 9 151 CONT 24 00607237 26 25 25. Status Displays Status for Repeater for testing Mobile Radio. Set to FREE ( Fr ee Home Repeater ) , BUSY ( Busy Home Repeater ) , CO NT ( Continuous tr ansmit by Home Repeater ) and DISCN ( Disconnect Repeater - Mobile link) . If CO NT is desir ed, G oto ( 23) must match Home ( 27) . 26. Fr ee Displays Repeater Number used for Mobile tr ansmission with Status ( 25) set to BUSY. Fr ee Repeater Channel on LTR Tr unking Auxiliar y Setup Scr een ( par agr aph 6- 12- 4) must also be set for pr oper oper ation. Range is 1 to 31. 27. Home Displays Home Repeater Number used for testing Mobile Radios. Range is 1 to 31. 28. Ar ea Displays Pr oximity Switch setting. Range is 1 or 0. 6- 27 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-5 RECEIVE TRUNKING DATA BLOCK The Receive Tr unking Data Block is used to display the Mobile Radio par ameter s that ar e passed to the Repeater . This infor mation is for display only and cannot be edited. 29. In Use Displays Repeater Number used by Mobile Radio. Displays 31 at message end to signify end of tr ansmission. 30. G r oup 34 33 Displays ID Code for Mobile Radio. 29 Area Home Free 0 5 31 In Use 9 Group 151 CONNECT-DSP 30 00607238 31. Radio Status 32 31 Displays Mobile Radio Status. If CO NNECT- DSP is displayed, Radio is cur r ently linked to CO M- 120C in Dispatch Mode. If CO NNECT- RIC is displayed, Radio is cur r ently linked to CO M- 120C in Radio Inter connect Mode. If RELEASE is displayed, indicates CO M- 120C has r eceived disconnect code fr om Mobile Radio. If DISCO NNECT is displayed, indicates Mobile Radio and Repeater ar e no longer connected due to manual disconnect or CO M- 120C disconnect due to elapsed time. 32. Fr ee Displays Fr ee Field Data r eceived fr om data. Displays 31 dur ing nor mal oper ation. 33. Home Displays Home Repeater Number for Mobile Radio. Range is 1 to 31. 34. Ar ea Displays Pr oximity Switch setting. Displays 1 or 0. 6- 28 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-6 LTR TRUNKING RADIO SIMULATION 1 2 3 22 4 LTR TRUNKING RADIO SIMULATOR 21 20 19 Ch #: 1 Band: RECEIVE RF: 851.0125 Atten: 0 dB Input: T/R MHz 18 Area Home Free Goto Group 17 RF Power: 0.0 mW RF Error Freq: 16 Deviation: AF Frequency: 15 Distortion: 800 MHz 2.774 kHz Extended Meas: GENERATE RF: 806.0125 MHz Level: -40.0 dBm Output: T/R Area 0 Home 1 Free 2 GEN-1 5 6 In Use Group PTT 1 7 1 OFF DATA 8 Mod Source: GEN1 FM 7.74 kHz (v) Deviation: 0.0 kHz: 1919 Hz Frequency: 1000.0 Hz 9 +++% 10 Shad: 14 11 00607239 13 12 1. Channel Number Displays Tr unking Channel Number . Selections r ange fr om 1 to 760. Selection of Channel Number and Band Selection ( 2) is used to set G ener ate RF Field ( 4) and Receive RF Field ( 22) . 2. Band Selection Displays Tr unking Band Selection. Displays 800 or 900 MHz. 3. Extended Meas: Allows for Extended Measur ements. 4. G ener ate RF Field Displays RF G ener ate Fr equency of CO M- 120C. Value is dependent on Channel Number ( 1) and Band Selection ( 2) . Band automatically changes to USER if this field is edited. For mula for figur ing value is as follows wher e Ch # is Channel Number (1): 800 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 806.0125 + [.025 x ( Channel # - 1) ] 900 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 896.0125 + [.0125 x ( Channel #- 1) ] 6- 29 SECTION 6 OPTIONS n OTe Radios oper ating in 800 MHz Band within r ange of Canada or Mexico must use a 12.5 kHz offset. 5. Level Displays O utput Level. Range is dependent on O utput ( 6) . O utput set to T/R is - 130 to - 20 dBm. O utput set to AUX is - 130 to - 13 dBm. 6. O utput Displays O utput Connector . Selections ar e T/R ( T/R Connector ) and AUX ( AUX RF O UT Connector ) . 7. Tr ansmit Tr unking Data Block Displays cur r ent data being passed to Repeater . Refer to par agr aph 6- 12- 4( B) for additional infor mation. 8. Modulation Sour ce Window Displays active Modulation Sour ces ( 10) . Inactive Modulation Sour ces ar e not shown. Two ( or mor e) sections of the RF Modulator set in conflict shows the invalid sour ce gr ayed out ( e.g. G EN1 set for PM and G EN2 set for FM, or G EN1 set for 0.01 kHz deviation and G EN2 set for 2.60 kHz deviation) . 9. Modulation Sour ce Displays selected Modulation Sour ce. Selections include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator - 2) , DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) and DATA ( DATA G ener ator ) . 10. Modulation Type Displays selected Modulation Type. Selections include O FF, AM, FM and PM. 11. Deviation/Modulation Level Displays selected Deviation in kHz if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 9) is FM with r ange fr om 0.00 to 100 kHz. Displays selected Per cent Modulation if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 9) is AM with r ange fr om 0.0% to 100%. Displays selected Deviation in Radians if cur r ent Modulation Type ( 9) is PM with r ange fr om 0.0 to 10 Radians. Field is not displayed if Modulation Type ( 9) is O FF. 12. Fr equency/Code Field If Modulation Sour ce ( 8) is set for G EN1 or G EN2, displays Tone Fr equency. G EN2 Fr equency is not an editable field unless O ption G ener ator 2 is installed. Range for G EN1 is 0.0 to 20000 Hz. If Modulation Sour ce ( 8) is set for DTMF, displays DTMF Code. Any DTMF code can be enter ed up to 16 char acter s and other softkeys become available. If Modulation Sour ce ( 8) is set for DATA, field is blank. 6- 30 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 13. AUDIO /DATA IN Meter s Displays selected meter for measur ing audio input to AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . Selections include Distor tion, SINAD and AF LEVEL Meter s. If one of these meter s is active, Deviation Meter ( 16) , AF Fr equency Meter ( 15) , Distor tion/ DTMF Meter ( 14) and LTR Tr unking ar e deactivated. 14. Distor tion Meter Displays distor tion of demodulated signal. 15. AF Fr equency Counter Displays AF Fr equency of demodulated signal. Field is for display only. 16. Deviation Meter Displays Deviation for data or audio ( voice) as selected by oper ator . If Voice is Deviation Measur ement is selected, ( V) appear s beside meter r eading. If Data is selected, ( D) appear s beside meter r eading. 17. R F Er r or Meter Displays fr equency er r or of Repeater r efer enced to Receive RF Field ( 21) . Field is for display only. 18. RF Power Meter/RF Level Meter Displays RF Power , in Watts, applied to T/R Connector . If ANT is selected for Input ( 20) , RF Level Meter appear s. Field is for display only. 19. Receive Tr unking Data Block Displays data being passed fr om Repeater . Refer to par agr aph 6- 12- 4( C) for additional infor mation. 20. Input Displays selected Input Connector . Selections ar e ANT ( ANTENNA Connector ) or T/R ( T/R Connector ) . 21. Attenuation Displays selected Input Attenuation. Selections ar e 0 or 30 dB. 6- 31 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 22. Receive RF Field Displays RF Receive Fr equency of CO M- 120C. Value is dependent on Channel Number ( 1) and Band Selection ( 2) . Band automatically changes to USER if this field is edited. For mula for figur ing value is as follows wher e Ch # is Channel Number (1): 800 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 851.0125 + [.025 x ( Channel # - 1) ] 900 MHz Band Selection ( 2) Fr equency ( MHz) = 935.0125 + [.0125 x ( Channel # - 1) ] n OTe Radios oper ating in 800 MHz Band within r ange of Canada or Mexico must use a 12.5 kHz offset. 6- 32 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-7 TRANSMIT TRUNKING DATA BLOCK The Tr ansmit Tr unking Data Block is used to set the Mobile Radio par amater s that ar e passed to the Repeater . This infor mation, as well as the Channel Number ( 1) and Band Selection ar e r equir ed to test a Repeater . 23. In Use Displays Repeater Number used by Mobile Radio. Displays 31 at message end to signify end of tr ansmission. Range is 1 to 31. 28 27 24. G r oup Displays ID Code for Mobile Radio ser viced by Repeater . Range is 1 to 255. 23 Area Home Free 0 5 31 In Use Group PTT 9 151 ON 24 00607240 26 25 25. PTT Displays Push- To- Talk Status passed to Repeater . Displays O N or O FF. PushTo- Talk Status is toggled by pr essing START/STO P CO NTRO L Key or use the MIC Accessor y PTT. 26. Fr ee Not used by Mobile Radios. Field is editable, but should contain 31 for nor mal oper ation. Range is 1 to 31. 27. Home Displays Home Repeater Number for Mobile Radio. Range is 1 to 31. 28. Ar ea Displays Pr oximity Switch setting. Range is 1 or 0. 6- 33 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-8 RECEIVE TRUNKING DATA BLOCK The Receive Tr unking Data Block is used to display the Repeater par ameter s that ar e passed to the Mobile Radio. This infor mation is for display only and cannot be edited. 29. G oto Displays number of Repeater being tested. Display of 31 indicates end of tr ansmission for Repeater . 34 29 30. G r oup Displays ID Code specified by G r oup ( 24) . 33 Ar e H om F re 0 5 9 G ot 9 Grou 151 CO N N EC 30 31. Repeater Status 0 0 6 07 2 4 1 31 Displays Repeater - Mobile Radio Connection 32 Status. CO NNECT is displayed if Repeater is r eceiving CO M- 120C signal. Blank if no signal. 32. Fr ee Displays Fr ee Repeater data sent to CO M- 120C. 33. Home Displays Home Repeater data sent by Repeater to CO M- 120C. Range is 1 to 31. 34. Ar ea Displays Pr oximity Switch setting. Displays 1 or 0. 6- 34 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-9 LTR TRUNKING AUXILIARY SETUP SCREEN The LTR Tr unking Auxiliar y Setup Scr een is pr ovided to setup additional system par ameter s. This scr een must be configur ed befor e oper ating the LTR Tr unking Repeater Simulator or the LTR Tr unking Radio Simulator . Configur e the LTR Tr unking Auxiliar y Setup Scr een as follows: 1. Radio Ric ID Displays Mobile Radio Inter connect Channel Number . Range is 1 to 250. 2. Fr ee Rep Chan Displays Fr ee Repeater Channel Number for Fr ee Repeater specified on LTR Tr unking Repeater Simulator O per ation Scr een. Range is 1 to 760. If desir ed, the Repeater Receive and Tr ansmit fr equencies ar e editable to 1 G Hz. 1 2 LTR Trunking Auxiliary Setup RADIO RIC ID FREE REP CHAN BORDER OFFSET SYSTEM SYNC DECODE DATA ENCODE DATA 2 2 DISABLED 158 NORMAL NORMAL PORCH ENABLE KEY UP DELAY UNKEY DELAY MAX RETRIES RETRY TIMEOUT RECV IF BW OFF 40 mSec 150 mSec 3 500 mSec 15 kHz 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RETURN 00607246 3. Bor der O ffset Displays status of Bor der O ffset to RF due to pr oximity to Canadian or Mexican Bor der . Displays ENABLED or DISABLED. 4. System Sync Displays hexadecimal code used for System Sync Code in Data Wor d. Default value is 158 ( Hexadecimal) . Range of value is 0 to 1FF ( Hexadecimal) . 5. Decode Data Displays the polar ity of Decoded Data. This featur e enables the LTR option to wor k in any fr equency band up to 1 G Hz r egar dless of polar ity. 6. Encode Data Displays the polar ity of Encoded Data. This featur e enables the LTR option to wor k in any fr equency band up to 1 G Hz r egar dless of polar ity. 6- 35 11 12 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 7. Por ch Enable Toggles the Data Back Por ch O N/O FF in the Radio Simulator . The LTR specification r equir es the r adio to gener ate the back por ch, but, some r epeater s fail to function with this field enabled. Ther efor e, the factor y default is O FF. 8. Key Up Delay Sets the time data is sent after the CO M- 120C begins tr ansmitting. Factor y default is 40 ms. Shor ter values connect mor e quickly. Use longer values if the r epeater is having tr ouble locking onto the signal. ( Example, a r epeater that is ser iously off fr equency may exhibit this pr oblem.) 9. Unkey Delay Sets the time the RF car r ier is tur ned off after the CO M- 120C stops sending data. Factor y default is 150 mSec. The noise bur st after the CO M- 120C unkeys and befor e the r epeater squelch closes may confuse the r epeater . Incr ease the time to help the r epeater . 10. Max Retr ies Sets the number of times the COM-120C tries to connect to the repeater. Factor y default is 3. 11. Retr y Timeout Tells the CO M- 120C how long to wait for the r epeater r esponse. Factor y default is 500 ms. 12. Recv IF BW Set the CO M- 120C IF Bandwidth filter to use dur ing oper ation. Factor y default is 15 kHz. 6- 36 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-10 AUXILIARY SETUP SCREEN CONFIGURATION o Fr om LTR Tr unking Menu, select “ 3. Auxiliar y Setup.” o If Mobile Radio RIC Test is r equir ed, set RADIO RIC ID ( 1) to Radio Inter connect Channel ( RIC) . IF RIC O per ation is not r equir ed, set to value with no Dispatch O per ation inter fer ence. o If Mobile Radio Busy Home Repeater Test is desir ed, enter Fr ee Repeater Channel for FREE REP CHAN ( 2) . o If testing devices set for Bor der O ffset, set BO RDER O FFSET ( 3) to ENABLED. If Bor der O ffset is not r equir ed, set BO RDER O FFSET ( 3) to DISABLED. o Set SYSTEM SYNC ( 4) to 158 unless nonstandar d system is tested. o Set DECO DE DATA ( 5) to NO RMAL or INVERT. Inver t enables the LTR option to wor k in any fr equency band up to 1 G Hz r egar dless of polar ity. o Set ENCO DE DATA ( 6) to NO RMAL or INVERT. Inver t enables the LTR option to wor k in any fr equency band up to 1 G Hz r egar dless of polar ity. o Press RETURN Soft Function Key F6 to return to LTR Trunking Menu. 6- 37 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-11 REPEATER SIMULATOR OPERATION The Repeater Simulator is used to test LTR Mobile Radios. To test LTR Mobile Radios, knowledge of the Radio Configur ation Data, for the Radio under test, is r equir ed. This section is divided into par agr aphs. The fir st par agr aph is G ener al Configur ation and the r emaining par agr aphs ar e differ ent tests. Per for m the G ener al Configur ation befor e each test. 1 2 22 21 19 18 17 258 Band: RECEIVE RF: 812.4375 Atten: 0 dB Input: T/R 15 Extended Meas: GENERATE 800 MHz MHz RF: 857.4375 MHz Level: -120.0 dBm Output: T/R Area Home Free In Use Group Area 0 Home 5 Free 5 RF Power: 0.0 mW GEN-1 RF Error Freq: Deviation: 16 4 LTR TRUNKING REPEATER SIMULATOR Ch #: 20 3 AF Frequency: Distortion: 2.752 kHz 5 6 Goto Group Status 5 151 CONT 7 8 DATA Mod Source: GEN1 7.57 kHz (V) Deviation: 3.3 kHz: FM 1894 Hz Frequency: 1000.0 Hz 9 10 +++% 11 Sinad: 14 12 00607236 13 o Configur e Auxiliar y Setup Scr een. o Fr om LTR Tr unking Menu, select “ 1. Repeater Simulation.” o Enter Channel Number ( 1) of Mobile Radio. Range is 1 to 760. o Choose Band Selection ( 2) . Selections ar e 800 MHz, 900 MHz or USER. o Select O utput ( 6) for CO M- 120C G ener ator . Selections ar e T/R ( T/R Connector ) or AUX ( AUX RF O UT Connector ) . o Set Level ( 5) to desir ed O utput Level. Range for O utput ( 6) set to T/R is - 130 to - 40 dBm. Range for O utput ( 6) set to AUX is - 130 to - 13 dBm. o Activate Modulation Sour ce ( 10) as r equir ed. If two ( or mor e) sections of the RF Modulator ar e set in conflict ( e.g. G EN1 set for PM and G EN2 set for FM, or G EN1 set for 0.01 kHz deviation and G EN2 set for 2.60 kHz deviation) then the scr een shows the invalid sour ce gr ayed out. o If AUDIO /DATA IN Meter O per ation is r equir ed, select desir ed Meter . If AUDIO /DATA IN Meter O per ation is selected, Deviation Meter ( 16) , AF Fr equency Meter ( 15) , and Distor tion/ DTMF Meter ar e deactivated. 6- 38 SECTION 6 OPTIONS o If Distor tion/DTMF Meter O per ation is r equir ed, select desir ed Meter . o Configur e Deviation Meter ( 16) . o Select Input ( 20) for desir ed Input Connector . Selections include T/R ( T/R Connector ) and ANT ( ANTENNA Connector ) . If Mobile Radio output is >0 dBm, select T/R. If ANT Input ( 20) is selected and Mobile Radio O utput is >30 dBm, set Attenuation ( 21) for 30 dB. o Set Attenuation ( 21) . Selections include 0 dB and 30 dB. If ANT Input ( 20) is selected and Mobile Radio O utput is >30 dBm, set Attenuation ( 21) for 30 dB. 6- 39 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-12 LTR RADIO HANDSHAKE TEST This test ver ifies the CO M- 120C is able to link with the Mobile Radio and a pr oper encode/decode sequence is per for med. Per for m these additional tests simultaneously: RF Power , RF Er r or , Voice FM Deviation, Data FM Deviation, Distor tion and AF Fr equency Measur ements. 28 o Set Deviation Meter ( 16) to measur e Voice or Data FM Deviation as needed. o Set G r oup ( 24) for ID Code of Mobile Radio. o Set Status ( 25) to FREE . o Set Home ( 27) to Mobile Radio Home Repeater Number . o Set Ar ea ( 28) for Mobile Radio Ar ea switch setting. o Connect Mobile Radio RF O utput to connector specified by Input ( 20) . o Connect Mobile Radio RF Input to connector specified by O utput ( 6) . 33 Key Mobile Radio. Ver ify CONNECT-DSP or CONNECT-RIC is displayed for Radio Status ( 31) . 32 o 27 23 Area Home Free 0 5 9 Goto Group Status 9 151 CONT 24 00607237 26 25 34 29 Area Home Free 0 5 31 In Use 9 Group 151 CONNECT-DSP 30 00607238 o Ver ify G r oup ( 30) matches G r oup ( 24) . o Ver ify Home ( 33) and In Use ( 29) match Home ( 27) . o Ver ify Ar ea ( 34) matches Ar ea ( 28) . o Ver ify Fr ee ( 32) displays 31 . o Unkey Mobile Radio. Ver ify Release is displayed for Radio Status ( 31) . Ver ify In Use ( 29) displays 31 . 6- 40 31 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-13 LTR RADIO HANDOFF TEST This test ver ifies that the CO M- 120C is able to link with the Mobile Radio and a pr oper Handoff to a fr ee r epeater is per for med. Per for m these additional tests simultaneously: RF Power , RF Er r or , Voice FM Deviation, Data FM Deviation, Distor tion and AF Fr equency Measur ements. o Set Deviation Meter ( 16) to measur e Voice or Data FM Deviation as needed. o Set G r oup ( 24) for ID Code of Mobile Radio. o Set Status ( 25) to BUSY . o Set Fr ee ( 26) for Mobile Radio Fr ee Repeater Number . o o 28 27 23 Area Home Free 0 5 9 Goto Group Status 9 151 CONT 24 00607237 Set Home ( 27) to Mobile Radio Home Repeater Number . 26 25 34 29 Set Ar ea ( 28) for Mobile Radio Ar ea switch setting. 33 Area Home Free 0 5 31 In Use 9 Group 151 CONNECT-DSP 30 o Connect Mobile Radio RF O utput to connector specified by Input ( 20) . o Connect Mobile Radio RF Input to connector specified by O utput ( 6) . o Key Mobile Radio. Ver ify CONNECT-DSP or CONNECT-RIC is displayed for Radio Status ( 30) . o Ver ify G r oup ( 30) matches G r oup ( 24) . o Ver ify Home ( 33) matches Home ( 27) . o Ver ify In Use ( 29) matches Fr ee ( 26) . o Ver ify Ar ea ( 34) matches Ar ea ( 28) . o Ver ify Fr ee ( 32) displays 31 . o Unkey Mobile Radio. Ver ify Release is displayed for Radio Status ( 31) . Ver ify In Use ( 29) displays 31 . 00607238 6- 41 32 31 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-14 LTR RADIO RECEIVE TEST This test ver ifies that the CO M- 120C is able to link with the Mobile Radio and an audio modulated RF Signal tr ansmitted by the CO M- 120C is r eceived by the Mobile Radio. Per for m these additional tests simultaneously: AUDIO /DATA IN Meter s to measur e Distor tion, SINAD and AF Level of the signal demodulated by the Mobile Radio. o If AUDIO /DATA IN Meter s ( 13) ar e r equir ed, set following par ameter s: 28 23 Modulation Sour ce for GEN1 . Modulation Type ( 10) to FM . 27 Deviation/Modulation Level for 3.30 kHz . Area Home Free 0 5 9 Goto Group Status 9 151 CONT 24 00607237 Fr equency/Code Field for 1000.0 Hz . o Set G oto ( 23) to Home Repeater Number for Mobile Radio. o Set G r oup ( 24) for ID Code of Mobile Radio. o Set Status ( 25) to CONT . o Set Home ( 27) to Mobile Radio Home Repeater Number . 26 25 34 29 33 Area Home Free 0 5 31 In Use 9 Group 151 CONNECT-DSP 30 00607238 32 o Set Ar ea ( 28) for Mobile Radio Ar ea switch setting. o Connect Mobile Radio RF O utput to connector specified by Input ( 20) . o Connect Mobile Radio RF Input to connector specified by O utput ( 6) . o Connect Mobile Radio Audio O utput to AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . o Ver ify 1000 kHz audio tone is audible. o Ver ify AUDIO /DATA IN Meter Measur ement, if r equir ed. 6- 42 31 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-15 RADIO SIMULATOR OPERATION The Radio Simulator is used to test LTR Repeater s. To test LTR Repeater s, knowledge of the Radio Configur ation Data is r equir ed for the Mobile Radios that ar e ser viced by the Repeater being tested. This section is divided into par agr aphs with the fir st par agr aph being G ener al Configur ation and the r emaining par agr aphs being differ ent tests. Per for m the G ener al Configur ation befor e each test. 1 2 3 22 4 LTR TRUNKING RADIO SIMULATOR 21 20 19 Ch #: 1 Band: RECEIVE RF: 851.0125 Atten: 0 dB Input: T/R MHz 18 Area Home Free Goto Group 17 RF Power: 0.0 mW RF Error Freq: 16 Deviation: AF Frequency: 15 Distortion: 800 MHz 2.774 kHz Extended Meas: GENERATE RF: 806.0125 MHz Level: -40.0 dBm Output: T/R Area 0 Home 1 Free 2 GEN-1 6 In Use Group PTT 1 7 1 OFF DATA Mod Source: 5 8 GEN1 FM 7.74 kHz (v) Deviation: 0.0 kHz: 1919 Hz Frequency: 1000.0 Hz 9 +++% 10 Shad: 14 11 00607239 13 12 o Configur e Auxiliar y Setup Scr een o Fr om LTR Tr unking Menu, select “ 1. Radio Simulation.” o Enter Channel Number ( 1) . Range is 1 to 760. o Choose Band Selection ( 2) . Selections ar e 800 MHz, 900 MHz or USER. o Select O utput ( 6) for CO M- 120C G ener ator . Selections ar e T/R ( T/R Connector ) or AUX ( AUX RF O UT Connector ) . o Set Level ( 5) to desir ed O utput Level. Range for O utput ( 6) set to T/R is - 130 to - 40 dBm. Range for O utput ( 6) set to AUX is - 130 to - 13 dBm. o Activate Modulation Sour ce ( 10) as r equir ed. If two ( or mor e) sections of the RF Modulator ar e set in conflict ( e.g. G EN1 set for PM and G EN2 set for FM, or G EN1 set for 0.01 kHz deviation and G EN2 set for 2.60 kHz deviation) then the scr een shows the invalid sour ce gr ayed out. o If AUDIO /DATA IN Meter O per ation is r equir ed, select desir ed meter . o If AUDIO /DATA IN Meter O per ation is selected, Deviation Meter ( 16) , AF Fr equency Meter ( 15) and Distor tion/ DTMF Meter ar e deactivated. o If Distor tion Meter O per ation is r equir ed, select desir ed meter . 6- 43 SECTION 6 OPTIONS o Configur e Deviation Meter ( 16) . o Select Input ( 20) for desir ed Input Connector . Selections include T/R ( T/R Connector ) and ANT ( ANTENNA Connector ) . If Repeater output is >0 dBm, select T/R. If ANT Input ( 20) is selected and Repeater O utput is >30 dBm, set Attenuation ( 21) for 30 dB. o Set Attenuation ( 21) . Selections include 0 dB and 30 dB. If ANT Input ( 20) is selected and Repeater O utput is >30 dBm, set Attenuation ( 21) for 30 dB. 6- 44 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-12-16 LTR REPEATER HANDSHAKE TEST This test ver ifies that the CO M- 120C is able to link with the Repeater and a pr oper encode/decode sequence is per for med. Per for m these additional tests simultaneously: RF Power , RF Er r or , Voice FM Deviation, Data FM Deviation, Distor tion and AF Fr equency Measur ement. o Per for m par agr aph 6- 12- 6. AUDIO /DATA IN Meter s ( 13) ar e not used with this test. Set Deviation Meter ( 16) to measur e Voice or Data FM Deviation as needed. o Set G r oup ( 24) for ID Code of Mobile Radio being simulated. o Set In Use ( 23) and Home ( 27) to Repeater Number . o Set Ar ea ( 28) for simulated Mobile Radio Ar ea switch setting. o Connect Repeater RF O utput to connector specified by Input ( 20) . o Connect Mobile Radio RF Input to connector specified by O utput ( 6) . o Pr ess START/STO P CO NTRO L Key. Ver ify CO NNECT is displayed for Repeater Status ( 31) . 28 27 23 Area Home Free 0 5 31 In Use Group PTT 9 151 ON 24 00607240 26 25 34 29 33 Area Home Free 0 5 9 Goto 9 Group 151 CONNECT 30 00607241 6- 45 32 31 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13 AMPS CELLULAR TESTING (OPTION 15) The AMPS Cell Site Simulator is O ption 15 of the CO M- 120C and is used to test AMPS Mobile Telephone Equipment. This option is accessed by pr essing SPCL Test Mode Key and selecting “ 2. Cellular .” 6-13-1 AMPS CELL SITE SIMULATOR SETUP The CO M- 120C is set up for AMPS Mobile Phone testing by the following pr ocedur e: o Pr ess SPCL Mode Key. Select “ 2. Cellular ” fr om the O ptions Menu. o Rotate SQ UELCH Contr ol ccw until squelch is set to minimum. o Rotate VO LUME Contr ol fully ccw and then cw, until static becomes audible. o Rotate SQ UELCH Contr ol cw, slowly, until static is no longer audible. n OTe If “data parity error” message is displayed during test operation, squelch setting may be too low. o Squelch levels higher than necessar y can pr event AMPS testing fr om functioning. o Tur n Mobile Phone power on. o To per for m Audio Test, connect demodulated audio output connector of Mobile Phone to AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . 6- 46 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-2 AMPS CELL SITE SIMULATOR MAIN AND SETUP MENUS Pr ess the SPCL Mode Key. Choose “ 2. Cellular ” to access the AMPS Cellular Menu. The Automatic and Manual Tests and Setup Scr eens ar e selected fr om this Menu. AMPS Cellular Choose test: 1. Automatic Test 2. Manual Test 3. Setup 8717090 The par ameter s used for the Automatic and Manual Tests ar e selected thr ough the AMPS Setup Scr een. The AMPS Setup Menu is divided into 2 scr eens: Pages 1 and 2. Access “ 3. Setup” fr om the AMPS Cellular Menu to display Page 1 of the AMPS Setup Scr een. Following is a listing of the AMPS Setup par ameter s, uses and r anges. 6- 47 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 1 AMPS Cellular Setup Parameters Control Channel 327 Voice Channel 300 Home/Roam Select HOME Mobile I.D. 3166486263 Mobile Serial No. 26314782194 SAT Frequency 5970 Hz Home/Area I.D. 00163 Digital Color Code 2 Power Level Ref 3 SINAD Test Ref 12 dB 2 3 4 5 6 7 C-MSG 8 Customer Information 9 8717092 12 11 10 1. Contr ol Channel Selects simulated Contr ol Channel. Range is 1 to 1023. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 2. Voice Channel Selects simulated Voice Channel. Range is 1 to 1023. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 3. Home/Roam Select Selects simulated Home or Roaming Registr ation. Selections ar e Home or Roam. 4. Mobile I.D. Selects the Mobile Identification Number ( MIN) used to identify Mobile Phone. Maximum length is 10 char acter s using A to D, 0 to 9, and # char acter . Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. Per for ming Registr ation Test automatically enter s MIN of Mobile Phone. 5. Mobile Ser ial No. Selects Electr onic Ser ial Number ( ESN) used to identify Mobile Phone. Length is 11 digits. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 6. SAT Fr equency Selects SAT Fr equency simulated. Selections include 5970, 6000 or 6030 Hz. 6- 48 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 7. Home/Ar ea I.D. Selects System Identification Number ( SID) used to test Home System Identification of Mobile Phone. Length is 5 digits. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 8. Digital Color Code Selects Digital Color Code (DCC) simulated. Range is 0 to 3. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 9. Audio Test Filter Displays Audio Filter setting for SINAD Test. Selections include C- MSG ( C- Message Weighted Bandpass Filter ) and 20 kHz Low- Pass Filter . 10. Power Level Ref Mobile Phone Power Level used when Mobile Phone power r eadings ar e taken. Range is 0 to 7. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 11. SINAD Test Ref Selects Pass/Fail SINAD Test Refer ence. Range is 3 to 40 dB. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 12. Customer Infor mation Displays Customer Infor mation Menu. Edit Customer Infor mation using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. Customer Infor mation is pr inted out on Automatic Test Pr intout. Submenu Fields ar e as follows: Customer Name Manufactur er Ser ial Number Cer tificate Customer I.D. Model Type Appr oval Pressing F1 “Page 2" displays Page 2 of the AMPS Setup Menu. 6- 49 SECTION 6 OPTIONS Pass/Fall Indicator Print-Out Handoff Start Handoff end 1 AMPS Cellular Setup Parameters ENABLED 2 DISABLED 3 1 4 300 Handoff Increment 50 Power Lev Tolerance 15 % RF Freq Err Tolerance 1.00 kHz SAT Freq Tolerance ST Freq Tolerance 1 Hz 1 Hz SAT Dev Tolerance 10 % ST Dev Tolerance 13 % Flash Dur Tolerance 50 % 5 6 7 8 9 8717093 12 10 11 1. Pass/Fail Indicator Displays status of Pass/Fail Indicator on Automatic Test Pr intout. Displays ENABLED or DISABLED. 2. Pr int- O ut Enables or disables pr int- out of Automatic Test O utput. Requir es pr inter connection to RS- 232 Connector . Refer to Section 5 for configur ing RS- 232 Connector . 3. Handoff Star t Fir st channel of Handoff Test sequence. Handoff Test star ts with Handoff Star t channel, incr eases by Handoff Incr ement ( 5) , per for ming Handoff Test at each channel and ends with Handoff End ( 4) channel. Range is 1 to 1023. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 4. Handoff End Last channel of Handoff Test sequence. Handoff Test star ts with Handoff Star t ( 3) channel, incr ements by the Handoff Incr ement ( 5) per for ming Handoff Test at each channel and ends with Handoff End channel. Range is 1 to 1023. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 5. Handoff Incr ement Incr ement Number for Handoff Test. Handoff Test star ts with Handoff Star t ( 3) channel, incr ements by Handoff Incr ement, per for ming Handoff Test at each channel and ends with the Handoff End ( 4) channel. Range is 1 to 1023. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 6- 50 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6. Power Lev Toler ance Selects toler ance used for Power Level Test. Consists of two editable fields: Positive Toler ance and Negative Toler ance. Range for both fields is fr om 0% to 99% or 0 to 99 dB. For each field, select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 7. RF Fr eq Er r Toler ance Selects toler ance for RF Fr equency Er r or measur ements. Range is 0.00 to 9.99 kHz. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 8. SAT Fr eq Toler ance Selects toler ance for SAT Fr equency measur ements. Range is 0 to 99 Hz. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 9. ST Fr eq Toler ance Selects toler ance for Signal Tone ( ST) Fr equency Test. Range is 0 to 999 Hz. Select using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. 10. SAT Dev Toler ance Selects toler ance for SAT Deviation measur ements. Range is 0% to 99%. using DATA ENTRY Keys. Pr ess ENTER Key to complete edit. Select 11. ST Dev Toler ance Selects the toler ance used to deter mine if the Signal Tone ( ST) Deviation Test passes or fails. Range is fr om 0% to 99%. To set, move cur sor to “ 11. ST Dev Toler ance” and pr ess ENTER Key. Use DATA ENTRY Keypad ( 29) to enter a toler ance and pr ess ENTER Key. 12. Flash Dur Tolerance Selects the toler ance used to deter mine if the Flash Hook Dur ation Test passes or fails. Range is fr om 0% to 99%. To set, move cur sor to “ 12. Flash Dur Toler ance” and pr ess ENTER Key. Use DATA ENTRY Keypad ( 29) to enter a toler ance and pr ess ENTER Key. 6- 51 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-3 AMPS CELL SITE SIMULATOR AUTOMATIC TESTS The AMPS Automatic Test Scr een is accessed by selecting “ 1. Automatic Test” fr om the AMPS Cellular Menu. Tests listed on the AMPS Automatic Test Scr een ar e per for med individually or in any combination except Mobile Init and Cell Init Tests must be per for med if Handoff Test or Audio Test is desir ed. Tests listed as ENABLED ar e per for med. Tests listed as DISABLED ar e not per for med. Each of the AMPS Automatic Test Scr eens ar e listed in the following par agr aphs. The descr iptions of the tests and r esults assume the mobile test was per for med with all tests ENABLED. AMPS Automatic pr etest softkeys ar e: Test AMPS Cellular Automatic Test Scr een 1. Disabled Sets test at cur r ent cur sor location to DISABLED. Registration Mobile Init Cell Init Handoff Test Audio Test ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED 2. Enabled Sets test at cur r ent cur sor location to ENABLED. 3. Star t RETURN Star ts tests that ar e ENABLED. 8717123 4. Retur n/Abor t RETURN returns operation to AMPS Cellular Menu. ABO RT stops current test and r epor ts test as FAILED. AMPS Automatic Test Scr een post test softkeys ar e: 1. Reset Resets AMPS Automatic Test to initial conditions. 2. Results Pages thr ough AMPS Automatic Test r esults. 3. Star t Star ts tests that ar e ENABLED. 4. Retur n Retur ns oper ation to AMPS Cellular Menu. 6- 52 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-4 REGISTRATION TEST The Registr ation Test sends a Registr ation or der to the Mobile Phone. The r egistr ation par ameter s of the Mobile Phone tested and displayed. To perform the Registration Test, verify the Registr ation Field is ENABLED. Registr ation Test r esults appear following test completion. 1. SCM Displays 4 least significant Station Class Mar k bits. 2. Power Class Displays Power Class of Mobile Phone under test. AMPS Cellular Manual Test Registration Mobile Init Cell Init 1 7 6 MIN: 316/522-4981 SCM: 0100 ESN: HEX 8208A4C4 POWER CLASS 1 Dec 13000566468 DISCONTINUOUS Oct 20202122304 BANDWIDTH: 20 MHz DCC: 5 REG 2 3 2 MOBILE 4 CELL RETURN 8717126 3. Tr ansmission State Displays Tr ansmission State, Continuous or Discontinuous, of Mobile Phone under test. 4. Bandwidth Displays bandwidth of Mobile Phone under test. 20 MHz allows channels 1 to 666. 25 MHz allows channels 1 to 1023. 5. DCC Displays Digital Color Code last r eceived by Mobile Phone under test. 6. ESN Displays Electr onic Ser ial Number of Mobile Phone under test in Hexadecimal, Decimal and O ctal. 7. MIN Displays Mobile Identification Number of Mobile Phone under test. 8. V Chan Displays Voice Channel designated to Mobile Phone by Test Set. 6- 53 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 9. DTMF Displays DTMF digits tr ansmitted after “ ENTER DIG ITS” pr ompt. 10. Flash Dur Displays Flash Hook signal time dur ation tr ansmitted by Mobile Phone under test. 11. ST F r eq Displays Signal Tone fr equency tr ansmitted by Mobile Phone under test. 12. Hangup Dev Displays deviation of hang up signal of Mobile Phone under test. 13. TX Pwr Displays Mobile Phone O utput Power . Mobile Phone is set to Power Level Refer ence in AMPS Setup Menu. 14. SAT Dev Displays deviation of SAT tr ansmitted by Mobile Phone under test. 15. Fr eq Er r Displays er r or of Rever se Voice Channel Fr equency r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 16. SAT F r eq Displays SAT fr equency tr ansmitted by Mobile Phone under test. 17. Called Adr Displays phone number tr ansmitted by Mobile Phone under test. The Power Level Test sends the VMAC values 0 to 7 to the Mobile Phone and the output power is measur ed. 18. Level Displays power levels of Mobile Phone. 19. Reading Displays power r eadings of Mobile Phone for each power level. 6- 54 SECTION 6 OPTIONS AMPS Cellular Automatic Test 17 16 15 14 13 Registration Mobile Init Cell Init Handoff Test Audio Test FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED 8 Called Adr: 6823819 V Chan: 300 SAT Freq: 5970 Hz DTMF 123456789"0" Flash Dur: 390 msec 10 ST Freq: 10.000 kHz 11 Freq Err: 0.06 kHz SAT Dev: 2.37 kHz TX Pwr: 22.0 dBm Hangup Dev: 9.57 kHz 12 9 RETURN 8717122 18 19 AMPS Cellular Automatic Test Registration Mobile Init Cell Init Handoff Test Audio Test Level 0 1 2 3 FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED Reading Level 34.0 dBm 29.7 dBm 26.1 dBm 22.0 dBm 0 1 2 3 Reading 17.5 dBm 13.8 dBm 9.2 dBm 6.0 dBm RETURN 8717118 20. SAT Dev Displays SAT Deviation r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 21. ST F r eq Displays Signal Tone ( Hang Up) Fr equency r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 22. Hangup Dev Displays Signal Tone ( Hang Up) Deviation r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 23. TX Pwr Displays Mobile Phone O utput Power . Mobile Phone is set to Power Level selected as Power Level Refer ence in AMPS Setup Menu. 24. SAT F r eq Displays SAT Fr equency r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 6- 55 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 25. RF Fr eq Er r Displays er r or of Rever se Voice Channel Fr equency r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 26. Ring Dev Displays Signal Tone Deviation r eceived fr om Mobile Phone in r esponse to Page or der . 27. Voice Chan Displays Voice Channel designated to Mobile Phone by Test Set. AMPS Cellular Automatic Test 27 26 25 24 23 Registration Mobile Init Cell Init Handoff Test Audio Test Voice Chan: 300 Ring Dev: 9.56 KHz RF Freq Err: 0.05 KHz SAT Freq: 5970 Hz TX Pwr: 22.0 dBm FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED 20 Hangup Dev: 9.57 KHz 22 SAT Dev: 2.24 KHz ST Freq: 10.000 KHz RETURN 8717121 6- 56 21 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-5 HANDOFF TEST The Handoff Test per for ms a ser ies of handoffs to differ ent Channels. The fir st handoff is to the Handoff Star t Channel. All other handoffs go to the next channel by adding the Handoff Incr ement to the cur r ent Channel until the Handoff End Channel r eceives a handoff. To per for m this test, pr ess F2 ENABLED with cur sor on Handoff Test. Pr ess F3 to star t test. The Handoff Test cannot be selected unless the Mobile Init Test or the Cell Init Test is selected. 28. Chan Displays Voice Channel which the handoff was made. 29. Pwr Displays Mobile Phone O utput Power . Mobile Phone is set to Power Level selected as Power Level Refer ence in AMPS Setup Menu. AMPS Cellular Automatic Test 29 Registration Mobile Init Cell Init Handoff Test Audio Test FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED 30 31 28 32 Chan 1 51 101 151 201 Pwr SAT SAT Dev Err 22.1 dBm 22.1 dBm 21.9 dBm 22.0 dBm 22.1 dBm 5970 Hz 5970 Hz 5970 Hz 5970 Hz 5970 Hz 2.27 KHz 2.30 KHZ 2.28 KHz 2.49 KHz 2.28 KHz 0.05 KHz 0.05 KHz 0.05 KHz 0.05 KHz 0.05 KHz RETURN 8717119 30. SAT Displays SAT Fr equency r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 31. SAT Dev Displays SAT Deviation r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 32. Er r Displays RF Fr equency Er r or of Rever se Voice Channel. 6- 57 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-6 AUDIO TEST The Audio Test measur es Audio Distor tion, Audio Power and RF Input Power r equir ed to maintain a SINAD Level. Connect the Phone Audio O ut to the CO M- 120C AUDIO /DATA IN Connector . The SINAD Test Refer ence is set fr om the AMPS Setup Menu. To test, pr ess F2 ENABLED while cur sor is on Audio Test. Pr ess F3 START. Pr ess FX SKIP to skip a test when pr ompted by Test Set. The Audio Test wor ks when the Mobile Init Test or the Cell Init Test is also per for med. 33. RF Level Displays RF Input Level, in dBm and volts, which pr oduces SINAD r eading equal to SINAD Test Refer ence. 34. Audio Pwr Displays Mobile Phone Audio Power . AMPS Cellular Automatic Test Registration Mobile Init Cell Init Handoff Test Audio Test RF Level: -121 dBm Audio Pwr: -8.7 dBm Audio Dist: 1.3% REF LOAD: 600 Ohms FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED 33 34 0.199 uV 35 35. Audio Dist 36 RETURN Displays Mobile Phone Audio Distor tion. 8717120 36. REF LO AD Displays Load Refer ence for Audio Test. 6- 58 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-7 MOBILE INIT TEST The Mobile Init ( Initiated) Test r equir es a call to be initiated fr om the Mobile Phone. The following pr ocedur e per for ms the Mobile Init ( Initiated) Test: o With cur sor on Mobile Init, pr ess F2 ENABLED=. Pr ess F3 START to star t test. o “ Place Call” pr ompt appear s. Place call using Mobile Phone under test. o “ Enter Digits” pr ompt appear s. Enter up to 16 digits using Mobile Phone to test DTMF tr ansmission. Pr essing F1 Cont continues Mobile Init Test with or without digits enter ed. o “ Pr ess Flash Hook” pr ompt appear s. Send Flash Hook signal using Mobile Phone. Pr essing F1 Cont continues Mobile Init Test without testing Flash Hook message. o “ Measur ing Fr equency” message appear s indicating Maintenance O r der is sent to the Mobile Phone for measur ing Signal Tone fr equency. o “ Pr ess Flash Hook” pr ompt appear s. Send Flash Hook signal using Mobile Phone. “ Hangup Phone” pr ompt appear s. Hang up Mobile Phone or pr ess F5 Release for r elease or der to be sent to Mobile Phone. When “ Hangup Phone” pr ompt disappear s, Mobile Init Test is finished. o Power Level Test is per for med with the Mobile Init Test. After testing is finished, pr ess F2 Results to page thr ough r esults. Mobile Init Test r esults r esemble the example. 6- 59 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-8 CELL INIT TEST The Cell Init ( Cell Site Initiated) Test simulates a call fr om the Cell Site. The following pr ocedur e per for ms the Cell Init Test: o With cur sor on Cell Init, pr ess F2 ENABLED. Pr ess F3 START to star t test. o “ Paging Mobile” , “ Page Answer ed” and “ Ringing Mobile” messages appear as Test Set per for ms test. o “ Answer Phone” pr ompt appear s. Answer call placed to Mobile Phone. o “ Measur ing Fr equency” message appear s indicating Maintenance O r der is sent to the Mobile Phone for measur ing Signal Tone fr equency. o If Maintenance O r der does not fail, “ Pr ess Flash Hook” pr ompt appear s. Pr ess Flash Hook on Mobile Phone. “ Hangup Phone” pr ompt appear s. Hanging up Mobile Phone completes Cell Init Test. A Power Level Test is also per for med with the Cell Init Test. Refer to par agr aph 6- 13- 3B for Power Level Test infor mation. After the Cell Init Test is finished, pr ess F2. Results to page thr ough the Cell Init Test r esults. 6- 60 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-9 AUTOMATIC TEST PRINTOUT If “ 2. Pr int- O ut” is enabled on Page 2 of the AMPS Setup Menu, the per for med test r esults ar e pr inted on a device connected to the RS- 232 Connector . A Pr intout for all Automatic Tests is shown her e. Test r eadings ar e followed by P ( Pass) or F ( Fail) to indicate the test passed or failed. ***************************************************************************************** *************************IFR COM-120C AMPS CELLULAR MOBILE AUTO TEST**************** DATE: FEB-24-1997 CUST: CUST ID: 5438 MANUFACTURER: IFR ENGINEERING MODEL: TYPE 2 SERIAL #: 1234567890 TYPE APPROVAL: 0987654321 CERTIFICATE: 123ABC456DEF **************************************************************************************** MOBILE ID NUMBER (MIN): 316/522-4981 ELECTRONIC SERIAL NUMBER (ESN): HEX: 820A4CA DEC: 13000566468 OCT: 20202122304 MOBILE STATION CLASS: 0100 POWER: POWER CLASS I TRANSMISSION: DISCONTINUOUS BANDWIDTH: 20 MHZ DIGITAL COLOR CODE: 3 HOME ID (SID): 00163 HOME SAT: 5970 HZ ********************************MOBILE INITIATED CALL********************************** CALLED ADDRESS: 6955895452 VOICE CHANNEL: 300 FREQ FWD/FREQ RVS: 879.0000/834.0000 FREQ ERROR: 0.026 KHZ P SAT FREQ: 5970 HZ P SAT DEV: 2.26 KHZ F MOBILE TX POWER: 5.9 DBM P DTMF RESPONSE: 123456789*0# FLASH HOOK DURATION: 100 MS F **********************************POWER LEVEL TEST************************************ LEVEL READING 0 33.8 DBM P 1 29.4 DBM P 2 25.8 DBM P 3 21.8 DBM P 4 17.2 DBM P 5 13.5 DBM P 6 9.1 DBM P 7 5.9 DBM P ***********************************HAND-OFF TEST*************************************** VOICE RF SAT SAT RF FREQ CHANNEL PWR FREQ DEVIATION ERROR 51 6.0 DBM 5970 HZ *2.24 KHZ 0.020 KHZ F 101 5.5 DBM 5970 HZ *2.22 KHZ 0.020 KHZ F 151 5.7 DBM 5970 HZ *2.24 KHZ 0.020 KHZ F 201 6.0 DBM 5970 HZ *2.23 KHZ 0.019 KHZ F 251 6.0 DBM 5970 HZ *2.24 KHZ 0.016 KHZ F ********************************SINAD TEST AT REF 12 DB********************************* RF LEVEL: -119 DBM 0.250 UV AUDIO POWER: -54.0 DBM REF LOAD: 600 OHMS AUDIO DISTORTION: 1.0 % **********************************CELL INITIATED CALL********************************** VOICE CHANNEL: 300 RING PLUS SAT DEVIATION: 9.48 KHZ P RF FREQ ERROR: 0.006 KHZ P SAT FREQ: 5970 HZ P SAT DEV: 2.24 KHZ F TX POWER: 5.7 dBm P HANGUP (ST) PLUS SAT DEVIATION: 9.56 kHz P ST FREQUENCY: 10.000 kHz P 6- 61 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-10 AMPS CELL SITE SIMULATOR MANUAL TESTS The AMPS Manual Test Scr een is accessed by selecting “ 2. AMPS Cellular Menu. Manual Test” fr om the 1. Reg AMPS Cellular Initiates Manual Registr ation Test. Manual Test Registration Mobile Init 2. Mobile Cell Init Initiates Manual Mobile Initiated Call Test. 3. Cell Initiates Manual Cell Site Initiated Call Test. 4. Retur n 8717091 Retur ns O per ation to AMPS Cellular Menu. 6- 62 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-11 REGISTRATION TEST The Registr ation Test simulates a Registr ation or der fr om the Cell Site and tests the Mobile Phone’s r esponse. To per for m the Registr ation Test, pr ess F1 REG . completed, r esults ar e displayed. AMPS Cellular Manual Test 1. SCM Displays 4 least significant Station Class Mar k bits. 2. Power Class Displays Power Class of Mobile Phone under test. After the Registr ation Tests ar e Registration Mobile Init Cell Init 1 7 6 MIN: 316/522-4981 SCM: 0100 ESN: HEX 8208A4C4 POWER CLASS 1 Dec 13000566468 DISCONTINUOUS Oct 20202122304 BANDWIDTH: 20 MHz DCC: 5 REG 2 3 2 MOBILE 4 CELL RETURN 8717126 3. Tr ansmission State Displays Tr ansmission State, Continuous or Discontinuous, of Mobile Phone under test. 4. Bandwidth Displays bandwidth of Mobile Phone under test. 20 MHz allows channels 1 to 666. 25 MHz allows channels 1 to 1023. 5. DCC Displays Digital Color Code last r eceived by Mobile Phone under test. 6. ESN Displays Electr onic Ser ial Number of Mobile Phone under test in Hexadecimal, Decimal and O ctal. 7. MIN Displays Mobile Identification Number of Mobile Phone under test. 6- 63 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-12 MOBILE INIT TEST The Mobile Init ( Initiated) Test r equir es a call to be initiated fr om the Mobile Phone. To per for m the Mobile Init Test, pr ess F2 MO BILE fr om AMPS Manual Test Menu. “ Place Call” pr ompt appear s. Place call using Mobile Phone under test. O nce a connection is made, the Mobile Init Scr een appear s containing data. 8. Fr eq Er r Displays Reverse Voice Channel Fr equency and Fr equency Er r or r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 9. PWR Displays output power r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. AMPS Cellular Manual Test Registration Mobile Init Cell Init 23 22 8 6823819 Called Adr: FREQ ERR 300 Handoff Test 3 Pwr Level Test 21 0.336 kHz SAT Test 834.000336 kHz 5970 Hz Call Processing AF Dev 5.970 kHz SCOPE ANALY 9 MAINTENANCE 19 18 PWR 21.9 dBm Signal Tone Test 20 DVM SINAD 2.36 kHz START 10 QUIT 8717124 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10. Dev Displays the SAT Deviation or Audio Deviation r eceived fr om the Mobile Phone. 11. Q uit Pr ess F6 Q UIT to exit Manual Mobile Init Scr een. 12. Star t Initiates test at cur sor location. 13. SINAD Accesses SINAD Meter for use with Cellular Testing. 14. AF Displays SAT Fr equency r eceived fr om the Mobile Phone. 15. DVM Accesses SINAD Meter for use with Cellular Testing. 6- 64 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 16. Analy Accesses Spectr um Analyzer for use with Cellular Testing. Additional Field with Cellular Spectr um Analyzer is Retur n Cellular Field for r etur ning to Manual Mobile Init Test Scr een. 17. Scope Accesses O scilloscope for use with Cellular Testing. Additions for Cellular O scilloscope include allowing Demod Audio for input Sour ce and Retur n Cellular Field for r etur ning to Manual Mobile Init Test Scr een. 18. Call Pr ocessing Pr ompt for accessing Call Pr ocessing Tests. Call Pr ocessing Tests include ALERT, SEND CALLED ADDRESS, DTMF TEST, AUDIT and MAINTENANCE. Selected test is star ted by pr essing F5 START. ALERT Test is pr ovided to obser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. “ Pr ess Send to Clear ” message is displayed. O bser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess Mobile Phone Send Key to ter minate test. SEND CALLED ADDRESS Test r equir es Mobile Phone to have placed phone call. Place call on Mobile Phone. Pr ess F5 START. DTMF TEST allows testing of Mobile Phone DTMF Tr ansmission. Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. Window is displayed to enter DT MF Digits. Pr ess keys on Mobile Phone and ver ify echo appear s in Window. Pr ess F5 CLR WND to ter minate test. AUDIT Test exer cises Audit Function of Mobile Phone. Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. O nce Audit Test is complete, “ Confir mation: Audit” Window is displayed. MAINTENANCE Test is pr ovided to obser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. “ Pr ess Send to Clear ” message is displayed. O bser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess Mobile Phone Send Key to ter minate test. 19. Signal Tone Test Signal Tone Test measur es Signal Tone Fr equency. Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. “ Measur ing Fr equency” message appear s indicating Maintenance O r der is sent to the Mobile Phone for measur ing Signal Tone fr equency. O nce test is complete, “ Pr ess Flash Hook” message is displayed. Pr ess Flash Hook on Mobile Phone. “ Flash Hook Detected” message is displayed. Pr ess F5 CLR WND to ter minate test. 20. SAT Test SAT Test allows change of SAT Fr equency. To change SAT Fr equency, pr ess ENTER Key with cur sor on SAT Test. Use DATA SCRO LL Keys to select new SAT Fr equency. Pr ess ENTER Key. Ver ify AF ( 14) displays selected SAT Fr equency. 6- 65 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 21. Power Level Test Each time a power level is enter ed, a VMAC message is sent to change the power level of the Mobile Phone to the level enter ed. To enter a power level, use DATA ENTRY Keys to enter a power level and pr ess ENTER Key. 22. Handoff Test Handoff Test hands off Mobile Phone to another Cellular Channel. With cur sor on Handoff Test, use DATA ENTRY Keys to select new Channel. Pr ess ENTER Key. Ver ify FREQ ERR ( 8) changes to match new Channel. 23. Called Adr Displays the addr ess called by the Mobile Phone. 6- 66 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-13-13 CELL INIT TEST The Cell Init ( Initiated) Test places a call to the Mobile Phone. To per for m the Cell Init Test, pr ess F3 CELL fr om AMPS Manual Test Menu. “ Paging Mobile” , “ Page Answer ed” and “ Answer Phone” messages appear in or der . O nce “ Answer Phone” message appear s, answer Mobile Phone. made, the Cell Init Scr een appear s containing data: AMPS Cellular Manual Test 24. Fr eq Er r Displays Reverse Voice Channel Fr equency and Fr equency Er r or r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. Registration Mobile Init Cell Init 24 FREQ ERR 38 Handoff Test 300 0.336 kHz 3 834.000336 kHz Pwr Level Test 37 SAT Test 5970 Hz PWR Call Processing MAINTENANCE AF 35 Dev 5.970 kHz SCOPE ANALY DVM SINAD 2.36 kHz START PWR Displays 33 output power r eceived fr om Mobile Phone. 25 21.9 dBm Signal Tone Test 36 34 25 O nce a connection is 26 QUIT 8717125 32 31 30 29 28 27 26. Dev Displays the SAT Deviation or Audio Deviation r eceived fr om the Mobile Phone. 27. Q uit Pr ess F6 Q UIT to exit Manual Cell Init Scr een. 28. Star t Initiates test at cur sor location. 29. SINAD Accesses SINAD Meter for use with Cellular Testing. 30. AF Displays the SAT Fr equency r eceived fr om the Mobile Phone. 31. DVM Accesses SINAD Meter for use with Cellular Testing. 6- 67 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 32. Analy Accesses Spectr um Analyzer for use with Cellular Testing. Additional Field with Cellular Spectr um Analyzer is Retur n Cellular Field for r etur ning to Manual Mobile Init Test Scr een. 33. Scope Accesses O scilloscope for use with Cellular Testing. Additions for Cellular O scilloscope is allowing Demod Audio for input Sour ce and Retur n Cellular Field for r etur ning to Manual Mobile Init Test Scr een. 34. Call Pr ocessing Pr ompt for accessing Call Pr ocessing Tests. Call Pr ocessing Tests include ALERT, SEND CALLED ADDRESS, DTMF TEST, AUDIT and MAINTENANCE. Selected test is star ted by pr essing F5 START. ALERT Test is pr ovided to obser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. “ Pr ess Send to Clear ” message is displayed. O bser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess Mobile Phone Send Key to ter minate test. SEND CALLED ADDRESS Test r equir es Mobile Phone to have placed phone call. Place call on Mobile Phone. Pr ess F5 START. DTMF TEST allows testing of Mobile Phone DTMF Tr ansmission. Pr ess F5 ST ART to initiate test. Window is displayed to enter DT MF Digits. Pr ess keys on Mobile Phone and ver ify echo appear s in Window. Pr ess F5 CLR WND to ter minate test. AUDIT Test exer cises Audit Function of Mobile Phone. Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. O nce Audit Test is complete, “ Confir mation: Audit” Window is displayed. MAINTENANCE Test is pr ovided to obser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. “ Pr ess Send to Clear ” message is displayed. O bser ve AF ( 14) and Dev ( 10) . Pr ess Mobile Phone Send Key to ter minate test. 35. Signal Tone Test Signal Tone Test measur es Signal Tone Fr equency. Pr ess F5 START to initiate test. “ Measur ing Fr equency” message appear s indicating Maintenance O r der is sent to the Mobile Phone for measur ing Signal Tone fr equency. O nce test is complete, “ Pr ess Flash Hook” message is displayed. Pr ess Flash Hook on Mobile Phone. “ Flash Hook Detected” message is displayed. Pr ess F5 CLR WND to ter minate test. 36. SAT Test SAT Test allows change of SAT Fr equency. To change SAT Fr equency, pr ess ENTER Key with cur sor on SAT Test. Use DATA SCRO LL Keys to select new SAT Fr equency. Pr ess ENTER Key. Ver ify AF ( 14) displays selected SAT Fr equency. 6- 68 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 37. Power Level Test Each time a power level is enter ed, a VMAC message is sent to change the power level of the Mobile Phone to the level enter ed. To enter a power level, use DATA ENTRY Keys to enter a power level and pr ess ENTER Key. 38. Handoff Test Handoff Test hands off Mobile Phone to another Cellular Channel. With cur sor on Handoff Test, use DATA ENTRY Keys to select new Channel. Pr ess ENTER Key. Ver ify FREQ ERR ( 8) changes to match new Channel. 6- 69 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14 EDACS TRUNKING (OPTION 16) The EDACS Tr unking O ption is used to test r adios and r epeater s of the EDACS tr unkedr adio signaling type. EDACS Tr unked Radio System is a pr oduct of G E/Er icsson. The CO M- 120C EDACS O ption r uns in manual and automatic modes for r adio and r epeater testing. To execute EDACS Tr unking O ption, the selection is made fr om the Special Test scr een. Pr ess the SPCL Mode Key on the fr ont panel for this selection scr een: Pr ess F4 EDACS or cur sor to selection “ 4. EDACS Tr unking” and pr ess the ENTER Har d Key to access the EDACS Tr unking scr een. 1. Bit Error Rate 2. AMPS Cellular 3. LTR Trunking 4. EDACS Trunking 1. Auto Accesses the Automatic Test scr een. 2. Manual BER CELL LTR EDACS 0061601 Accesses the Manual Test scr een. 3. Setup Accesses the Setup Scr een. 4. Retur n Retur ns to Specials Scr een. 6- 70 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-1 EDACS TRUNKING SETUP SCREEN EDACS Tr unking Setup Scr een. 1. Contr ol Chan EDACS Trunking Setup Parameters Mobile Rx 856.2125 1 CONTROL CHAN 857.2125 2 WORKING CHAN 1 SITE ID NARROW (900 MHz) SYSTEM BAND CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS Mobile Tx This field is used to select a 811.2125 logical channel for use as a 812.2125 contr ol channel. The actual RF Fr equencies display to the r ight of the channel number , in r elationship to a mobile WIDE NARROW RETURN r adio. The logical channels 0061601 ( 1- 20) ar e pr ogr ammed under the CHANNEL ASSIG NMENTS Menu selection. The contr ol channel set her e is used as the contr ol channel for establishing connections ( call pr ocessing) with the r adio in the Automatic Test ( Radio) and the Manual Test ( Repeater Simulator ) . 2. Wor king Chan This field is used to select a logical channel for use as a wor king channel. The actual RF Fr equencies display to the r ight of the channel number , in r elationship to a mobile r adio. The logical channels ( 1- 20) ar e pr ogr ammed under the CHANNEL ASSIG NMENTS Menu selection. The wor king channel set her e is used as the wor king channel for the Automatic Test ( Radio) and as the G en/Rec Fr equencies for the Automatic Test ( Repeater ) . 3. Site ID This field is used to select the Site ID to use in the over head messages in the Automatic Test and the Manual Test ( Repeater Simulator ) . The value r ange is 0 to 31. 4. System Band This field is used to set the EDACS Tr unking System Band to Wide ( 800 MHz) or Nar r ow ( 900 MHz) . 5. Channel Assignments This field is used to pr ogr am the 20 logical channels for the EDACS Tr unking tests. These pr ogr ammed fr equencies ar e used for all channels r efer enced in the Automatic and Manual Tests. 6- 71 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-2 EDACS TRUNKING CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS This field is used to pr ogr am the 20 logical channels for the EDACS Tr unking tests. These pr ogr ammed fr equencies ar e used for all channels r efer enced in the Automatic and Manual Tests. Ther e ar e a total of 20 logical channels available for pr ogr amming. Two pages of 10 per page. Each logical channel is capable of being an ( FCC) 800 MHz or 900 MHz Standar d Channel No. or a user defined RF Fr equency pair r anging fr om 0 to 1000.0000 MHz. Ther e is no cor r elation between the logical channel number and an F CC number . The logical channel number s ar e pr ogr ammed to wor k with the system under test’s channel number s. The ability to assign an FCC Standar d Channel No. to a logical channel is only for ease of pr ogr amming. Setting a channel for mat to 800 or 900 MHz does not set the system band to wide or nar r ow. Set wide or nar r ow with the ‘SYSTEM BAND’ field in the EDACS Tr unking Setup Par ameter s scr een. 1. For mat Designates the for mat used. EDACS Trunking Setup Parameters 800 MHz Selects FCC 800 MHz for mat. If 800 MHz is the cur r ent for mat when an edit is star ted, ( ENTER pr essed) , the value under the No. column is edited to set the Rx/Tx Fr equencies to an FCC standar d channel ( 1- 760) . EDACS CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS C Chan Format No. Mobile Rx W 1 800 MHz 100 853.4875 S 2 800 MHz 33 851.8125 S 3 900 MHz 201 937.5125 C 4 User 465.8125 5 800 MHz 5 851.1125 6 800 MHz 6 851.1375 800 MHz 7 7 851.1625 8 User 432.8125 9 800 MHz 9 851.2125 10 800 MHz 10 851.2375 900 MHz Selects FCC 900 MHz for mat. If 900 MHz is the cur r ent for mat when an edit is star ted, ( ENTER pr essed) , the value under the No. column is edited to set the Rx/Tx Fr equencies to an FCC standar d channel ( 1- 760) . 800 MHz 900 MHz USER PG UP Mobile Tx Mobile Tx 811.2125 812.2125 808.4875 806.8125 898.5125 425.8125 806.1125 806.1375 806.1625 412.8125 806.2125 806.2375 PG DN RETURN 00607242 EDACS Trunking Automatic Test 2. Mobile Rx Manually enter the Mobile Receiver fr equency. If the For mat field is not set to USER, it is for ced to user and the No. Field is set to null. Registration Radio Test Repeater Test Audio Test DISABLED DISABLED ENABLED DISABLED ENABLED ENABLED START FMZ RETURN 0061601 3. Mobile Tx Manually enter the Mobile Tr ansmitter fr equency. If the For mat field is not set to USER, it is for ced to user and the No. Field is set to null. 6- 72 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-3 EDACS TRUNKING AUTOMATIC TEST EDACS Tr unking Automatic Test Scr een consists of 4 main par ts. Registr ation, Radio Test, Repeater Test and Audio Test. Each Test is either ENABLED or DISABLED. This state of the Automatic Test is r efer r ed to as the ‘Idle’ state. All Automatic Tests ar e r un with the UUT connected to the T/R por t for both tr ansmit and r eceive oper ations. 1. Registr ation If ENABLED, Registr ation is the fir st test executed for the Automatic Test which simply captur es a login message fr om the r adio and displays the Radio’s G r oup and Logical ID’s along with the Contr ol/Wor king channel fr equencies. 2. Radio Test If ENABLED, Radio Test executes and completes a G r oup Call sequence with a r adio and measur es the Radio’s Tr ansmitter Fr equency Er r or , Tr ansmitter RF Power , High- Speed Data Deviation, Subaudible Data Deviation and Voice Peak Deviation. 3. Repeater Test If ENABLED, the Repeater Test measur es the Repeater ’s Tr ansmitter Fr equency Er r or and Tr ansmitter RF Power . 6- 73 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-4 EDACS TRUNKING AUTOMATIC TEST EXECUTION Pr ess F3 START to execute the Automatic Test. At least one of these tests must be ENABLED: Registr ation, Radio Test or Repeater Test. If one or mor e of these tests is not ENABLED, the scr een displays, “ INVALID SELECTS” and the test does not execute. The Audio Test only applies to the Radio Simulator and Repeater Simulator . A. REGISTRATION When ENABLED, Registr ation executes fir st. The field status changes fr om ENABLED to RUNNING . The Control Channel programmed from the Setup scr een is used for the RF Fr equencies and the CO M- 120C begins gener ating Site ID messages ( over head) . The scr een pr ompts to, “ Tur n on Power to Radio.” The CO M- 120C then looks for the login message ( data) fr om the Radio. The Radio must be pr ogr ammed to do automatic login. When the login message is found, the CO M- 120C acknowledges the login back to the Radio and captur es the Radio’s G r oup and Logical ID which displays along with the Contr ol/Wor king channel fr equencies used. The field status changes to CO MPLETE when the test is finished and pr oceeds to the next ENABLED par t of the Automatic Test. B. RADIO TEST If ENABLED, Radio Test executes next. The field status changes fr om ENABLED to RUNNING . The Control Channel programmed from the Setup scr een is used for the RF Fr equencies and the CO M- 120C begins gener ating Site ID messages ( over head) . The Radio locks onto the CO M- 120C. If the Push- to- Talk cable is pr oper ly connected, the Radio per for ms a hands- fr ee PTT ( G r oup Call) . If not, the scr een pr ompts to manually pr ess the PTT button, “ Pr ess PTT now ( G r oup Call)”. The Radio should connect with the CO M- 120C at this point. If a successful G r oup Call was achieved, the Contr ol/Wor king channels and the Radio’s G r oup/Logical ID’s ar e displayed and the test measur ements begin with the message: “ Taking Measur ements...” The PTT button must r emain depr essed dur ing the measur ements ( if doing manual PTT) . If not, the Radio Test ter minates and the field status changes to DRO PPED. The message, “ CALL DRO P” is br iefly displayed. When the Voice Peak Deviation T est begins, the scr een pr ompts to whistle ( or blow) into micr ophone and updates the deviation accor dingly. The PTT button must r emain depr essed dur ing Voice Peak Deviation measur ement. If Audio Tests ar e planned, skip this test. The Radio’s micr ophone is disabled if Audio Connector s ar e in place. If the CO NT or SKIP softkey is pr essed, the Radio test finishes and the field status changes to CO MPLETE. Results of the test ar e shown and the scr een pr ompts to r elease the PTT button. If the Radio has the Push- to- Talk cable connected, the PTT is automatically r eleased. 6- 74 SECTION 6 OPTIONS If the Audio Test is ENABLED, it is per for med next on the Radio. The field status changes to RUNNING and the scr een prompts to, “Install Audio Connectors. Pr ess CO NT when r eady” . It is extr emely impor tant that audio connections to the Radio ar e installed cor r ectly. Pr ess F4 CO NT to continue the test. The CO M- 120C establishes a G r oup Call identical to the G r oup Call used in the Radio Test. If the PTT cable is pr oper ly connected, the Radio is instr ucted to automatically engage the PTT button. O ther wise, manually depr ess the PTT button. O nce the Radio is connected via G r oup Call, the scr een displays the message: “ Taking Measur ements...” . The PTT button must r emain depr essed ( if manually doing PTT) dur ing measur ements or the Audio Test ter minates. The field status indicates DRO PPED. The message, “ CALL DRO P” is br iefly displayed. After the Tr ansmitter Audio Tests ar e complete, the CO M- 120C pr ompts to r elease PTT ( if manual PTT) and calls the Radio to do Receiver Audio Tests. When the call to the Radio is complete, the scr een pr ompts to, “ Set Radio Volume to Maximum. Pr ess CO NT when r eady” . Check the Radio for a busy ( ‘BSY’) light indicator and/or a G r oup Call ( G R) light indicator with the caller ’s Logical ID which indicates a successful call to the Radio. If the call is not successful, ABO RT the test. If the F4 CO NT is pr essed, the scr een displays the message: “ Taking Measur ements” . The field status changes to CO MPLETE when the test is finished and goes to the next ENABLED par t in the Automatic Test. C. REPEATER TEST If ENABLED, Repeater Test executes next. The field status changes fr om ENABLED to RUNNING . The Working Channel programmed from the Setup scr een is used for the RF Fr equencies. The Repeater Test is a conventionalmode test. Manually contr ol the Repeater Tr ansmitter /Receiver as instr ucted by the CO M120C. When the test begins, the scr een pr ompts, “ Tur n on Repeater tr ansmitter now” . The scr een displays the message: “ Taking Measur ements..” when the tr ansmitter is on,. The Repeater Tr ansmitter must r emain on dur ing measur ements. If not, the test ter minates and the field status indicates DRO PPED. The message, “ REPEATER DRO P” is br iefly displayed. If the Audio Test is ENABLED, it is per for med next on the Repeater . The field status changes to RUNNING and the scr een prompts to, “Install Audio Connector s. Pr ess CO NT when r eady” . It is extr emely impor tant that audio connections to the Repeater ar e installed cor r ectly. Pr ess F4 CO NT to continue the test. If the Repeater ’s Tr ansmitter is not on, the scr een pr ompts for it to be tur ned on. O nce the Repeater is tr ansmitting, the scr een displays the message: “ Taking Measur ements...” . The Repeater Tr ansmitter must r emain on dur ing measur ements. If not, the test ter minates and the field status indicates DRO PPED. The message, “ REPEATER DRO P” is br iefly displayed. The field status changes to CO MPLETE after the test. 6- 75 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-5 EDACS TRUNKING AUTOMATIC TEST RESULTS After Automatic Testing is complete, use the softkeys to display or pr int the r esults. Pr ess F2 to show the fir st page of r esults. EDACS Tr unking Automatic Test scr een. Results appear in the lower half of the The following text descr ibes the test r esults and their significance in or der appear ance on the scr een. of If only Registr ation was ENABLED, only the fir st thr ee r ows of r esults ar e shown. Results: Radio Test CONTROL CHANNEL Shows the Mobile Radio’s Receive/ G ener ate RF Fr equencies used for the test as the EDACS Contr ol Channel. [Radio] CONTROL CHANNEL WORKING CHANNEL LOGICAL/GROUP ID TX FREQ ERROR: TX RF POWER: TX DATA DEV: SUB-AUDIBLE DEV: VOICE AUDIO DEV: Mobile Rx 856.2125 857.2125 1002/100 -0.199 kHz 827.4 mW 3.20 kHz 0.68 kHz 4.14 kHz Mobile Tx 811.2125 812.2125 WO RKING CHANNEL Shows the Mobile Radio’s Receive/ G ener ate RF Fr equencies used for the test as the EDACS Wor king Channel. 00616008 LOGICAL/GROUP ID Shows the Mobile Radio’s Logical ID and G r oup ID which was acquir ed fr om the G r oup Call ( or Login message if Registr ation only) per for med dur ing the Radio Test. TX FREQ ERROR Shows the RF Fr equency Er r or of the r adio tr ansmitter kHz. TX RF PO WER Shows the RF Power of the r adio tr ansmitter in mW ( if less than 1 Watt) or Watts. TX DATA DEV Shows the Deviation of the Radio’s high- speed data in kHz. SUB- AUDIBLE DEV Shows the Deviation of the Radio sub- audible data dur ing tr ansmission of a G r oup Call in kHz. VO ICE AUDIO DEV Shows the Peak Deviation of tr ansmitted micr ophone audio fr om the Radio in kHz. 6- 76 SECTION 6 OPTIONS These ar e all the test r esults available for the Audio Test- Radio except for the Tx Audio Response r esults. Some of these r esults ar e based on the Rated O utput of the r adio. This is acquir ed by injecting a 1 kHz sine wave via the Data G en output jack and r aising the level until 3 kHz ( 1.5 kHz for nar r ow band) of deviation is tr ansmitted by the r adio. Results: Audio Test (Radio) TX DEVIATIO N @ 15 mVr ms This r esult is the deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Radio tr ansmitter modulating a 1 kHz sine wave injected into the Radio’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at 15 mVr ms level. [Radio] TX DEVIATION @ 15 m Vrms: TX MOD LIMITING @ 300 Hz: TX MOD LIMITING @ 3 kHz: TX MOD LIMITING (Burst): TX AUDIO DISTORTION: RX AUDIO SESITIVITY: RX SINAD @ 12dB: 3.73 kHz 4.15 kHz 2.89 kHz 3.68 kHz 2.8% 878.4m Vp_p -121.8 dBm 110m Vp 110m Vp 110m Vp 0.30 Vrms 0061600 Does not include any deviation fr om the Radio’s sub- audible data. TX MO DULATIO N LIMITING @ 300 Hz This r esult is the deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Radio tr ansmitter modulation with a 300 Hz sine wave injected into the Radio’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at a level which is 20 dB higher than 60% of the Radio’s Rated O utput. The r esult in the r ight column is the actual level in mVp which was used to make the deviation measur ement. TX MODULATION LIMITING @ 3 kHz This r esult is the deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Radio tr ansmitter modulation with a 3 kHz sine wave injected into the Radio’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at a level which is 20 dB higher than 60% of the Radio’s Rated O utput. The r esult in the r ight column is the actual level in mVp which was used to make the deviation measur ement. TX MODULATION LIMITING (Burst) This r esult is the peak deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Radio tr ansmitter modulation with a bur st of 1 kHz sine wave injected into the Radio’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at a level which is 20 dB higher than 60% of the Radio’s Rated O utput. The r esult in the r ight column is the actual level in mVp which was used to make the deviation measur ement. TX AUDIO DISTORTION This r esult is the Distor tion measur ement in % of the Radio’s tr ansmitter with a 1 kHz sine wave injected into the Radio’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at the level of the Radio’s Rated O utput. The Radio’s sub- audible data is not included in this measur ement. 6- 77 SECTION 6 OPTIONS RX AUDIO SENSITIVITY This r esult is the AF Level r ead back fr om the Radio’s audio output path with a 1 kHz sine wave FM- gener ated at 3 kHz ( 1.5 kHz for nar r ow band) deviation, - 50.0 dBm level, fr om the CO M- 120C to the Radio’s antenna input ( Radio must have r eceiver unsquelched) . The AF Level voltage is then measur ed using wideband ( no) filter ing fr om the Audio/Data/SINAD Input baseband jack. The r adio must be set at full volume to make this measur ement. The r esult is the AF Level voltage shown in Vr ms and mV peak to peak. RX SINAD @ 12 dB This r esult is the SINAD r eading fr om the Radio’s audio output path with a 1 kHz sine wave FM- gener ated at 3 kHz ( 1.5 kHz for nar r ow band) deviation fr om the CO M- 120C to the Radio’s antenna input ( Radio must have r eceiver unsquelched) . The CO M- 120C G ener ator RF Level star ts at - 105.0 dBm and lower ed until a SINAD r eading of 12 dB is acquir ed. Then the RF Level is r ecor ded as the r esult of the test in dBm. If the Radio squelches because of sub- audible dr op out befor e the 12 dB SINAD is r eached, the last good r eading taken befor e the Radio squelched is r ecor ded and shown along with the RF Level at that r eading. Results: Audio Test (Radio Tx Audio Response) TX AUDIO RESPO NSE [Radio] Tx Audio Response This shows the r esults of the measur ed deviation fr om the Dev: 0.25 0.62 0.88 1.05 1.18 1.16 Radio’s tr ansmitter with a ser ies of tone fr equencies ( sine wave) injected into the Radio’s audio input path fr om the CO MFreq: .3 K .8 K 1.3 K 1.8 K 2.3 K 2.8 K 120C Data G en output baseband jack at 20% of the Radio’s Rated Output . Measur ements do not include the Radio’s sub- audible data deviation. 1.07 kHz 3.0 K 0061600 The ser ies of tone fr equencies used ar e: 300 Hz, 800 Hz, 1300 Hz, 1800 Hz, 2300 Hz, 2800 Hz and 3000 Hz. The following text descr ibes the test r esults and their significance in or der of appear ance on the scr een. If only Registr ation was ENABLED, only the fir st thr ee r ows of r esults ar e shown. 6- 78 SECTION 6 OPTIONS Results: Repeater Test WO RKING CHANNEL Shows the Repeater ’s Receive/G ener ate RF Fr equencies used for the test. [Reptr] Repeater Rx WORKING CHANNEL TX FREQ ERROR: TX RF POWER: 857.2125 -0.199 kHz 827.4 mW Repeater Tx 812.2125 TX FREQ ERROR Shows the RF Fr equency Er r or of the Repeater tr ansmitter in kHz. 0061600 TX RF PO WER Shows the RF Power of the Repeater tr ansmitter in mW ( if less than 1 Watt) or Watts. Results: Audio Test (Repeater) [Reptr] These ar e all the test r esults TX DEVIATION @ 15 m Vrms: 0.73 kHz available for the Audio Test4.15 kHz 110m Vp TX MOD LIMITING @ 300 Hz: Repeater except for the Tx Audio TX MOD LIMITING @ 3 kHz: 2.89 kHz 110m Vp TX MOD LIMITING (Burst): 3.68 kHz 110m Vp Response r esults. Some of these TX AUDIO DISTORTION: 1.8% r esults ar e based on the Rated 878.4m Vp_p 0.30 Vrms RX AUDIO SESITIVITY: -121.8 dBm RX SINAD @ 12dB: O utput of the Repeater . This is acquir ed by injecting a 1 kHz sine 0061600 wave via the Data G en output jack and r aising the level until 3 kHz ( 1.5 kHz for nar r ow band) of deviation is tr ansmitted by the Repeater . TX DEVIATIO N @ 15 mVr ms This r esult is the deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Repeater tr ansmitter modulating a 1 kHz sine wave injected into the Repeater ’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at 15 mVr ms level. TX MO DULATIO N LIMITING @ 300 Hz This r esult is the deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Repeater tr ansmitter modulation with a 300 Hz sine wave injected into the Repeater ’s audio- in path fr om the CO M120C Data G en output baseband jack at a level which is 20 dB higher than 60% of the Repeater ’s Rated O utput. The r esult in the r ight column is the actual level in mVp which was used to make the deviation measur ement. TX MODULATION LIMITING @ 3 kHz This r esult is the deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Repeater tr ansmitter modulation with a 3 kHz sine wave injected into the Repeater ’s audio- in path fr om the CO M120C Data G en output baseband jack at a level which is 20 dB higher than 60% of the Repeater ’s Rated O utput. The r esult in the r ight column is the actual level in mVp which was used to make the deviation measur ement. 6- 79 SECTION 6 OPTIONS TX MODULATION LIMITING (Burst) This r esult is the peak deviation r eading ( in kHz) of the Repeater tr ansmitter modulation with a bur st of 1 kHz sine wave injected into the Repeater ’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at a level which is 20 dB higher than 60% of the Repeater ’s Rated O utput. The r esult in the r ight column is the actual level in mVp which was used to make the deviation measur ement. TX AUDIO DISTORTION This r esult is the Distor tion measur ement in % of the Repeater ’s tr ansmitter with a 1 kHz sine wave injected into the Repeater ’s audio- in path fr om the CO M- 120C Data G en output baseband jack at the level of the Repeater ’s Rated O utput. RX AUDIO SENSITIVITY This r esult is the AF Level r ead back fr om the Repeater ’s audio output path with a 1 kHz sine wave FM- gener ated at 3 kHz ( 1.5 kHz for nar r ow band) deviation, - 50.0 dBm level, fr om the CO M- 120C to the Repeater ’s RF input ( Repeater must have r eceiver unsquelched) . The AF Level voltage is then measur ed using wideband ( no) filter ing fr om the Audio/Data/SINAD Input baseband jack. The r esult is the AF Level voltage shown in Vr ms and mV peak to peak. RX SINAD @ 12 dB This r esult is the SINAD r eading fr om the Repeater ’s audio output path with a 1 kHz sine wave FM- gener ated at 3 kHz ( 1.5 kHz for nar r ow band) deviation fr om the CO M- 120C to the Repeater RF input ( Repeater must have r eceiver unsquelched) . The CO M- 120C G ener ator RF Level star ts at - 105.0 dBm and lower ed until a SINAD r eading of 12 dB is acquir ed. Then the RF Level is r ecor ded as the r esult of the test in dBm. Results: Audio Test (Repeater Tx Audio Response) TX AUDIO RESPO NSE This shows the r esults of the measur ed deviation fr om the Repeater ’s tr ansmitter with a ser ies of tone fr equencies ( sine wave) injected into the Repeater ’s audio input path fr om the CO M120C Data G en output baseband jack at 20% of the Repeater ’s Rated Output . [Reptr] Tx Audio Response Dev: 0.25 0.62 0.88 1.05 1.18 1.16 1.07 kHz Freq: .3 K .8 K 1.3 K 1.8 K 2.3 K 2.8 K 3.0 K 00616003 The measur ements do not include the Radio’s sub- audible data deviation. The ser ies of tone fr equencies used ar e: 300 Hz, 800 Hz, 1300 Hz, 1800 Hz, 2300 Hz, 2800 Hz and 3000 Hz. 6- 80 SECTION 6 OPTIONS Automatic Test Results (Printout) Pr intouts of the Automatic Tests ar e acquir ed by pr essing F4 PRINT after an automatic test has completed. Results ar e pr inted out the ser ial ( RS- 232) por t on the CO M- 120C r ear panel. The RS- 232 line settings ar e set in the CO M- 120C Setup Scr een, selection 5. Her e is an example of a pr intout. *************************IFR COM-120C EDACS AUTOMATIC TEST RESULTS****************** DATE: Apr-6-1997 TIME: 16:07:34 ***************************************RADIO TEST*************************************** CONTROL CHANNEL: WORKING CHANNEL: RADIO LOGICAL ID: RADIO GROUP ID: TX FREQ ERROR: TX RF POWER: TX DATA DEV: SUB-AUDIBLE DEV: VOICE AUDIO DEV: MOBILE RX 856.2125 857.2125 1002 100 -0.199 kHz 827.4 mW 3.24 kHz 0.68 kHz 4.14 kHz MOBILE TX 811.2125 812.2125 [AUDIO TEST] TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX RX RX DEVIATION @ 15 mVrms: MOD LIMITING @ 300 Hz: MOD LIMITING @ 3 kHz: MOD LIMITING @ (BURST): AUDIO DISTORTION: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 300 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 800 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 1300 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 1800 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 2300 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 2800 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 3000 Hz: AUDIO SENSITIVITY: SINAD @ 12 dB: 4.02 kHz 4.15 kHz 4.45 kHz 4.22 kHz 2.2% 0.25 kHz 0.85 kHz 1.25 kHz 1.35 kHz 1.55 kHz 1.55 kHz 1.35 kHz 1003. mVp-p -118.8 dBm 110 mVp input 110 mVp input 110 mVp input 0.30 Vrms 15.5 dB ************************************REPEATER TEST************************************** WORKING CHANNEL: TX FREQ ERROR: TX RF POWER: REPTR RX 857.2125 -0.199 kHz 827.4 mW REPTR TX 812.2125 [AUDIO TEST] TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX RX RX DEVIATION @ 15 mVrms: MOD LIMITING @ 300 Hz: MOD LIMITING @ 3 kHz: MOD LIMITING @ (BURST): AUDIO DISTORTION: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 300 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 800 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 1300 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 1800 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 2300 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 2800 Hz: AUDIO RESPONSE @ 3000 Hz: AUDIO SENSITIVITY: SINAD @ 12 dB: 4.02 kHz 4.15 kHz 4.45 kHz 4.22 kHz 2.2% 0.25 kHz 0.85 kHz 1.25 kHz 1.35 kHz 1.55 kHz 1.55 kHz 1.35 kHz 1003. mVp-p -118.8 dBm 6- 81 110 mVp input 110 mVp input 110 mVp input 0.30 Vrms 15.5 dB SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-6 EDACS TRUNKING MANUAL TEST The EDACS Tr unking Manual Test consists of 2 main par ts. A Repeater Simulator for testing EDACS Radios and a Radio Simulator for testing EDACS Repeater s. 1. Rept Sim Accesses the EDACS Repeater Simulator Scr een. 2. Radio Sim EDACS Trunking Manual Test Repeater Simulator Radio Simulator Accesses the EDACS Radio Simulator Scr een. 3. Retur n Rept Sim Radio Sim RETURN 00616020 Retur ns to the EDACS Tr unking Test scr een. 6- 82 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-7 EDACS TRUNKING MANUAL TEST-REPEATER SIMULATOR Enter ing the Repeater Simulator causes the CO M- 120C to per for m an FM- Zer o oper ation to adjust the Receiver ’s DC offset to zer o. The scr een displays the message: “ Doing FMZ...please wait” . While in the Repeater Simulator and the Radio is not tr ansmitting, or the r epeater is not calling the Radio, the Site ID message is continuously tr ansmitting. In this idle mode, the Repeater Simulator is looking for a Call ( or Login) r equest fr om the Radio. When the r equest is found, the Repeater Simulator allows the Radio to tr ansmit ( until the Radio r eleases) . The G r oup/Logical ID’s ar e captur ed ( and displayed) when the G r oup Call is made ( and used to call a Radio) . A Radio’s Login is also decoded by the simulator and the ID’s captur ed. Ther e is also a mode of oper ation ( activated by softkey) wher e the r epeater simulates a Radio calling the Radio Under Test. In this mode, ther e ar e softkeys to disconnect and r etur n back to the idle state. 1. CH#: This field is used to change the EDACS Repeater Simulator Wor king Channel, as specified by the Channel Number pr epr ogr ammed in the Setup Scr een. Value r ange: 1 to 20. The cor r esponding RF Fr equencies ar e shown in the RF fields as the CH# field is edited. This only sets the Wor king Channel. The Contr ol Channel is taken fr om the Setup Scr een and must be changed ther e if necessar y. EDACS REPEATER SIMULATOR Extended Meas: Band: USER CH #: 2 RECEIVE RF: 812.2125 Atten: 0 dB Input: T/R GENERATE MHz RF: 857.2125 MHz Level: -40.0 dBm Output: T/R Group ID 273 Logical ID 1 Call Type: SYSTEM ALL Status: IDLE Message: RF Power: DATA 837.8 mW RF Error Freq: Deviation: 0.210 kHz 0.78 kHz (D) AF Frequency: Distortion: 300 Hz Mod Source: DATA Deviation: 3.2 kHz: Subaud dev: 0.70 kHz FM 2.3 % Sinad: CALL DISC PRGM RETURN 0061601 If the Band field is set to ‘Manual’ ther e is no channel number to edit. The PRG M Soft Function Key F3 may then be used to r etur n to the channel Band mode. 2. Band: This field shows the channel for mat for the Repeater Simulator Wor king Channel. Valid values ar e: 800 MHz, 900 MHz, USER or Manual. Display- only field. If ‘Manual’ is displayed, the RF Fr equencies have been set manually in the Repeater Simulator . All other values ar e taken fr om the pr e- pr ogr ammed logical channels fr om the Setup Scr een, accor ding to the channel number set in the CH# field. 6- 83 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 3. RF: ( Receive) This field shows the cur r ent RF Fr equency of the EDACS Wor king Channel for the Receiver side of the Repeater Simulator . This field is editable ( which puts the Wor king Channel in ‘Manual’ mode) . Value r ange: 0 to 1000.0000 MHz. 4. Atten: This field is used to set the Receiver Attenuation. Value r ange: 0 or 30 dB. 5. Input: This field is used to select the Receiver ’s RF Input for the Repeater Simulator to the T/R or Antenna connector . Valid values ar e T/R or ANT. 6. G r oup ID: This field shows the Radio’s G r oup ID acquir ed fr om a G r oup Call or Login oper ation ( if per for med) . This field is also used for the G r oup ID when making a call to the Radio Under Test. This field is editable. Value r ange: 0 to 2047. 7. Call Type: This field handles outgoing call pr ocessing selections G r oup, Individual or System- All calls, for Radio and Repeater - initiated calls. 8. Logical ID: This field shows the Radio’s Logical ID acquir ed fr om a G r oup Call or Login oper ation ( if per for med) . This field is also used for the Logical ID when making a call to the Radio Under Test. This field is editable. Value r ange: 0 to 16383. 9. RF Power: This field shows the Radio’s Tr ansmitter RF Power in Watts ( or mW) . It is a display- only field ( meter ) with no cur sor position. Value r ange: 0.0 mW to 10.00 W. 10. R F Er r or Fr eq: This field shows the Radio’s Tr ansmitter RF Fr equency Er r or in kHz. It is a display- only field ( meter ) with no cur sor position. Value r ange: ± 0.000 to 5.000 kHz. 11. Deviation: ( Receive) This field shows the Radio’s Tr ansmit Deviation for Voice or Data in kHz. Voice Deviation is designated with a ‘V’ symbol, and Data Deviation ( low- fr equency data) is designated with a ‘D’ symbol. Value r ange: 0.00 to 10.00 kHz. 12. AF Fr equency: This field shows the Radio’s Tr ansmitter Audio Fr equency in Hz. It is a displayonly field ( meter ) with no cur sor position. Measur ing r ange: 300 to 4500 Hz. 6- 84 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 13. Distor tion: ( Receive) This field shows the Radio’s Tr ansmitter Distor tion in %. Value r ange: 0.0 to 20.0%. Also used to show decoded DTMF digits by pr essing the DTMF softkey. 14. Extended Meas: This field allows access to one of thr ee exter nal scr eens: Scope, Analyzer or Digital Voltmeter ( DVM) . Radio- initiated G r oup Calls ar e still per for med while in any of the thr ee scr eens. If a call was made to the Radio and is still in pr ogr ess, it is possible to access any of the thr ee scr eens without inter r upting the call. However, there is no way to call the Radio Under Test or disconnect a made call while in the extended screens. The call must be made before entering an extended screen. The only way to enter the extended scr eens is to use the softkeys. The ‘Retur n’ field in the extended scr een allows a r etur n to the Repeater Simulator . 15. RF: ( G ener ate) This field shows the cur r ent RF Fr equency of the EDACS Wor king Channel for the G ener ator side of the Repeater Simulator . This field is editable ( which puts the Wor king Channel in ‘Manual’ mode) . Value r ange: 0 to 1000.0000 MHz. Soft Function Keys available with this function include: 16. Level: This field is used to set the G ener ator ’s RF O utput Level in dBm. Value r ange: - 40 to - 130.0 dBm ( T/R) , 13.0 to - 130.0 dBm ( AUX) with AUX option. 17. O utput: This field is used to set the G ener ator ’s RF O utput sour ce to the T/R por t or the Auxiliar y ( AUX) RF por t. Valid values: T/R or AUX. 18. Status: This field shows the cur r ent status of the Repeater Simulator . It is a display- only field. Valid status values: IDLE Repeater is in the idle state, gener ating over head ( Site ID) messages. In this state, the Radio may initiate a G r oup Call, do a Login or the simulator may initiate another call to another r adio. RADIO SETUP Repeater is in the pr ocess of pr ocessing a Call fr om the Radio. This message is usually very brief and may not be noticeable. RADIO INIT Repeater successfully completes a Call fr om the Radio and call is in pr ogr ess. REP INIT Repeater made a G r oup Call to the Radio. 6- 85 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 19. Message: Br iefly shows the last EDACS message r eceived fr om the Radio. Display- only field. GROUP CALL A G r oup Call message is r eceived fr om the Radio. UN- KEYED An un- keyed message is r eceived fr om the Radio. EMER G RO UP An Emer gency G r oup Call message is r eceived fr om the Radio. LO G IN A Login message is r eceived fr om the Radio. STATUS A Status message is r eceived fr om the Radio. INDV CALL (Log ID) An Individual Call is r eceived fr om the r adio. The Logical ID of the r adio being called is shown in par enthesis. SYSTEM ALL A System- All Call is r eceived fr om the r adio. 20. Mod Sour ce: This field is used to select a G ener ator sour ce for modulation. G EN1, G EN2 and DTMF ar e only modulated when a call is made to the Radio. The DATA modulation field is used to modulate the EDACS signaling data. All enabled modulation sour ces display above the Mod Sour ce field. In the field to the r ight of Mod Sour ce, select the modulation type for the selected sour ce. 21. Deviation: ( G ener ate) This field is active when the selected sour ce is FM or PM modulation type. This contr ols the deviation of the modulated sour ce. Value r ange: 0.00 to 100.0 kHz for FM and 0.00 to 10.0 Rad for PM. For deviation of DATA, 3.2 kHz (1.5 kHz for narrow band) is the recommended default value. 22. Modulation: This field is active when the selected sour ce is AM modulation type. This contr ols the modulation of the selected sour ce. Value r ange: 0.0% to 100.0%. 23. Fr equency: This field is active when the selected sour ce, G EN1 or G EN2, is modulated. This selects the Audio Fr equency of the selected Function G ener ator sour ce ( sine wave) . Value r ange: 0.0 Hz to 20000.0 Hz. 6- 86 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 24. Subaud dev: This field is active when the selected sour ce, DATA, is modulated. This contr ols the deviation of the sub- audible data used dur ing established call pr ocessing with the EDACS Radio. Value r ange: 0.00 to 100.0 kHz. Should be ≤ Deviation (20). The recommended default value is 0.70 kHz (0.35 kHz for narrow band). 25. Code: This field is active when the selected sour ce, DTMF, is modulated. This allows the entr y of desir ed DTMF digits to use for DTMF sour ce gener ation. 26. Sinad: This field is used to select a meter to r ead signals fr om the Audio/Data/SINAD input baseband jack. The measur ements appear to the r ight of this field. Valid selections: n OTe When baseband measurements are made, all receiver measurements including the DSP data decoding are disabled due to hardware limitations. Therefore, an EDACS Radio-initiated call cannot be made with any baseband measurements enabled. The Radio-initiated call must be made first, then the baseband measurements may be enabled during the call. Calling the Radio may be done at any time. 6- 87 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-8 EDACS TRUNKING MANUAL TEST-RADIO SIMULATOR Enter ing the Repeater Simulator causes the CO M- 120C to per for m an FM- Zer o oper ation to adjust the Receiver ’s DC offset to zer o. The scr een displays the message: “ Doing FMZ...please wait.” While in the Radio Simulator the Contr ol Channel is continually monitor ed looking for SITE- ID fr om the contr oller . If not found, the NC status is shown. When a SITE- ID message is found, the status goes to IDLE. This allows G r oup Calls to be made ( Push- to- Talk) or calls to be made to the CO M- 120C fr om another Radio as dictated by the Repeater . Ther e ar e 3 main call- pr ocessing sequences suppor ted in the Radio Simulator . Per for m a G r oup Call, r eceive a call in r esponse to a Channel Assignment message fr om a Repeater and r eceive a call in r esponse to a Channel Update message fr om a Repeater ( if coming on- line dur ing a call) . Sever al er r or conditions can occur dur ing the Radio Simulation. Er r or messages display br iefly under these conditions. LOST CHANNEL The Radio has lost contact with the Repeater dur ing a G r oup Call. CHAN OUT OF RANGE A channel assignment fr om the Repeater was out of pr e- pr ogr ammed Channel r ange. EDACS RADIO SIMULATOR Extended Meas: Band: USER CH #: 2 RECEIVE RF: 812.2125 Atten: 0 dB Input: T/R GENERATE MHz RF: 857.2125 MHz Level: -40.0 dBm Output: T/R Group ID 273 Logical ID 1 RF Power: Status: NC Message: 837.8 mW RF Error Freq: Deviation: 0.210 kHz 0.78 kHz (D) AF Frequency: INVALID ID Distortion: 2.3 % An ID other than what CALL DISC was set in the Logical/G r oup ID fields was used to call the Radio Simulator . 300 Hz DATA Mod Source: DATA Deviation: 3.2 kHz: Subaud dev: 0.70 kHz FM Sinad: PRGM RETURN 0061601 NO UN-MUTE FOUND The Repeater has tr ansmitted the channel assignment to the Radio Simulator for calling the simulator , but did not send the Un- mute message on the Wor king Channel. NO CHAN ASSG N FO UND The Channel Assignment message was not r eceived fr om the Repeater when a G r oup Call ( PTT) was executed fr om the Radio Simulator . 6- 88 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 1. CH#: This field is used to change the EDACS Contr ol Channel Number ( pr epr ogr ammed in the Setup Scr een) . Value r ange: 1 to 20. The cor r esponding RF Fr equencies ar e shown in the RF fields as the CH# field is edited. If the Band field is set to ‘Manual’, ther e is no channel number to edit. The PRG M Soft Function Key F3 may then be used to r etur n to the channel Band mode. 2. Band: This field shows the channel for mat for the Radio Simulator Contr ol Channel. Valid values ar e: 800 MHz, 900 MHz, USER or Manual. Display- only field. If ‘Manual’ is displayed, the RF Fr equencies have been set manually in the Radio Simulator . All other values ar e taken fr om the pr e- pr ogr ammed logical channels fr om the Setup Scr een, accor ding to the channel number set in the CH# field. 3. RF: ( Receive) This field shows the cur r ent RF Fr equency of the EDACS Contr ol Channel for the Receiver side of the Radio Simulator . This field is editable ( which puts the Contr ol Channel in ‘Manual’ mode) . Value r ange: 0 to 1000.0000 MHz. 4. Atten: This field is used to set the Receiver Attenuation. Value r ange: 0 or 30 dB. 5. Input: This field is used to select the Receiver ’s RF Input for the Radio Simulator to the T/R or the Antenna por t. Valid values ar e T/R or ANT. 6. G r oup ID: This field is used to select Radio Simulator ’s G r oup ID that is used when simulating a G r oup Call ( PTT) to another Radio. This field is editable. Value r ange: 0 to 2047. 7. Logical ID: This field is used to select Radio Simulator ’s Logical ID that is used when simulating a G r oup Call ( PTT) to another Radio. This field is editable. Value r ange: 0 to 16383. 8. RF Power: This field shows the Repeater ’s Tr ansmitter RF Power in Watts ( or mW) . A display- only field ( meter ) . Value r ange: 0.0 mW to 10.00 W. 9. R F Er r or Fr eq: This field shows the Repeater ’s Tr ansmitter RF Fr equency Er r or in kHz. A display- only field ( meter ) . Value r ange: ± 0.000 to 5.000 kHz. 6- 89 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 10. Deviation: ( Receive) This field shows the Repeater ’s Tr ansmit Deviation for Voice or Data in kHz. A ‘V’ symbol means Voice Deviation. A ‘D’ symbol means Data Deviation ( lowfr equency data) . Value r ange: 0.00 to 100.0 kHz. 11. AF Fr equency: This field shows the Repeater ’s Tr ansmitter Audio Fr equency in Hz. It is a display- only field ( meter ) with no cur sor position. Measur ing r ange: 300 to 4500 Hz. 12. Distor tion: ( Receive) This field shows the Repeater ’s Tr ansmitter Distor tion in %. Value r ange: 0.0 to 20.0%. Also used to show decoded DTMF digits by pr essing the DTMF softkey. 13. Extended Meas: This field allows access to one of thr ee exter nal scr eens: Scope, Analyzer or Digital Voltmeter ( DVM) . If a G r oup Call ( PTT) was made to another Radio and is still in pr ogr ess, it is possible to access any of the thr ee scr eens without inter r upting the call. The only way to enter the extended scr eens is to use the softkeys. The ‘Retur n’ field in the extended scr een allows a r etur n to the Repeater Simulator . 14. RF: ( G ener ate) This field shows the cur r ent RF Fr equency of the EDACS Contr ol Channel for the G ener ator side of the Radio Simulator . This field is editable ( which puts the Contr ol Channel in ‘Manual’ mode) . Value r ange: 0 to 1000.0000 MHz. 15. Level: This field is used to set the G ener ator ’s RF O utput Level in dBm. Value r ange: - 40 to - 130.0 dBm ( T/R) , 13.0 to - 130.0 dBm ( AUX) with AUX option. 16. O utput: This field is used to set the G ener ator ’s RF O utput sour ce to the T/R por t or the Auxiliar y ( AUX) RF por t. Valid values: T/R or AUX. 6- 90 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 17. Status This field shows the cur r ent status of the Radio Simulator . Display- only field. Valid status values: NC No Contr ol Channel over head found fr om the Repeater . No calls accepted in this state. IDLE Radio is locked into a Repeater Site and is waiting to make a G r oup Call or accept a G r oup Call. BEG IN CALL A G r oup Call is initiated and call pr ocessing with the Repeater is in pr ogr ess. This message is usually br ief. GROUP CALL Radio Simulator successfully executed a G r oup Call and is tr ansmitting/ r eceiving on the Wor king Channel assigned by the Repeater Under Test. The Wor king Channel is displayed in par enthesis. CALLED A call is made to the Radio Simulator and is tr ansmitting/r eceiving on the Wor king Channel assigned by the Repeater Under Test. The words “EMG ” is displayed if an Emer gency G r oup Call was made. 18. Message: Br iefly shows the last EDACS message r eceived fr om the Repeater . Display- only field. G RP CHAN ASSG N A G r oup Call Channel Assignment message is r eceived fr om the Repeater . CH UPDATE A Channel Update message is r eceived fr om the Repeater . CALL DROP A Call Dr op message is r eceived fr om the Repeater . 19. Mod Sour ce: This field is used to select a G ener ator sour ce for modulation. Sour ces ar e only modulated when a call ( PTT) is initiated fr om the Radio Simulator . The DATA modulation field is to modulate the EDACS signaling data. All enabled modulation sour ces display above the Mod Sour ce field. To the r ight of Mod Sour ce, select the modulation type for the selected sour ce. 20. Deviation: ( G ener ate) This field is active when the selected sour ce is FM or PM modulation type. This contr ols the deviation of the modulated sour ce. Value r ange: 0.00 to 100.0 kHz for FM and 0.00 to 10.0 Rad for PM. For deviation of DATA, 3.2 kHz (1.5 kHz for narrow band) is the recommended default value. 6- 91 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 21. Modulation: This field is active when the selected sour ce is AM modulation type. This contr ols the modulation of the selected sour ce. Value r ange: 0.0% to 100.0%. 22. Fr equency: This field is active when the selected sour ce, G EN1 or G EN2, is modulated. This selects the Audio Fr equency of the selected Function G ener ator sour ce ( sine wave) . Value r ange: 0.0 Hz to 20000.0 Hz. 23. Subaud dev: This field is active when the selected sour ce, DATA, is modulated. This contr ols the deviation of the sub- audible data used dur ing an established call initiated fr om the Radio Simulator . Value r ange: 0.00 to 100.0 kHz. Should be ≤ Deviation (20). The recommended default value is 0.70 kHz (0.35 kHz for narrow band). 24. Code: This field is active when the selected sour ce, DTMF, is modulated. This allows the entr y of desir ed DTMF digits to use for DTMF sour ce gener ation. 25. Sinad: This field is used to select a meter to r ead signals fr om the Audio/Data/SINAD input baseband jack. The measur ements appear to the r ight of this field. Valid selections: n OTe When baseband measurements are made, all receiver measurements including the DSP data decoding are disabled due to hardware limitations. Therefore an EDACS Call Processing cannot be made with any baseband measurements enabled. The Call Processing must be made first, then the baseband measurements may be enabled during the call. 6- 92 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-9 EDACS HIGH-SPEED DATA CAPTURE (SCOPE) Access the EDACS Repeater or Radio Simulator Extended Measur e Scope. Set H Pos negative to view the dotting or bar ker code befor e the data. Type field. “ DATA” acts like 1- SHO T mode Cur sor to Tr ig and tr igger s when High- Speed EDACS data is decoded. Pr ess DATA to r e- ar m tr igger . Set the EDACS Trunking Scope trigger level high or low enough to avoid causing a trigger before the EDACS Data Burst occurs. 1. Tr igger Displays tr igger level set high. 2. Tr igger T-> 2.5 kHz EDACS TRUNKING SCOPE 200 us/div 1 Displays tr igger level set low. 3. Cplg ( Coupling) Selects type of coupling pr efer r ed. T-> Cplg Detect V Pos H Pos 0 Div Mode LIVE Trigger Trig Type DATA Marker OFF Return 2 NORM 3 AUTO 1 SHOT DATA 0060712 6- 93 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-10 EDACS STORE AND RECALL The CO M- 120C pr ovides the ability to stor e and r ecall EDACS system configur ations. Data is stor ed to one of 50 standar d stor ed test setups under the Type EDACS. Pr ess the STO RE Har d Key in any EDACS O ption scr een for this menu window: 1. Setup # 1 Displays selected Memor y Location for stor age of cur r ent configur ation. 2. Name Displays optional alphanumer ic label for selected Memor y Location. Store setup as ... 2 Setup # 0 Name: -----Type: EDACS 3 00607091 3. Type Displays the type of data cur r ently saved in the specified setup number . Available types to save and r ecall ar e: DUPLEX, G ENERATO R, RECEIVER, G ENERATO R & RECEIVER and EDACS. Pr ess the RECALL Har d Key in any EDACS option scr een for this menu window: 1. Setup # 1 Displays selected Memor y Location for stor age of cur r ent configur ation. Recall setup ... 2 0 Setup # Name: -----Type: EDACS 2. Name Displays optional alphanumer ic label for selected Memor y Location. 3 00607092 3. Type Displays the type of data cur r ently saved in the specified setup number . Available types to save and r ecall ar e: DUPLEX, G ENERATO R, RECEIVER, G ENERATO R & RECEIVER and EDACS. 6- 94 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-14-11 EDACS TRUNKING OPERATIONAL NOTES This section pr ovides some notes and hints on oper ating the EDACS Tr unking O ption of the CO M- 120C. Squelch Setting The squelch knob setting on the CO M- 120C unit is ver y impor tant for all testing. While in the EDACS Tr unking Main Scr een with no RF being tr ansmitted into the CO M- 120C unit, tur n the squelch knob full counter clockwise. The gr een squelch light is O N. Slowly tur n the knob clockwise until the gr een light just goes off ( make sur e ther e is no flicker ing) . This setting is valid for all EDACS testing. Control/Working Channels If a r adio is having tr ouble locking onto the Repeater Simulator , completing calls or the Radio Simulator is showing NC, check the pr ogr amming of the Contr ol and/or Wor king Channels in the Setup menu. These channels must be valid for the par ticular system under test. If the r adio is having tr ouble locking onto the Repeater simulator , check the CH #: field. This must be set to a valid wor king channel number , it is NO T the Contr ol Channel number . Data Generation If the r adio won’t lock onto the Repeater Simulator , won’t stay up when being called or the Radio Simulator is having tr ouble completing calls, check the DATA Mod Sour ce. The DATA Mod Sour ce must be set for FM Modulation. The r ecommended deviation is 3.2 kHz ( 1.5 kHz for nar r ow band) with a sub- audible deviation of 0.70 kHz ( 0.35 kHz for nar r ow band) . Logical/Group ID If a r adio can not be called in the Repeater Simulator or can not make a call in the Radio Simulator , check the G r oup/Logical ID. The G r oup ID must valid for the system under test. FM-Zero If a r adio is having tr ouble completing a G r oup Call ( maybe wor ks 50% of the time) , an FM- Zer o ( FMZ) oper ation may be necessar y. Do this in the Automatic Test using F4 FMZ while in the idle state, or FMZ in any manual mode simulator by cur sor ing to the Deviation field in the left column and pr essing F3 FMZ. 6- 95 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15 MPT 1327 TRUNKING (OPTION 17) The MPT 1327 Tr unking O ption allows pr otocol and par ametr ic testing of r adio units and tr unking system contr oller s ( r epeater s) designed for oper ation on MPT 1327 tr unked pr ivate land mobile r adio systems. MPT 1327 is an open signaling standar d, or iginally specified by the United Kingdom Ministr y of Post and Telecommunications ( now under the auspices of the Depar tment of Tr ade and Industr y Radiocommunications Agency) , and adopted for use wor ld- wide. The MPT 1327 Tr unking O ption 17 pr ovides facilities for both automatic and manual testing of r adio units, r epeater testing, off- air monitor ing and networ k data configur ation/stor age. To access the MPT 1327 Tr unking O ption, pr ess SPCL Test Mode Key and select the option fr om the Special Menu. If the MPT 1327 Tr unking Main scr een is not displayed, pr ess SETUP Har d Key. Select Ver sion infor mation to ver ify the option is installed. AUTOMATIC TEST MO DE An Automatic Test facility is pr ovided wher e a Radio Unit ( RU) is subjected to a ser ies of pr edefined tests with minimum inter vention. REPEATER SIMULATO R The CO M- 120C is configur ed to simulate a tr unked single site r epeater to manual test r adio units. RADIO UNIT SIMULATOR The CO M- 120C is configur ed to simulate a tr unked Radio Unit to enable testing of the tr unked infr astr uctur e. OFF-AIR MO NITOR The CO M- 120C is configur ed to become an "off- air " monitor and displays the pr otocol messages on scr een fr om either a r epeater or r adio unit. SETUP The SETUP scr een allows the networ k configur ation par ameter s to be enter ed. par ameter s ar e r equir ed by the other test facilities. 6- 96 These SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-1 SETUP NETWORK DEFINITION The SETUP scr een allows the customization of networ k definitions. NAME This field allows a networ k definition to be assigned a descr iptive label of up to 19 char acter s. This par ameter is optional and has no effect on the system oper ation. SYSTEM ID The SYSCO DE is used in the gener ation of contr ol channel signaling ( Repeater Simulator ) . See notes on following pages for a descr iption of how to calculate the SYSCO DE. The TSCI ( Tr unked System Contr oller Ident) is used as the CO M- 120C ident in message tr ansactions with a r adio unit. With some Radio Unit’s, SDM’s fr om TSCI have sometimes making it necessar y to change this value. a system- dependent meaning, CODEWO RDS These par ameter s ar e the syncr onization codewor ds for contr ol and tr affic channels, used in the gener ation of contr ol channel signaling and encode of tr ansmitted messages. The default values for SYNC and SYNT ( UK standar d) ar e C4D7 and 3B28 r espectively. Do not change these settings for standar d MPT 1327/1343 networ ks. CHANNEL RANGE The maximum per missible channel r ange is 1 to 1023. using the lowest and highest channel fields. This r ange may be contr olled These values ar e also used in the automatic test mode for the low and high channel handoff tests. 6- 97 SECTION 6 OPTIONS DEFAULT CHANNELS The fir st contr ol channel is the channel the CO M- 120C uses on entr y to all the test scr eens. The second contr ol channel is used by the automatic test mode for the MO VE test. The Radio Unit only goes into ser vice on a channel that is contained within the pr ogr ammed hunt sequence. See notes on following pages for discussion of UK Band III DTI number ing scheme. BASE FREQ UENCIES These ar e the base Rx and Tx fr equencies fr om which the channel spacing is used as an offset to calculate the fr equencies for each channel. The base fr equencies ar e effectively those of logical channel 0. CHANNEL SPACING The nor mal values for this par ameter ar e either 12.5 kHz ( default) or 25 kHz. If it is set to zer o, editing of the channel- fr equency allocation plan fields is enabled, other wise editing is disabled. O ther values of channel spacing can be enter ed as r equir ed. FFSK MO DULATIO N The FFSK modulation level is used to deter mine the deviation applied to the data gener ator for FFSK modulation. Usual values ar e 1.5 kHz for 12.5 kHz channel spacing, 2.5 kHz for 25 kHz channel spacing. CHANNEL PLAN Some networ ks do not use a fixed channel spacing fr equency plan. In or der to cr eate such a networ k definition, set the channel spacing field to zer o. Now it is possible to individually edit the Rx and Tx fr equencies for each channel. 6- 98 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-2 SYSCODE CALCULATION The system codewor d is used when gener ating contr ol channel signalling as a system identifier . When testing Radio Units, the cor r ect SYSCO DE allows the RU under test to go into ser vice. The SYSCO DE is actually constr ucted fr om a number of differ ent fields. The codewor d is 15 bits long with the most significant bit ( B15) = 0. B1 5 B1 4 B1 3 0 0 O PID 0 1 O PID B1 2 B1 1 B1 0 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 NDD B2 B1 B0 LAB NDD LAB B14 specifies whether the networ k is ter med a National Networ k ( 1) or a Regional Networ k ( 0) . Depending on the setting of the Networ k type, the length of the O PID field is either 7 bits or 2 bits and the NDD field 4 or 9 bits. The LAB field is normally set to 001 to allow any categor y r adio unit to access the system. The NDD field generally contains a site identifier number for a multiple site network. The easiest way to constr uct the SYSCO DE is to conver t each field into binar y with all leading zer oes to complete the field width, then cr eate a 16 bit hexadecimal number conver ting each four bits into a hexadecimal char acter 0- 9, A- F. Example: A Radio Unit is pr ogr ammed for a r egional networ k, O PID=50, and has access author ization for site ar ea 1. O PID = 94 decimal = 1011110 binar y NDD = 1 decimal LAB = 001 SYSCO DE = 2F09 B1 5 B1 4 B1 3 0 0 OPID 0 0 1 2 B1 2 B1 1 = 0001 B1 0 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 NDD 0 1 1 1 1 0 F 0 B1 B0 0 1 LAB 0 0 B2 0 1 0 9 In many instances where the Radio Unit has unlimited access, authorization NDD may be set to any value. 6- 99 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-3 CHANNEL NUMBERING It is impor tant the fir st contr ol channel number used her e is a channel defined in the Nor mal Hunt table of the Radio Unit. Although an RU is instr ucted to MO VE to another contr ol channel, a channel is not acquir ed unless the channel is in the Nor mal Hunt table. O ther wise, the RU enter s a Compr ehensive Hunt. This may take many minutes befor e acquir ing a channel and going into ser vice. Radio Units oper ating in the UK Band III sub- bands 1 and 2 use a slightly differ ent channel designation. Su b - b an d 1 Channel No. CHAN field binary r e p r e se n t a t i o n 1 Radio Unit tx freq 184.5000MHz 58 1000000001 185.2125MHz 560 1111110111 191.4875MHz CHAN field binary r e p r e se n t a t i o n Radio Unit tx freq Su b - b an d 2 Channel No. 1 192.5000MHz 58 0000000001 193.2125MHz 560 0111110111 199.4875MHz n OTe The CO M- 120C uses the binar y channel number ( as pr ogr ammed into the r adio) . 6- 100 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-4 BASE FREQUENCIES Ever y networ k has a channel plan, identifying a channel number with a specific tr ansmit and r eceive fr equency. G ener ally this plan is r efer enced back to an initial BASE fr equency which is either logical channel 0 or occasionally logical channel 1. Each channel is then r elated to the channel number and base fr equency by the for mula BASE FREQ UENCY + ( channel number x channel spacing) . For example if it is known that the fr equency of a contr ol channel is 188.8750 MHz and it is channel number 298, the base fr equency must be 188.8750 – ( 298 x 0.0125) = 185.025 MHz assuming the channel spacing is 12.5kHz. For situations with a non incr emental channel plan, usually used when ther e ar e differ ent channel spacings ( Rx/Tx split) on differ ent channels, it is possible to define each channel number manually by setting the channel spacing to zer o. 6- 101 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-5 TRUNKING SIMULATOR SCREENS In the manual test modes, the CO M- 120C simulates either a tr unked single site r epeater ( to test r adio units) or a tr unked r adio unit ( to test r epeater s) . In automatic test mode, the CO M- 120C simulates a tr unked single site r epeater contr olled by a configur able automated test pr ocedur e. 1. CCH# Displays contr ol channel status. The cur sor is highlighted when the CO M- 120C is in contr ol channel mode. 2. TCH# Displays tr affic channel status. The cur sor is highlighted when the CO M- 120C is in tr affic channel mode. 3. Extended Meas Pr ovides access to extended measur ement scr eens. 4. RF ( Receive) Receiver fr equency, value dependent on cur r ent channel. 5. Input Receiver RF sour ce selection. Selections ar e T/R or ANT. 6. Atten Receiver input attenuation. Selections ar e 0 or 30 dB. 7. IF Receiver IF selections ar e 300 kHz, 15 kHz or 30 kHz. 8. Speaker Speaker r outing and filter s. 9. RF ( G ener ate) G ener ator fr equency, value dependent on cur r ent channel. 6- 102 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 10. Level G ener ator output level. Range is dependent on output; for T/R output selection r ange is - 130 to - 40 dBm, for AUX ouput selection r ange is - 130 to –13 dBm. 11. O utput G ener ator RF output selection. Selections ar e T/R or AUX. 12. RF Power/ RF Level Displays UUT tr ansmitter RF power in W or mW ( T/R input connection) or level in dBm ( ANT input connection) . 13. R F Er r or F r eq Displays unit under test's tr ansmitter RF fr equency er r or in kHz. 14. Deviation Displays selected ( voice or data) deviation in kHz. Voice is indicated by a 'V', data by a 'D'. 15. AF Fr equency Displays Unit Under Test tr ansmitter Audio Fr equency in Hz. 16. Distor tion/ DTMF This field displays either Distor tion or DTMF. 17. Mod Sour ce Displays selected modulation sour ce. Selections include G EN1 ( Audio G ener ator 1) , G EN2 ( Audio G ener ator - 2, wher e fitted) , and DTMF ( DTMF Tone G ener ator ) . 18. Deviation Displays modulation sour ce Deviation. 19. Fr equency Displays modulation sour ce Fr equency. 20. Baseband Level Displays modulation sour ce baseband level in Vpk and Vr ms or mVpk and mVr ms. 21. Distor tion/ SINAD/ AF Level This field can be selected to display one of r eceiver distor tion, SINAD or AF level. These functions r equir e dir ect connection to the unit under test. 6- 103 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-6 REPEATER SIMULATOR In the manual Repeater Simulator mode, all editable fields ar e available. 1. Pr efix MPT 1327 pr efix of the RU under test. Valid r ange is 0 to 127. 2. Ident MPT 1327 identity of the RU under test. Valid r ange is 0 to 8191. 3. ESN Electr onic Ser ial Number of the RU under test, displayed following a successful r egistr ation test. 4. Repeater See, Appendix D for softkey definition. 5. Call T ype This field allows selection of the call types for CO M- 120C initiated calls to the RU selected by PFIX/IDENT. 6. Status Info Displays infor mation messages per taining to the cur r ent status, eg "IN TRAFFIC," "STATUS 27 SENT." 6- 104 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-7 TESTING RADIO UNITS When testing a Radio Unit, the most commonly used mode is the manual REPEATER SIMULATO R. In this mode the CO M- 120C acts as a single channel MPT 1327 tr unked r epeater using contr ol/tr affic r ever sion when calls ar e initiated. The CO M- 120C allows a r adio unit to be sent a G T C and switch into a call mode, making basic functionality and par ametr ic measur ements possible. The quickest r oute to checking a Radio Unit is to: o Select the cor r ect Networ k file fr om stor ed files or cr eate a new one o Enter Repeater Simulator mode o Ensur e cor r ect Antenna connections ar e selected and RF levels ar e cor r ect o Wait until Radio Unit goes into ser vice o Initiate a Speech Call r equest fr om the Radio Unit If the Radio Unit does not enter ser vice, but appear s to be attempting to r egister on the CO M- 120C channel, check that the squelch is adjusted cor r ectly and the baseband meter ing is switched O FF. 6- 105 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-8 MPT 1327/MPT 1343 NUMBERING SCHEMES All signalling over air uses MPT 1327 number ing for the RU identity ( 7 bit pr efix, 13 bit identity) . However , most RU’s use MPT 1343 number ing schemes to r educe the digits dialed to two or thr ee digits for calls within fleet. The conver sion between 1343 number s and 1327 identities is per for med within the RU. It is impossible for the CO M120C to deter mine the MPT 1343 number ; however , the conver sion between the two is r elatively easy. To conver t MPT 1343 to MPT 1327: MPT 1327 PFIX = MPT 1343 PFIX – 200 MPT 1327 IDENT = ( FLEET ID –2000) x 2 + ( FLEET NUMBER- 20 or 200) Example: MPT 1343 ID = 201 2500 27 MPT 1327 PFIX = 201- 200 = 001 MPT 1327 IDENT = ( 2500- 2000) x 2 + ( 27- 20) = 1007 6- 106 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-9 RADIO SIMULATOR In this mode the CO M- 120C simulates a MPT 1327 Tr unked Radio Unit. The featur es of the Radio Unit Simulator scr een ar e descr ibed in this section. 1. Pr efix This field is the MPT 1327 Pr efix of the simulated Radio Unit. Valid r ange is 0 to 127. 2. Ident This field is the MPT 1327 Identity of the simulated Radio Unit. Valid r ange is 0 to 8191. 3. ESN Electr onic Ser ial Number of the simulated RU under test, der ived fr om the unit ser ial number of the CO M- 120C. 4. Called ID This field allows selection of the called RU ident. Setting this the same as the IDENT field allows testing without an additional RU. 5. Status Info Displays infor mation messages per taining to the cur r ent status, e.g. "IN SERVICE." 6- 107 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-10 AUTOMATIC TEST MODE, TEST SELECTION An automatic test facility that subjects a Radio Unit to a ser ies of pr edefined tests. The test selection scr een allows the user to decide which pr otocol tests ar e r equir ed. 1. Networ k Name of the networ k cur r ently in use ( configur ed in the SETUP scr een) . 2. RU Type Name of the Radio Unit type ( configur ed in the par ametr ics LIMITS scr een) . 3. RU Pr efix MPT 1327 pr efix of the Radio Unit under test. Valid r ange is 0 to 127. 4. RU Ident MPT 1327 identity of the Radio Unit under test. Valid r ange is 0 to 8191. 5. ESN Electr onic Ser ial Number of the RU under test, displayed following a successful r egistr ation test. 6. Registr ation This test demands the RU to r egister and inter r ogates the ESN. 7. Moving CCH This test sends the Radio Unit to another contr ol channel ( defined in the networ k definition) . An availability check is per for med to ensur e the RU successfully moved to the new channel. The RU is then moved back to the or iginal contr ol channel. 8. RU Speech Call This test attempts to set up a speech call fr om the Radio Unit ( only possible with dir ect connection to the RU under test) . If unsuccessful, the CO M- 120C pr ompts to pr ess the RU call button to set up the call. The CO M- 120C pr ompts to clear the call. 6- 108 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 9. Speech Call to RU This test attempts to set up a speech call to the Radio Unit. Tr ansmit and r eceive par ametr ic measur ements ar e then taken, subject to the cor r ect audio connections between the RU and CO M- 120C. If dir ect audio connection is not available, choose to SKIP the r eceiver par ametr ics test when at the pr ompt. The call is clear ed fr om the CO M- 120C. 10. Handoff This test sets up a speech call to the Radio Unit. O nce in tr affic, the RU is handed off to the lowest channel specified in the networ k definition. Par ametr ic measur ements ar e per for med as per SPEECH CALL TO RU. The call is clear ed by the CO M- 120C, which then calls the RU again and hands it off to the highest channel. The par ametr ic measur ements ar e r epeated on this channel. Finally, the CO M- 120C clear s the call and ensur es the RU r etur ns to the contr ol channel. 6- 109 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-11 PARAMETRIC LIMITS The Par ametr ic Limits Scr een for the Automated Test Mode allows pass/fail limits settings. 1. RU Type This field allows a set of limits to be given a descr iptive label of up to 19 char acter s. This par ameter is optional and has no effect on the system oper ation. 2. Tx Fr eq Er r or Maximum per missable fr equency er r or , in kHz. 3. Tx Power Minimum and maximum per missable tr ansmitter power , in W. 4. Tx Deviation Minimum and maximum per missable tr ansmitter deviation, in kHz. Since the CO M- 120C G EN1 is used to gener ate the test signal, dir ect audio connections ar e r equir ed to per for m this measur ement. 5. Tx Limiter Minimum and maximum per missable tr ansmitter limiting deviation, in kHz. Since the CO M- 120C G EN1 is used to gener ate the test signal, dir ect audio connections ar e r equir ed to per for m this measur ement. 6. Tx Distor tion Maximum per missable tr ansmitter distor tion, as a per centage. Since the CO M120C G EN1 is used to gener ate the test signal, dir ect audio connections ar e r equir ed to per for m this measur ement. 7. Rx Sensitivity Maximum per missable r eceiver sensitivity, in dBm or µV. Since the C O M- 120C G EN1 is used to gener ate the test signal, dir ect audio connections ar e r equir ed to per for m this measur ement. 6- 110 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 8. Rx SINAD Minimum per missable r eceiver SINAD, in dB. Since the CO M- 120C G EN1 is used to gener ate the test signal, dir ect audio connections ar e r equir ed to per for m this measur ement. 9. Rx Distor tion Maximum per missable r eceiver distor tion, as a per centage. Since the CO M- 120C G EN1 is used to gener ate the test signal, dir ect audio connections ar e r equir ed to per for m this measur ement. 10. Rx AF Level Minimum and maximum per missable r eceiver audio level, in Vr ms. Since the CO M- 120C G EN1 is used to gener ate the test signal, dir ect audio connections ar e r equir ed to per for m this measur ement. 6- 111 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-12 TEST EXECUTION Dur ing test execution, the Repeater Simulator scr een is displayed. Editing of fields is not per mitted in this mode. Autotest status and user pr ompts ar e displayed in the title bar at the top of the scr een, or in pop- up windows. Note that befor e the selected tests ar e executed, a contr ol channel acquisition test is always per for med. Pr essing any har d- key abor ts the autotest. O nce the sequence of tests has been completed, the auto test selection/r esults scr een is r e- displayed. This scr een indicates the over all r esult and r esult for each test: "PASS", "FAIL" or "----" (not tested). These results are based on both protocol and par ametr ic checks. 6- 112 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-13 PARAMETRIC RESULTS The Par ametr ic Measur ements Scr een for the Automated Test Mode displays the measur ed values, together with pass/fail r esults for each measur ement based on the limits table. The result for each test is indicated as: "PASS", "FAIL" or "----" (not tested) . 1. Tx Fr eq Er r or Measur ed value of tr ansmitter fr equency er r or , in kHz. 2. Tx Power Measur ed value of tr ansmitter power , in W. 3. Tx Deviation Measur ed value of tr ansmitter deviation, in kHz. 4. Tx Limiter Measur ed value of tr ansmitter limiting deviation, in kHz. 5. Tx Distor tion Measur ed value of tr ansmitter distor tion, as a per centage. 6. Rx Sensitivity Measur ed value of Receiver Sensitivity, in dBm or µV. 7. Rx SINAD Measur ed value of r eceiver SINAD, in dB. 8. Rx Distor tion Measur ed value of r eceiver distor tion, as a per centage. 9. Rx AF Level Measur ed value of r eceiver audio level, in Vr ms. 6- 113 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 6-15-14 OFF-AIR MONITOR In this mode the CO M- 120C becomes an off- air monitor and displays the MPT 1327 messages on scr een fr om either a Radio Unit or Tr unked Repeater Unit. 1. CCH# / TCH# Displays contr ol and tr affic channel status. The r elevant cur sor is highlighted when the CO M- 120C is in contr ol or tr affic channel mode. Softkey functions available ar e dependent upon mode. 2. PFIX/ IDENT Identity of Radio Unit, for use in FO LLO W mode. 3. G TC/ ACKQ Displays statistics summar y. The cur sor is highlighted when the CO M- 120C is in tr affic channel mode. 4. Repeater Monitor Softkeys See Appendix D. 6- 114 SECTION 6 OPTIONS 1. Monitor Filter Softkeys See Appendix D. 2. Radio Monitor Softkeys See Appendix D. 6- 115 SECTION 6 OPTIONS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 6- 116 APPENDIX A - USER I/O CONNECTORS AND PIN-OUT TABLE A-1 TABLE OF I/O CONNECTORS CO NNECTO R NAME CO NNECTO R TYPE SIG NAL IN/O UT SIG NAL TYPE T/R "N" TYPE IN/OUT RF, 200 W MAX SCOPE/DVM BNC IN Analog, 200 Vdc MAX CAT II DEMOD BNC OUT Audio AUDIO/DATA GEN BNC OUT Audio AUDIO/DATA IN BNC IN Analog, Digital 20 Vdc MAX EXT MOD BNC IN Analog, 20 Vdc MAX MIC/ACC 8 Pin DIN IN/OUT See Pin-Out Table AUX RF OUT BNC OUT RF ANTENNA TNC IN RF, 0.25 W CW MAX AC LINE IN AC Power IN 120/240 VAC OUT 1 2 V d c, 2 4 - 3 0 V d c DC IN GPIB (IEEE-488) 24 Pin Champ IN/OUT See Pin-Out Table RS-232 9 Pin, D IN/OUT See Pin-Out Table EXTERNAL REFERENCE BNC IN 10 MHz >0 dB Table of I/O Connector s A-1 A-2 PIN-OUT TABLE FOR MIC/ACC CONNECTOR PIN NUMBER SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE I/O 1 PTT-Out TTL Programmable Out 2 Mic Audio Audio In 3 Demod Audio Audio Out 4 NC NC 5 +15 Vdc 10-15 Vdc, 1 mA 6 NC NC 7 Mic Switch TTL 8 GND Pin- O ut for MIC/ACC Connector Table MIC/ACC 6 1 4 8 7 2 3 5 IN/OUT 8618013 MIC/ACC Connector Pin Identification A- 2 Out Programmable In A-3 PIN-OUT TABLE FOR GPIB CONNECTOR PIN NUMBER ASSIGNMENT PIN NUMBER ASSIGNMENT 1 DIO 1 10 SRO 2 DIO 2 11 ATN 3 DIO 3 12 Digital GND 4 DIO 4 13 DIO 5 5 EOI 14 DIO 6 6 DAV 15 DIO 7 7 NFRD 16 DIO 8 8 NDAC 17 REN 9 IFC 18-24 Digital GND Pin- O ut for G PIB Connector Table IEEE 12 1 24 13 8618016 G PIB Pin Identification Use of the G PIB Connector is in compliance with ANSI/IEEE Standar d 488.2- 1987. A-3 A-4 PIN-OUT TABLE FOR RS-232 CONNECTOR PIN NUMBER ASSIGNMENT 1 4.7 kΩ + 15 Vdc 2 TX DATA 3 RX DATA 4 N/C 5 Digital GND 6 4.7 kΩ + 15 Vdc 7 CTS 8 RTS 9 N/C Pin- O ut for RS- 232 Connector Table RS-232 1 5 6 9 8618017 RS- 232 Connector Pin Identification A- 4 APPENDIX B - ABBREVIATIONS A D A Amper e DAC Digital to Analog Conver ter ac Alter nating Cur r ent DCS Digital Coded Squelch AF Audio Fr equency dB Decibels A Fr eq Audio Fr equency dBm AG C Automatic G ain Contr ol Decibels r elative to 1 milliwatt AM Amplitude Modulation dc Dir ect Cur r ent amp Amper e DCS Digital Coded Squelch Codes ANLZ Analyzer Demod Audio Demodulated Audio ANSI Amer ican National Standar ds Institute Dev Deviation ANT Antenna Disp Display AR Autor ange Dist Distortion ASCII Amer ican National Standar d Code for Infor mation Inter change div Division( s) DMM Digital Multimeter DPL Duplex DPLX Duplex DTMF Dual Tone Multi- Fr equency Dup Duplex Atten Attenuation Auto Automatic AUX Auxiliar y B BFO Beat Fr equency O scillator BER Bit Er r or Rate bps Bits per second E C Cbl Flt Cable Fault CCH Contr ol Channel ccw Counter clockwise Cont Continued CW Continuous Wave C Wt C-Weight B-1 ERR Er r or ESC Escape ESD Electr ostatic dischar ge E- TACS Enhanced Total Access Communications System EXT MO D Exter nal F L Fig Figur e L- lim Lower Limit FM Fr equency Modulation Lmt Limit Folw Follow LSB Single Sideband Lower fr eq Fr equency lvl Level Func Function Func G en Function G ener ator M G M- Fr eq Audio Fr equency MHz Megaher tz ( 1000000 Her tz) G - Scan RF G ener ator Scan MIC Micr ophone Sour ce G en G ener ator Mkr Mar ker G ND G r ound mod Modulation G PIB G ener al Pur pose Inter face Bus modul Modulation ms Millisecond MTRS Meter s mV Millivolt mW Milliwatt H Hz Hertz Hex Hexadecimal Hor iz Hor izontal N I Id Identification IF Inter mediate Fr equency IEEE Institute of Electr ical and Electr onic Engineer s I/O Input/O utput Neg Negative NADC Nor th Amer ican Digital Cellular O O FST O ffset Fr equency P K kbps Kilobits per second kHz Kiloher tz ( 1000 Her tz) B-2 PH Peak Hold PM Phase Modulation Pos Positive PRO G Pr ogr am PWR Power ( switch) R U RCL Recall U- lim Upper Limit Rcvr Receiver us Micr osecond Recap Recaptur e USB Single Sideband Upper Ref Refer ence UUT Unit Under Test Res Resolution Ret Retur n RF Radio Fr equency V Volt RF Pwr Lvl RF Power Level VAC Alter nating cur r ent voltage R fr eq Receiver Fr equency VChan Voice Channel RMS Root Mean Squar e Vdc Dir ect cur r ent voltage Rx Duplex Receiver ( Tr ansmitting) Fr equency Ver t Ver tical VO L Volume VRMS Voltage Root Mean Squar e V S SCRN Screen SCSI Small Computer System Inter face sec Second SG L Single SIG Signal Str ength SQ LCH Squelch SSB Single Side Band W W T TERM Terminal T Fr eq Duplex Tr ansmitter Fr equency Tone Rem Tone Remote Tr ig Tr igger Tr k Tr acking Tx Duplex Tr ansmitter ( Receiving) Fr equency B-3 Watt THIS PAG E INTENTIO NALLY LEFT BLANK. B-4 APPENDIX C - REPACKING FOR SHIPPING C-1 SHIPPING INFORMATION IFR Test Sets r etur ned to factor y for calibr ation, ser vice or r epair must be r epackaged and shipped subject to the following conditions: C-1-1 AUTHORIZATION Do not r etur n any pr oducts to factor y without author ization fr om IFR Customer Ser vice Depar tment. CO NTACT: IFR Customer Ser vice Dept. 10200 West Yor k Str eet Wichita, Kansas 67215 Telephone: FAX: (800) 835- 2350) (316) 524- 2623 C-1-2 TAGGING TEST SETS All test sets must be tagged with: • O wner ’s identification and addr ess. • Natur e of ser vice or r epair r equir ed. • Model No. and Ser ial No. C-1-3 SHIPPING CONTAINERS Test Sets must be r epackaged in or iginal shipping container s using IFR packing mater ials. If or iginal shipping container s and mater ials ar e not available, contact IFR Customer Ser vice Depar tment for shipping instr uctions. C-1-4 FREIGHT COSTS All fr eight costs on non- war r anty shipments ar e assumed by the customer . ( See “ War r anty Packet” for fr eight char ge policy on war r anty claims.) C-2 REPACKING PROCEDURE • Make sur e bottom packing mold is seated on floor of shipping container . • Adjust handle to lay unlocked against Test Set as shown. • Place Elastic Retainer ar ound Test Set to secur e handle. • Car efully wr ap Test Set with polyethylene sheeting. • Place Test Set into shipping container , making sur e Test Set is secur ely seated in bottom packing mold. • Place top packing mold over top of Test Set and pr ess down until mold r ests solidly on bottom packing mold. C-1 • Close shipping container lids and seal with shipping tape or an industr ial stapler . Tie all sides of container with br eak r esistant r ope, twine or equivalent. TOP PACKING MOLD TEST INSTRUMENT WRAPPED WITH POLYETHYLENE SHEETING ELASTIC RETAINER BOTTOM PACKING MOLD HOLD DOWN STRAP IFR SHIPPING CONTAINER Repacking for Shipment C-2 8618018 APPENDIX D – SOFT FUNCTION KEYS ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF COM-120C SOFT FUNCTION KEYS FUNCTION DESCRIPTION % Toggles between dB and % settings. Inactive units displayed on softkey. ∆ ON/OFF T o g g l e s ∆ F u n ct i o n O N a n d O F F . ∆ d i s p l a y s a d j a c e n t t o F r e q u e n c y R e a d o u t w h e n a ct i v e . •• Moves up one directory (to the directory’s parent.) ∆= Accesses window to set RF Field change increment (∆ Freq). /10 Activates /10 Mode for Level. /100 Activates /100 Mode for Level. \ Adds a backslash to the directory. 0 dB S e l e ct s 0 d B A t t e n u a t i o n . 0.1 S Selects 0.1 Second Gate Time. 1 kHz S e l e ct s 1 k H z R a n g e . 1 RAD Selects 1 Radian as active upper range for Phase Modulation Meter. 1 S Selects 1 Second Gate Time. 1 SHOT Selects and enables One Shot as Trigger type. 1.0 S Selects 1.0 Second Gate Time. 10 dB S e l e c t s 1 0 d B L o g a r i t h m i c S ca l e f o r S p e ct r u m A n a l yze r V e r t i ca l S ca l e . 10 kHz S e l e c t s 1 0 kH z R a n g e . 10 RAD Selects 10 Radians as active upper range for Phase Modulation Meter. 10 S S e l e ct s 1 0 S e co n d G a t e T i m e . 100 Hz Selects 100 Hz Range. 100 kHz Selects 100 kHz Range. 100 kHz Selects 100 kHz Range. 100% Sets Distortion Meter Upper Range to 100%. 1200 S e l e ct s 1 2 0 0 b p s D a t a R a t e . D i sp l a ye d o n l y w i t h cu r so r a t D a t a R a t e F i e l d . 15 dB Selects 15 dB as active upper range for SINAD Meter. 1 5 kH z Selects 15 kHz bandpass filter as active filter. 2 dB S e l e c t s 2 d B L o g a r i t h m i c S ca l e f o r S p e ct r u m A n a l yze r V e r t i ca l S ca l e . 2 RAD Selects 2 Radians as active upper range for Phase Modulation Meter. 20 kHz Selects 20 kHz Range. A l t e r s t h e s c a l i n g f a c t o r f o r t h e b a se b a n d level. Selects 100% as active upper range for AM Modulation meter. S e l e ct s 1 5 kH z I F F i l t e r i n o p t i o n a l B E R Meter operation. R o u t e s D T M F / S I N A D S i g n a l A ct i v a t e s 2 0 k H z L o w - P a ss t h r o u g h 2 0 kH z L o w - P a ss Filter in optional BER Meter Filter. operation. D-1 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 20% Sets Distortion Meter Upper Range to 20%. 200 Hz S e l e ct s 2 0 0 H z R a n g e . 2000 Hz S e l e ct s 2 kH z R a n g e . 24 PIN C o n f i g u r e s p r i n t e r o u t p u t f o r a n E p so n 2 4 P i n P r i n t e r . 2400 Selects 2400 bps Data Rate. Displayed only with cursor at Data Rate Field. 30 dB Selects 30 dB Attenuation. 3 0 kH z Selects 30 kHz bandpass filter as active filter. Selects 3 kHz Optional IF Bandwidth Filter in optional BER Meter operation. 300 Hz Routes DTMF/SINAD Signal through 300 Hz High-Pass Filter. A ct i va t e s 3 0 0 H z H i g h / L o w - P a ss F i l t e r i n optional BER Meter operation. 3 0 0 kH z Selects 300 kHz bandpass filter as active filter. S e l e ct s 3 0 0 kH z I F F i l t e r i n o p t i o n a l B E R Meter operation. 4 kHz R o u t e s D T M F / S I N A D S i g n a l t h r o u g h 4 kH z A ct i v a t e s 4 k H z H i g h / L o w - P a s s F i l t e r i n Low-Pass Filter. optional BER Meter operation. 40% Selects 40% as active upper range for AM Modulation meter. 5 RAD Selects 5 Radians as active upper range for Phase Modulation Meter. 50 kHz S e l e ct s 5 0 kH z R a n g e . 512 Selects 512 bps Data Rate. Displayed only with cursor at Data Rate Field. 55 dB Selects 55 dB as active upper range for SINAD Meter. 5970 Hz S e l e ct s 5 9 7 0 S A T F r e q u e n cy i n o p t i o n a l A M P S C e l l u l a r o p e r a t i o n . 6000 Hz S e l e ct s 6 0 0 0 S A T F r e q u e n cy i n o p t i o n a l A M P S C e l l u l a r o p e r a t i o n . 6030 Hz S e l e ct s 6 0 3 0 S A T F r e q u e n cy i n o p t i o n a l A M P S C e l l u l a r o p e r a t i o n . 800 MHz Selects 800 MHz Trunking Band. 9 PIN C o n f i g u r e s p r i n t e r o u t p u t f o r a n E p so n 9 P i n P r i n t e r . 900 MHz Selects 900 MHz Trunking Band. ABORT Escapes Storage Operation without performing edit. AC S e l e c t s A C C o u p l i n g f o r O s ci l l o sco p e , D E M O D C o n n e ct o r a n d o p t i o n a l B E R M e t e r operation.. AF DEC Selects AF Decode as current Filter Line. AF DECD R o u t e s A F D e c o d e r / S I N A D si g n a l t o D E M O D C o n n e ct o r . AF LVL Selects AF Level as active meter. AF-CNT R o u t e s A F C o u n t e r s i g n a l t o D E M O D C o n n e ct o r . ALPHANO Forces Decode Function to decode message as specified type. AM Selects Amplitude Modulation as Modulation type. A b o r t s t h e d i r e ct o r y cr e a t i o n o r f o r m a t a c t i o n a n d r e t u r n s t o t h e F i l e L i s t S cr e e n . Selects Amplitude Modulation as Demodulation type. D- 2 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION ANALY D i s p l a y s a b b r e v i a t e d A n a l yze r . ANT S e l e c t s A N T E N N A C o n n e ct o r a s R F i n p u t co n n e ct o r . APP Displays when there are stored macro files. A loaded macro application appears as I t e m N u m b e r 4 o n t h e L i st S e t u p S cr e e n . ARCHIVE Sets or clears Archive attribute to a file to indicate the file has been changed. AUD/DAT Selects AUDIO/DATA IN Connector as input source for meter. Aud-Gen R o u t e s A u d i o si g n a l f r o m i n t e r n a l A u d i o / D a t a / S i g n a l i n g G e n e r a t o r s, a s co m p o si t e s i g n a l , t o S p e a k e r a n d P H O N E S C o n n e ct o r . AUTO Selects Selects Auto as Autorange as T r i g g e r t yp e f o r a ct i v e u p p e r Oscilloscope. range for SINAD and Modulation Meters. Automatically adjusts to a higher or lower range if signal i n cr e a se s o r decreases to a sp e ci f i e d l e ve l of the current setting. AUX Selects AUX RF OUT as output connector. Indicator lights up. AUX Gate Selects AUX RF OUT as output connector. Indicator lights up. Only active when m i cr o p h o n e i s ke ye d . AVG A c t i v a t e s / d e a c t i v a t e s A ve r a g e O sci l l o sco p e O p e r a t i o n M o d e . BER Accesses Bit Error Rate Option. BER + Inserts Bit Errors in the control channel signaling. This function increases the number of bit errors in an erred frame. BER INT I n s e r t s B i t E r r o r s i n t h e co n t r o l ch a n n e l si g n a l i n g . T h i s f u n ct i o n d e cr e a se s t h e interval at which erred frames are inserted in the control channel. BIDIR Sets Bidirectional Print Mode. BMP M a k e s t h e f i l e t y p e a B i t m a p f o r m a t . T h e r e i s a C O L O R S f i e l d w i t h t h i s se l e ct i o n . (see, NORMAL and INVERT) BOTH Selects + and – peak deviation. The upper limit applies to the largest peak Positive reading and the lower limit applies to the largest Negative reading. For Peak hold readings, Peak Hi applies to the largest Positive peak reading found and Peak Lo applies to the largest Negative reading found. BURST Activates single transmission of selected signal. BUSY Sets Status to BUSY (Busy Home Repeater). Allows Decode Function to determine Message Type from received data. D-3 Automatically Accesses d e c o d e s 1 2 0 0 o r A u t o m a t i c T e st 2400 baud rate screen. incoming POCSAG data. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION CALL M a ke s a G r o u p C a l l t o t h e R a d i o , si m u l a t i n g a c a l l f r o m a n o t h e r r a d i o . T h e ID’s used to make the call are taken from the Group/Logical ID fields. A t t e m p t s t o se t u p a S p e e ch C a l l w i t h R U selected by CALLED ID. Status info display indicates “GO TO CHANNEL” if the c a l l i s s u c c e s s f u l , a n d t h e C A L L s o f t ke y r e m a i n s h i g h l i g h t e d . P r e s s t h e s o f t ke y a g a i n , o r t h e st a r t / st o p ke y t o cl e a r t h e call. CELL Accesses AMPS Cellular Option. Initiates Manual Cell Site Initiated Call Test. C-Fwd A cc e s s e s C e l l u l a r - F o r w a r d C h a n n e l L i s t . CLEAR Clears Code Field of current Clears the path to the root data. path “\.” C-MSG Routes Detector signal through C-Message Weighted Filter to DEMOD Connector. C-MSG Routes DTMF/SINAD Signal through C-Message Weighted Bandpass Filter. COMPARE Displays stored trace and live trace simultaneously. CONFIG Accesses Configuration Window for co n f i g u r i n g User Selectable Frequency and Duration for codes 0 through 9 and A through T. Config A cc e s s e s p o p u p w i n d o w f o r s e t t i n g S w e e p A cce sse s p o p u p w i n d o w f o r se t t i n g S ca n Width for Find Function. Range of Sweep Width, RBW and Sweep Rate. Width is 0.2000 to 500.0000 MHz. CONT Activates continuous transmission of selected signal. CONTIN Selects Continuous Run Mode in optional BER Meter operation.. COPY C o p i e s a f i l e w i t h o u t d e s t r o yi n g t h e o r i g i n a l . E n t e r a d r i v e , d i r e c t o r y a n d n a m e o f co p y d e s t i n a t i o n . C o p y t h e f i l e w i t h i n t h e s a m e d r i v e o r f r o m o n e d r i v e t o a n o t h e r . COUPLE S e t s t h e S w e e p a n d R B W t o f a ct o r y d e f a u l t st a t e f o r t h e cu r r e n t S ca n W i d t h . CREATE C r e a t e s t h e d i r e ct o r y i n t h e p a t h st r i n g . C - R vs Accesses Cellular-Reverse Channel List. DAT DEC R o u t e s D a t a D e c o d e r s i g n a l t o D E M O D C o n n e ct o r . DATA A c c e s s e s D A T A G e n e r a t o r p a r a m e t e r s. DATA GEN S e l e c t s D a t a S i g n a l o u t p u t t h r o u g h A U D I O / D A T A G E N C o n n e ct o r i n o p t i o n a l B E R Meter operation. DATA IN Selects AUDIO DATA IN as BER Meter input. Accesses RF Generator Filters Setup Menu. A cce sse s a n A n a l yze r p o p up window to configure S ca n W i d t h , RBW and Sweep Rate. D- 4 C l e a r s cu r r e n t e n t r y. A c t i v a t e s C - M e s s a g e W e i g h t e d B a n d p a ss Filter. A cce sse s T r a cki n g Generator Configuration pop up window. A cce sse s Configure screen for se l e ct i n g POCSAG Function, Capcode Range and Data Rate. Displays a window allowing editing of the d e f a u l t st a t u s ( S D M 1 ) co d e and (SDM2) t e xt message. C o n t i n u e s o n w i t h a n A u t o m a t i c T e st . S e l e ct s D A T A D e vi a t i o n m e a su r e m e n t . FUNCTION DESCRIPTION dB Selects dB for Reading Units. T o g g l e s b e t w e e n d B a n d % s e t t i n g s. I n a ct i ve u n i t s d i sp l a ye d o n so f t ke y. dBm Sets Output Level Units to dBm. Selects dBm for Toggles value Reading Units. setting. A ct i va t e s I m p e d a n ce field. dBmV Selects dBmV as Logarithmic Function. dBuV Selects dBµV as Logarithmic Function. dBuW Selects dBµW as Logarithmic Function. dBV Selects dBV as Logarithmic Function. dBW Selects dBW as Logarithmic Function. DC Selects DC Coupling for Oscilloscope, DEMOD Connector and optional BER Meter operation. DC ZERO Zeroes reading to indicate 0 Vdc reading when selected Source is SCP/DVM DC. DCS S e l e c t s D C S a s F o r m a t t yp e . DCS/ S e l e c t s I n v e r t e d D C S a s F o r m a t t yp e . DEC CLR C l e a r s t h e d e c o d e d a r e m a n u a l l y . F r e s h d a t a i s n o w d i s p l a y e d a n d r e c o g n i ze d . DECODE A c t i v a t e s D E C O D E F u n ct i o n f o r s p e ci f i e d A u d i o / D a t a t y p e . A c c e s se s T o n e D e co d e S c r e e n f o r U S E R D e f i n e d si g n a l i n g f o r m a t and initiates decoding function for DCS and DCS Inverted Functions. DEFAULT S e t s o n l y t h e c u r r e n t f i e l d t o f a ct o r y d e f a u l t st a t e f o r t h e cu r r e n t sca n w i d t h . DEFLT Sets the current Analyzer field to factory default. DELETE P e r m a n e n t l y d e l e t e s a f i l e f r o m t h e f i l e syst e m . T h e r e i s n o o p e r a t i o n t o r e co ve r a deleted file. Demod O u t p u t t o D e m o d O u t C o n n ce ct o r . D e t e ct Raw data detected. DET-OUT R o u t e s D e t e c t o r s i g n a l t o D E M O D C o n n e ct o r . DEV S e l e c t s F M D e v i a t i o n M e t e r a s a ct i ve m e t e r . DISABLE Disables Border Offset. DISABLED D i s a b l e s a u t o m a t i c t e s t co n d i t i o n . DISC D i s c o n n e c t s a c a l l t o t h e R a d i o w h i c h w a s m a d e p r e v i o u s l y u s i n g t h e C A L L so f t ke y. DISCN S e t s S t a t u s t o D I S C N ( D i sco n n e ct R e p e a t e r - M o b i l e L i n k) . DIST S e l e c t s D i s t o r t i o n M e t e r a s a ct i ve m e t e r . DTMF A c c e s s e s D T M F G e n e r a t o r p a r a m e t e r s. DVM Accesses LTR Trunking Digital Voltmeter. EDACS Accesses EDACS Trunking Option. Selects dBm as Logarithmic Function. Toggles message decoding ON and OFF. Pressing the softkey highlights the “ D E C O D E ” so f t ke y. M e ssa g e s co n t i n u e t o scroll through the screen until DECODE is pressed again. D i sa b l e s t h e se l e ct e d t e st . D-5 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION ENABLE Enables Border Offset. E n a b l e s t h e se l e ct e d t e st . ENABLED Enables automatic test condition. ESCAPE R e t u r n s t o R F R e c e i v e O p e r a t i o n S cr e e n w i t h o u t sa vi n g e d i t s w h e n F i l t e r f i e l d ( s) a r e edited and not executed. EXEC E xe c u t e s a n d v a l i d a t e s a l l e d i t s b e f o r e r e t u r n i n g t o o p e r a t i o n m o d e . EXT A c c e s s e s E x t e r n a l M o d u l a t i o n p a r a m e t e r s. EXT MOD Selects EXT MOD Connector as input source for meter. EXT MSG When selected, messages are displayed in fully decoded MPT 1327/1343 field format. Messages with bad CRCs are not decoded. EXTERNAL Saves data externally to a PCMCIA memory card. FCC D i s p l a y s F R E E R E P C H A N f i e l d . F r e q u e n ci e s a r e e n t e r e d i n t e r m s o f t h e F C C d e f i n e d channel numbers. FILE Prints to a file. FILES D i sp l a ys t h e S t o r e d F i l e L i st . FILL Fills remainder of selected column with value of current cursor position. FILTERS Displays the selected Filters softkey bar. Find A ct i va t e s F i n d F u n ct i o n w h i ch se a r ch e s f o r f i r st si g n a l w i t h l e ve l e xce e d i n g r e f e r e n ce se t b y F i n d L v l F u n c t i o n . S e a r c h b a n d i s t w i c e S w e e p W i d g h , s e t b y C o n f i g F u n ct i o n , ce n t e r e d a r o u n d C e n t e r F r e q u e n cy. Find Lvl A c t i v a t e s h o r i z o n t a l m a r k e r f o r s e t t i n g r e f e r e n c e l e v e l o f F i n d F u n c t i o n . M a r k e r l e ve l i s c o n t r o l l e d b y D A T A S C R O L L K e ys o r D A T A S C R O L L S p i n n e r . P r e ss F i n d L vl a g a i n to exit mode. FIX Repairs damage to the system (CHKDSK operation). FIXED Selects Fixed Data Pattern type in optional BER Meter operation. FL Accesses User Defined Frequency List. FM Selects Frequency Modulation as Modulation type. FM CAL Offsets FM Detector to compensate for Transmitter Frequency Error in LTR Radio. Offsetting FM Detector “tunes” data decoder that decodes data from LTR Radio. FMZ Calibrates FM Detector when dc coupled. FM-Z Automatically calibrates FM Zero. FOLLOW W h e n s e l e ct e d , t h e C O M - 1 2 0 C f o l l o w s t h e R U sp e ci f i e d b y t h e P F I X / I D E N T f i e l d s a f t e r receiving go to traffic messages and automatically returns to the control channel on a CLEAR, and follow control channel MOVE. Has no effect during monitoring of an RU. FORCE F o r c e s t h e C O M - 1 2 0 C t o c o n v e r t t o t h e r e p e a t e r e ve n i f t h e r e p e a t e r d o e s n o t s e n t t h e co n ve r t m e ssa g e . T o g g l e s O N a n d O F F . FORMAT O n l y a v a i l a b l e w i t h P C M C I A s e l e c t e d . F o r m a t s t h e f i l e s y s t e m f o r u se . FREE Sets Status to FREE (Free Home Repeater). Selects Frequency Modulation as Demodulation type. D- 6 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION FREQ D i s p l a y s t h e S t o r e d R F F r e q u e n cy L i st . GEN1 A c c e s s e s A u d i o G e n e r a t o r 1 p a r a m e t e r s. GEN2 A c c e s s e s A u d i o G e n e r a t o r 2 p a r a m e t e r s. Gnd G r o u n d co u p l e d . GROUP Group Call is selected and starts when softkey is pressed. GTC When selected, all messages are filtered except GTCs. Useful for control loading. HEX MSG When selected, messages are displayed with timestamp, basic MPT 1327 fields i n c l u d i n g m e s s a g e m n e m o n i c, h e x co n t e n t a n d C R C , M e ssa g e s w i t h b a d C R C s a r e d e c o d e d a n d m a y co n t a i n e r r e d f i e l d v a l u e s . HI CHAN D i s p l a y s p a r a m e t r i c r e s u l t s f o r H i g h e st H a n d o f f C h a n n e l ( H A N D O F F t e st o n l y) . HOME Selects simulated Home Registration. HP LJ C o n f i g u r e s p r i n t e r o u t p u t f o r a n H P L A S E R JE T P r i n t e r . HP TJ C o n f i g u r e s p r i n t e r o u t p u t f o r a n H P T H I N K JE T P r i n t e r . IDLE N o r m a l r e p e a t e r o p e r a t i o n f o r i n co m i n g sp e e ch / st a t u s ca l l s. IDLE R e p e a t e r i s i n t h e i d l e st a t e , g e n e r a t i n g o ve r h e a d ( S i t e I D ) m e ssa g e s. I n t h i s st a t e , t h e R a d i o m a y i n i t i a t e a G r o u p C a l l , d o a L o g i n o r t h e s i m u l a t o r m a y i n i t i a t e a ca l l t o another radio. INDV Individual Call is s4elected and starts when softkey is pressed. INFO Accesses Customer Information Menu. INTERNAL S e l e ct s i n t e r n a l f i l e s y s t e m . INT-MOD R o u t e s A u d i o s i g n a l f r o m I n t e r n a l M o d u l a t i o n s o u r c e s a s c o m p o s i t e s i g n a l t o S p e a ke r a n d P H O N E S C o n n e ct o r . INVERT T h e p r i n t e d scr e e n o r i e n t a t i o n i s w h i t e background with black text. (see, BMP and PCX) INVERTED Selects Inverted Data Polarity in optional BER Meter operation. KEY C o n f i g u r e s D A T A E N T R Y K e ys a s D T M F ke yp a d . C o d e F i e l d d i sp l a ys p r e ss ke y a n d DTMF Generator produces specified DTMF Code. LB Selects Lower Sideband Demodulation. LIMITS Accesses Parametric Limits screen. LIVE Displays current signal without modification. LIVE-REF The value of each point of the reference trace is subtracted from the current reading and the result is displayed. Requires a previously stored trace. LO CHAN D i s p l a y s p a r a m e t r i c r e s u l t s f o r L o w e st H a n d o f f C h a n n e l ( H A N D O F F t e st o n l y) . LOAD Accesses filing system Load screen. Saves data internally in the COM-120C for l a t e r r e t r i e va l . D-7 I n ve r t s D e co d e / E n co d e D a t a . FUNCTION DESCRIPTION LOCK S e t s f r e q u e n c y u s e d f o r G e n e r a t e , R e ce i ve a n d S p e c t r u m A n a l y z e r o p e r a t i o n t o sa m e frequency as current RF Field. Change d i sp l a y s i n a l l t h r e e o p e r a t i o n s c r e e n s when engaged. L o c k s t h e T r a c k i n g G e n e r a t o r ce n t e r f r e q u e n cy a t a co n st a n t o f f se t f r o m t h e analyzer center frequency. Changing the analyzer center frequency changes the T r a cki n g G e n e r a t o r ce n t e r f r e q u e n cy b y a like amount. LOOP Selects Loop Run Mode in optional BER Meter operation. LTR Accesses LTR Trunking Option. MANUAL Accesses Manual Test screen. MAX D i sp l a ys M a xi m u m L i m i t va l u e s o n l y . MEAS-HI A c c e s s e s t h e P a r a m e t r i c M e a su r e m e n t s scr e e n f o r t h e H i g h C h a n n e l H a n d o f f . MEAS-LO A c c e s s e s t h e P a r a m e t r i c M e a su r e m e n t s scr e e n f o r t h e L o w C h a n n e l H a n d o f f . MENU D i sp l a ys p o p u p m e n u w i t h m u l t i p l e s e l e c t i o n s . MIC Accesses MIC Modulation parameters. MIN D i sp l a ys M i n i m u m L i m i t va l u e s o n l y . MIN HOLD Activates/deactivates Minimum Hold Oscilloscope Operation Mode. MOBILE Initiates Manual Mobile Initiated Call Test. MOD MTR Routes Modulation Meter signal to DEMOD Connector. MONITOR Accesses Off-Air Monitor screen. MOVE Moves a file from one directory to another. Moves the control channel to that displayed in the CCH# field and sets the E n t e r a d r i ve , d i r e ct o r y a n d n a m e t o relocate the file. Move the file within the RF frequencies accordingly. same drive or from one drive to another. MPT1327 Accesses MPT1327 Trunking Option. mV Sets Output level Units to mV. NAR 1 Selects Deviation Range, 12.75 to 25 kHz. NAR 2 Selects Deviation Range, 2 to 12.75 kHz. NAR 3 Selects Deviation Range, <2 kHz. NARROW S e t s S y s t e m B a n d t o N a r r o w ( 9 0 0 M H z) . NETWORK A c c e s s e s S E T U P N e t w o r k D e f i n i t i o n scr e e n . NO ACKS When selected, all acknowledgement messages are filtered. Use in conjunction with NO ALH if required. (see, NO ALH) NO ALH W h e n s e l e c t e d , f i l t e r o u t A L H O A a n d B C A S T m e ssa g e s. NORM S e l e c t s N o r m a l i z e d T r i g g e r t yp e . NORMAL The printed screen orientation is black background with white text. ( se e , B M P a n d P C X ) S e l e ct s N o r m a l f o r + / - p e a k d i v b y 2 . Selects Normal Data Polarity in optional BER Meter operation. D- 8 S e t s D e co d e / E n co d e D a t a to normal. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION Normal Sets Spectrum Analyzer to Normal single Center Frequency Operation. (see, Split) NUMERIC Forces Decode Function to decode message as specified type. OFF Deactivates High-Pass Filtering on DTMF/SINAD Line. OFF/ON Toggles features OFF and ON. ON/OFF Toggles active function ON and OFF. OPEN Opens the file Only files of type SYSTEM, MACRO, SETUP or TRACE may be OPEN’ed. PACK Performs any needed packing on the file system. PAIR Activates Pair Function which ties Duplex Generate and Receive RF Fields together as a pair with specified Frequency Offset. Editing Duplex Generate RF Field changs D u p l e x R e c e i v e F i e l d . E d i t i n g F r e q u e n c y O f f s e t o r D u p l e x R e c e i v e R F F i e l d ch a n g e s Duplex Generate RF Field. PCMCIA S e l e c t s e xt e r n a l f i l e s y s t e m . PG DN Used to scroll down through a window list. PG DOWN P a g e s d o w n 1 2 f i l e s i n t h e l i st . PG UP Used to scroll up through a window list. PK HOLD A ct i va t e s/ d e a ct i va t e s P e a k H o l d O sci l l o sco p e O p e r a t i o n M o d e . PM Selects Phase Modulation as Modulation t yp e . POCSAG S e l e c t s P O C S A G a s F o r m a t t yp e . POCSAG/ S e l e ct s I n ve r t e d P O C S A G a s F o r m a t t yp e . PRGM Puts the ‘Band ‘ mode back to one of the channel modes: 800 MHz, 900 MHz or U S E R . T h e l o g i c a l c h a n n e l s f r o m t h e S e t u p S cr e e n a r e t h e n a ct i ve . T h e si m u l a t o r i s taken out of the pre-programmed channel mode when the RF Frequencies are manually edited. PRINT Saves the screen to a file or prints the screen according to the Print setup configuration. PRINTER Allows printer configuration. PTT K e y s t h e C O M - 1 2 0 C d u r i n g a ca l l . P T T r e m a i n s h i g h l i g h t e d u n t i l P T T i s r e l e a se d b y p r e ssi n g t h e so f t ke y a g a i n o r t h e ca l l i s cl e a r e d . PTT OUT A s s e r t s t h e P T T O u t l i n e o f t h e M I C C o n n e ct o r . T h i s i s u se f u l f o r f o r ci n g a d i r e ct l y connected RU to key up. QUEUED S i m u l a t e s ca l l Q u e u i n g f o r i n co m i n g sp e e ch / st a t u s ca l l s. RAD Switch to decoding messages from the RU. The receiver frequency is adjusted a u t o m a t i ca l l y. RAD SIM Accesses EDACS or MPT 1327 Radio Unit Simulator screen. RADIO Accesses LTR Trunking Option Radio Simulation. T u r n s M o d u l a t i o n S o u r ce O F F . Prints to a PCMCIA Modem or RS-232 card. D-9 Pages up 12 files in the list. Selects Phase Modulation as Demodulation type. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION RAMP S e l e c t s R a m p a s a c t i v e W a ve S h a p e . RANDOM S e l e c t s R a n d o m D a t a P a t t e r n t yp e i n o p t i o n a l B E R M e t e r o p e r a t i o n . RD ONLY S e t s o r cl e a r s R e a d O n l y a t t r i b u t e t o a f i l e t o p r e ve n t t h e f i l e f r o m b e i n g d e l e t e d o r changed. RECALL Displays stored trace only. REF-LIVE T h e va l u e o f cu r r e n t r e a d i n g i s su b t r a ct e d f r o m t h e st o r e d va l u e a n d t h e r e su l t i s d i sp l a y e d . R e q u i r e s a p r e v i o u s l y s t o r e d t r a c e . REG Initiates Manual Registration Test. REGISTN F o r c e s R U s e l e c t e d b y P F I X / I D E N T t o R e g i st e r a n d i n t e r r o g a t e s t h e E S N . REP S w i t ch t o d e co d i n g m e ssa g e s f r o m t h e r e p e a t e r . T h e r e ce i ve r f r e q u e n cy i s a u t o m a t i ca l l y a d j u st e d . REP SIM A c c e s s e s E D A C S o r M P T 1 3 2 7 R e p e a t e r S i m u l a t o r scr e e n . REPEAT Accesses LTR Trunking Option Repeater Simulation. RESET R e s e t s t h e c u r r e n t f i e l d t o ze r o . RESTORE Finalizes Recall Operation. RESULTS P a g e s t h r o u g h a u t o m a t i c t e st r e su l t s. RESUME Restarts Sweep Function. RETURN Exits an application or window and returns to normal operation. RE-ZERO Sets RF Power Meter to 0 mW referenced to current input at T/R Connector. RF GEN S e l e c t s R F G e n e r a t o r a s B E R M e t e r so u r ce . RF POW S e l e c t s R F P o w e r M e t e r i n p u t l i n e s i n p u t so u r ce f o r m e t e r . RF REC Selects RF Receiver (either T/R or ANT) as BER Meter input. ROAM S e l e ct s si m u l a t e d R o a m R e g i st r a t i o n . ROLL Views the scope trace in a roll mode when selected sweep rate is 100 ms/div or higher. RS-232 Prints via RS-232 Connector on the COM-120C rear panel. RST PK Resets Peak Readings displayed to 0. S=On/Off Toggles SINAD Function ON and OFF. SAVE Finalizes Storage Operation. SCAN A c c e s s e s S c a n p o p u p w i n d o w f o r se t t i n g S ca n F u n ct i o n p a r a m e t e r s. S ca n s sp e ci f i e d frequencies on Frequency List. SCOPE D i sp l a ys a b b r e vi a t e d S co p e . SCP/DVM S e l e ct s S C O P E / D V M C o n n e ct o r a s i n p u t so u r ce f o r m e t e r . SCROLL Toggles Scroll Function ON and OFF. Highlighted when SCROLL is active. SDM Sends a textual (SDM2) message to the RU selected by PFIX/IDENT. Returns the COM-120C to normal operation. D- 10 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION SEARCH Performs SINAD search operation. SET LVL A c c e s s e s p r o c e d u r e f o r se t t i n g r e f e r e n ce f o r m e a su r i n g i n p u t l e ve l a t cu r r e n t frequency. Set Ref A d j u s t s S p e c t r u m A n a l y ze r t o i n t e r n a l r e f e r e n ce l e ve l a t cu r r e n t f r e q u e n cy. I n i t i a t e function at each new frequency to achieve maximum accuracy. SET REF C h a n g e s f r e q u e n c y i n c u r r e n t R F F i e l d t o r e f e r e n ce f r e q u e n cy. “ R ” d i sp l a ys w h e n a ct i v e . SETUP Accesses LTR Trunking Option Auxiliary Setup. SETUPS D i s p l a y s t h e S t o r e d T e s t S e t u p s. SINAD S e l e ct s S I N A D M e t e r a s a ct i ve m e t e r . SINAD= A c c e s s f i e l d t o s e t S I N A D S e a r ch F u n ct i o n V a l u e . SINE S e l e c t s S i n e a s a c t i v e W a ve S h a p e . SINGLE A c t i v a t e s S w e e p F u n c t i o n f o r o n e p a ss t h r o u g h f r e q u e n cy r a n g e . SKIP Skips the current test. SLOW Returns to normal mode of operation following a ROLL execution. (see ROLL) SPEECH A t t e m p t s t o s e t u p a S p e e ch C a l l w i t h R U se l e ct e d b y P F I X / I D E N T , SPKR S e l e c t s S p e a k e r / H e a d p h o n e s a s cu r r e n t F i l t e r L i n e . Split A c c e s s e s S p l i t S c r e e n F u n ct i o n . S p l i t S cr e e n S p e ct r u m A n a l yze r a l l o w s t w o C e n t e r Frequencies. SQUARE S e l e c t s S q u a r e a s a c t i v e W a ve S h a p e . START Activates a function. STATUS S e n d s a S t a t u s ( S D M 1 ) m e ssa g e t o t h e R U se l e ct e d b y P F I X / I D E N T . STOP Stops an activated function. STORE Stores the current trace. SUMMARY Toggles between PFIX/IDENT display and GTC/ACKQ summary statistics. Swap I n t e r c h a n g e s A n a l y z e r d i sp l a ys. ( se e , S p l i t ) SWEEP A c c e s s e s m e n u t o c o n f i g u r e R F G e n e r a t o r t o sw e e p sp e ci f i e d f r e q u e n cy r a n g e . Sweep Prompt displays when active. SYS ALL S y s t e m - A l l C a l l i s s e l e c t e d a n d st a r t s w h e n so f t ke y i s p r e sse d . T/R Selects T/R as RF output/input Connector. Indicator lights up. T/R Gate Selects T/R as output connector. Indicator lights up. Only active when microphone is keyed. T-Fwd A c c e s s e s T r u n k i n g - F o r w a r d C h a n n e l L i st . TIME A c c e s s e s w i n d o w f o r s e t t i n g B U R S T F u n ct i o n d u r a t i o n . D u r a t i o n r a n g e s f r o m 0 t o 3 0 se co n d s. TRIANGLE Selects Triangle as active Wave Shape. A cce sse s S e t u p scr e e n . A cce sse s N e t w o r k D e f i n i t i o n Configuration screen. S t a r t s a n A u t o m a t i c T e st . D-11 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION T-Rvs A cc e s s e s T r u n k i n g - R e v e r s e C h a n n e l L i s t . UB Selects Upper Sideband Demodulation. UNIDIR Sets Unidirectional Print Mode. UNLOCK Disengages LOCK Function. (see LOCK) UNPAIR D e a c t i v a t e s P a i r F u n c t i o n . ( se e , P A I R ) USER A l l o w s U s e r D e f i n e d f r e q u e n cy. D i sp l a ys F R E E R E P R C V : a n d G E N : f i e l d s. P o si t i o n t h e cu r so r o n R C V : o r G E N : t o edit the frequency. Directly enter frequencies from 0 to 1 GHz. uV Sets Output Level Units to µV. Toggles value setting. V Sets Output Level Units to V. VOICE Selects Voice Deviation measurement. Vrms S e l e c t s V r m s f o r R e a d i n g U n i t s. W.B. R o u t e s A u d i o s i g n a l f r o m A U D I O / D A T A I N C o n n e ct o r t o S p e a ke r a n d P H O N E S Connector without filtering. WIDE S e t s S y s t e m B a n d t o W i d e ( 8 0 0 M H z) . WIDE Selects Deviation Range, >25 kHz. x1 Alters the scaling factor for the baseband level. X1 Activates X1 Mode for Level. ZOOM E xp a n d s cu r r e n t m e t e r t o f u l l si ze . D- 12 INDEX D ∅M Meter (specifications) 30 kHz IF Filter (Option 03) 1-17 6-1 A Abbreviations B-1 Accessing The Clearchannel LTR Trunking Test System 6-22 AC Fuse Replacement Page-1 AF Frequency Counter (specifications) 1-16 AM Modulation Meter Operation 4-41 AM Modulation Meter (specifications) 1-18 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Automatic Tests 6-52 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Main & Setup Menus 6-47 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Manual Tests 6-62 AMPS Cell Site Simulator Setup 6-46 AMPS Cellular Testing (Option 15) 6-46 Applying AC Power 2-3 Applying External DC Power 2-3 Audio/Data Generators (specifications) 1-13 Audio/Data/Signaling Generators Screen 3-24 Audio/Digital Signaling Formats (Option 11) 6-10 Audio Frequency Counter 4-51 Audio Frequency Level Meter Operation 4-18 Audio Function Generators 1-5 Audio Generator-1 Operation 4-63 Audio Generator-2 Operation 4-66 Audio Test 6-58 Automatic Test Mode, Test Selection 6-108 Automatic Test Printout 6-61 Auxiliary Setup Screen Configuration 6-37 B Base Frequencies Battery Fuse Replacement Battery Power Operation (Option 01) Battery Replacement BER Meter Configuration Section 6-101 Page-4 2-3 Page-2 6-4 Data Generator/Bit Error Rate Meter (Option 07) 6-2 Data Generator Operation 4-67 DC Fuse Replacement Page-2 Decoding Digital Signaling Formats 6-16 Decoding 2-Tone Sequential Format 5-26 Digital Voltmeter Operation 4-69 Digital Voltmeter (specifications) 1-20 Distortion Meter (specifications) 1-19 Distortion Meter Operation 4-16, 4-38, 4-53 DTMF Generator Operation 4-68 Duplex 5-28 Duplex Operation 1-4, 4-54 Duplex Screen 3-17 E EDACS High-Speed Data Capture (scope) EDACS Store and Recall EDACS Trunking (Option 16) EDACS Trunking Automatic Test EDACS Trunking Automatic Test Execution Radio Test Registration Repeater Test EDACS Trunking Automatic Test Results EDACS Trunking Channel Assignments EDACS Trunking Manual Test EDACS Trunking Manual TestRadio Simulator EDACS Trunking Manual TestRepeater Simulator EDACS Trunking Operational Notes EDACS Trunking Setup Screen Editing Fields Using Data Scroll Keys and Spinner Editing Numeric Data Fields Encoding 2-Tone Sequential Format Encoding Digital Signaling Formats For Audio Signal Escaping From Edit Without Change C Cell Init Test Channel Numbering Clearchannel LTR (Option 14) General COM-120C Product Specifications Cursor Movement 6-93 6-94 6-70 6-73 6-74 6-74 6-74 6-75 6-76 6-72 6-82 6-88 6-83 6-95 6-71 3-9 3-11 5-16 6-15 3-11 F 6-60, 6-67 6-100 6-21 6-21 1-11 3-9 FM Deviation Meter Operation Frequency Modulation Meter (specifications) Front Panel Controls Fuse Requirements (specifications) Index-1 4-39 1-17 3-1 1-23 G O General Characteristics (specifications) General Duplex Generate Operation General Duplex Receive Operation General (introduction) General (installation) General RF Generate Operation General RF Receive Operation Generate Amplifier (Option 05) Generating AM Modulated RF Signal Generating DCS Coded RF Signal Generating DTMF Coded RF Signal Generating FM Modulated RF Signal Generating Microphone Modulated RF Signal Generating PM Modulated RF Signal Generating RF Signal Using External Modulation 1-23 4-54 4-59 1-1 2-1 4-1 4-31 6-1 5-4 5-8 5-10 5-2 5-14 5-6 5-12 H Handoff Test 6-57 Off-Air Monitor 6-114 Options 1-10 Oscilloscope 1-6 Oscilloscope Operation Screen 4-20, 4-53 Oscilloscope (specifications) 1-20 Oscilloscope Screen 3-20 Oven Crystal Oscillator Frequency Standard (Option 02) 6-1 P Parametric Limits Parametric Results Phase Modulation Meter Operation Power Requirements (specifications) Power Source Requirement Power Up Procedures Precautions (installation) I R Independent Audio/Data Signaling Generators Independent Oscilloscope Operation Independent Spectrum Analyzer Operation IEEE 488 (GPIB) Interface (Option 13) Configuring For Remote Operations w/GPIB General Input/Output Connectors (specifications) Internal Battery (Option 01) 4-63 4-62 4-62 6-20 6-20 6-20 1-22 6-1 L LTR LTR LTR LTR LTR LTR LTR Radio Handoff Test Radio Handshake Test Radio Receive Test Repeater Handshake Test Trunking Auxiliary Setup Screen Trunking Radio Simulation Trunking Repeater Simulation 6-41 6-40 6-42 6-45 6-35 6-29 6-23 M Making Selections From Menus Master Oscillator (specifications) Memory Lists and Storage of Parameters Meters Meters Operation Meter Screens Mobile Init Test Modulating RF Signals w/Digital Signaling Formats Modulation (specifications) MPT1327/MPT1343 Numbering Schemes MPT1327 Trunking (Option 17) 6-110 6-113 4-43 1-22 Page-1 2-3 2-1 3-11 1-22 3-26 1-9 4-69 3-25 6-59, 6-64 Radio Simulator Radio Simulator Operation RCC Signaling Formats (Option 09) Rear Panel Controls Receiver (specifications) Receive Data Configuration Section Received Level Meter Operation Receive Level Meter (specifications) Receive Trunking Data Block Receiving AM Modulated RF Signal Receiving FM Modulated RF Signal Receiving PM Modulated RF Signal Registration Test Repacking For Shipping Repeater Simulator Repeater Simulator Operation RF Frequency Error Meter Operation RF Frequency Error Meter (specifications) RF Generate RF Generate Operation RF Generate Screen RF Power Meter Operation RF Power Meter (specifications) RF Receive RF Receive Operation RF Receive Screen RF Signal Generator (specifications) 6-13 1-12 6-106 6-96 Index-2 6-107 6-43 6-10 3-7 1-15 6-6 4-47 1-19 6-28, 6-34 5-22 5-20 5-24 6-53, 6-63 C-1 6-104 6-38 4-49 1-16 5-1 1-2, 4-1 3-12 4-45 1-18 5-19 1-3, 4-31 3-14 1-11 S T Safety Conditions (specifications) 1-23 Screens, Soft Function Keys and Menus 3-9 Selective RF Counter (specifications) 1-16 Send Data Configuration Section 6-8 Setup Network Definition 6-97 Single Sideband Receive Filter (Option 08) 6-9 Description 6-9 General 6-9 SINAD Meter (specifications) 1-19 SINAD Meter Operation 4-13, 4-38 Soft Function Keys 3-9, D-1 Spectrum Analyzer 1-7 Spectrum Analyzer Operation Screen 4-25 Spectrum Analyzer Screen 3-22 Spectrum Analyzer (specifications) 1-21 Spectrum Analyzer Tracking Generator (Option 12) 6-19 Store and Recall Operation 4-29, 4-53 Syscode Calculation 6-99 Test Execution Testing A Receiver Using Digital Signaling Formats Testing A Transmitter Using Digital Signaling Formats Testing Radio Units Transmit Trunking Data Block Trunking Simulator Screens 6-112 6-17 6-17 6-105 6-27, 6-33 6-102 U Utility Function Screens User I/O Connectors & Pin-Out Table 3-27 A-1 V Variable Audio Generator 2 (Option 04) Index-3 6-1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Index-4 USER REPLACEABLE BATTERY AND FUSES BATTERY/VOLTAGE/FUSE INSTRUCTIONS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS CERTAIN CIRCUITS AND/OR COMPONENTS OF EXTREMELY HIGH VOLTAGE POTENTIALS, CAPABLE OF CAUSING SERIOUS BODILY INJURY OR DEATH. WHEN PERFORMING ANY OF THE PROCEDURES CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL, HEED ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. SAFETY FIRST: TO ALL SERVICE PERSO NNEL REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. WARNING: USING THIS EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED BY THE ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION MAY IMPAIR THE SAFETY PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT. CASE, COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL Removing the Chassis Assembly from the Case Assembly exposes the technician to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock or equipment damage. SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards, that may exist when operating or servicing this equipment. CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E.G., FIRE). WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents. AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or dc voltage. DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with dc voltage. AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or alternating voltage. SWITCH OFF: AC line power to the device is OFF. SWITCH ON: AC line power to the device is ON. DANGEROUS VOLTAGE: Indicates electrical shock hazard due to high voltage levels. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock. USE OF PROBES Check specifications for the maximum voltage, current and power ratings of any connector on the Test Set before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device. Be sure the terminal device performs within these specifications before using it for measurement, to prevent electrical shock or damage to the equipment. POWER CORDS Power cords must not be frayed, broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment. USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings. WARNING: THE COM-120C USES A SEALED LEAD-ACID-BATTERY PACK. THE FOLLOWING WARNINGS CONCERNING LEAD-ACID BATTERIES MUST BE HEEDED: CAUTION: ● DO NOT RECHARGE OUTSIDE THE COM-120C. ● DO NOT CRUSH, INCINERATE OR DISPOSE OF IN NORMAL WASTE. ● DO NOT SHORT CIRCUIT OR FORCE DISCHARGE AS THIS MIGHT CAUSE THE BATTERY TO VENT, OVERHEAT OR EXPLODE. INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND SOLID STATE DEVICES SUCH AS MOS FETS, ESPECIALLY CMOS TYPES, ARE SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES RECEIVED FROM IMPROPER HANDLING, THE USE OF UNGROUNDED TOOLS AND IMPROPER STORAGE AND PACKAGING. ANY MAINTENANCE TO THIS UNIT MUST BE PERFORMED WITH THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS: ● BEFORE USE IN A CIRCUIT, KEEP ALL LEADS SHORTED TOGETHER EITHER BY THE USE OF VENDOR-SUPPLIED SHORTING SPRINGS OR BY INSERTING LEADS INTO A CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL. ● WHEN REMOVING DEVICES FROM THEIR CONTAINERS, GROUND THE HAND BEING USED WITH A CONDUCTIVE WRISTBAND. ● TIPS OF SOLDERING IRONS AND/OR ANY TOOLS USED MUST BE GROUNDED. ● DEVICES MUST NEVER BE INSERTED INTO NOR REMOVED FROM CIRCUITS WITH POWER ON. ● PC BOARDS, WHEN TAKEN OUT OF THE SET, MUST BE LAID ON A GROUNDED CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORED IN A CONDUCTIVE STORAGE BAG. REMOVE ANY BUILTIN POWER SOURCE, SUCH AS A BATTERY, BEFORE LAYING PC BOARDS ON A CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORING IN A CONDUCTIVE BAG. ● PC BOARDS, IF BEING SHIPPED TO THE FACTORY FOR REPAIR, MUST BE PACKAGED IN A CONDUCTIVE BAG AND PLACED IN A WELL-CUSHIONED SHIPPING CONTAINER. CAUTION THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS PARTS SENSITIVE TO DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL MILES. USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN FAA CIRCULAR AC 170-6C, DATED FEBRUARY 19, 1981. POWER SOURCE REQUIREMENT The Inter nal Batter y, if installed, char ges automatically whenever the CO M- 120C is connected to a power sour ce and the Main Power Switch is set to O N. The Power Supply is designed to sense applied voltage and automatically compensate with no fur ther actions r equir ed. NOTE: Fans may oper ate when unit is O FF but plugged in or Inter nal Batter y installed. AC FUSE REPLACEMENT ο Disconnect ac power fr om CO M- 120C. ο Depr ess clip on under side of AC FUSE Holder and pull str aight out. ο Remove AC FUSE Holder and r emove fuse. Insur e pr oper fuse is installed in AC FUSE Holder . Fuses pr ovided include two 3.0 A, 250 V, Type F, 5 X 20 mm fuses for ac oper ation. ο Replace fuse and r einstall AC FUSE Holder . COM-120C AC & DC Fuse Location Page 1 DC FUSE REPLACEMENT ο Disconnect all exter nal power connections. ο Use a slotted tool to depr ess DC FUSE Holder ( 1) and tur n counter clockwise. ο Remove DC FUSE Holder and r emove fuse. Insur e pr oper fuse is installed in DC FUSE Holder . Fuse pr ovided: 10 A, 32 V, Type F, AG C fuse for dc oper ation. ο Replace fuse and r einstall DC FUSE Holder . BATTERY REPLACEMENT The following pr ocedur e should be followed when r eplacing the batter y. WARNING: THE BATTERY USED IS A SEALED LEAD-ACID BATTERY PACK. THE FOLLOWING WARNINGS CONCERNING LEAD-ACID BATTERIES MUST BE HEEDED. DO NOT CRUSH, INCINERATE OR DISPO SE OF IN NORMAL WASTE. PROPER DISPO SAL FOR DISCARD OF BATTERY IS REQUIRED. REFER TO APPROPRIATE STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS FOR INSTRUCTIONS AS TO PROPER DISPO SITION OF DISCARDED BATTERIES. DO NO T RECHARG E O UTSIDE THE CO M-120C. DO NOT SHORT CIRCUIT OR FORCE DISCHARGE AS THIS MIGHT CAUSE THE BATTERY TO VENT, O VERHEAT O R EXPLO DE. Page 2 CAUTION: REPLACE BATTERY WITH IFR PART NUMBER 4000- 0000- 011 BATTERY O NLY. CAUTION: DO NO T USE O R CO NNECT A NO N- RECHARG EABLE BATTERY TO THE TERMINALS. DANG ER O F O VERHEAT O R FIRE. NOTE: O ption 01 r equir ed for batter y oper ation. Inter nal Batter y, if installed, char ges automatically whenever unit is connected to a power sour ce and Main Power Switch is set to O N. ο Set CO M- 120C Main Power Switch to O FF ( "0" on switch) . ο Remove all power sour ces and disconnect all measur ing ter minals fr om CO M- 120C. ο Loosen 4 Scr ews on Batter y Access Panel. Remove Batter y Access Panel. ο Disconnect Positive (+) and Negative (-) Terminals from battery. ο Remove Batter y fr om cavity. ο Install r eplacement batter y in cavity. ο Connect Positive (+) and Negative (-) Terminals to replacement battery. Install Battery Access Panel. NOTE: For continued EMC compliance with EN61000- 3- 2:1995/A14:2000,always allow a dischar ged batter y to r echar ge in Stand- by Mode. Page 3 BATTERY FUSE REPLACEMENT The following procedure should be followed when replacing the battery fuse. ο Set CO M- 120C Main Power Switch to O FF. ο Remove all power sour ces fr om CO M- 120C. ο Loosen 4 scr ews on Batter y Access Panel. ο Remove Batter y Access Panel. ο Disconnect Positive (+) and Negative (-) Terminals from battery. ο Remove Batter y fr om cavity. ο Pull Batter y cable out of CO M- 120C until Batter y Fuseholder is exposed. ο Unscr ew Batter y Cable Fuseholder cap and r emove fuse. ο Replace fuse with 10 A, 32 V, Type F, AG C fuse. ο Feed Batter y Cable into Chassis. ο Install Batter y in cavity. ο Connect Positive (+) and Negative (-) Terminals to Battery. Install Battery Access Panel. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL BATTERY CABLE BATTERY CABLE FUSE HOLDER NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL CO M- 120C Batter y and Batter y Cable Page 4 8707005 china t‡‘Z {KXV}@HQPI@VTVW@RWQV fƒžZ {KXV}@HQPI@VTVW@RXRQ latin@america t‡‘Z {KQ}@HYWRI@XYY@UQUP fƒžZ {KQ}@HYWRI@XYY@UQUT europe@north t‡‘Z {KTT}@HQTSXI@WTRRPP fƒžZ {KTT}@HQTSXI@WRWVPQ scandinavia t‡‘Z {KTU}@YVQT@PPTU fƒžZ {KTU}@YVQT@PPTW europe@south t‡‘Z {KTT}@HQTSXI@WTRRPP fƒžZ {KTT}@HQTSXI@WRWVPQ spain t‡‘Z fƒžZ france t‡‘Z {KSS}@Q@VP@WY@YV@PP fƒžZ {KSS}@Q@VP@WW@VY@RR united@kingdom t‡‘Z {KTT}@HQTSXI@WTRRPP@Hs™‡›‡“ƒ‰‡I {KTT}@HQWPSI@RWSWRR@HcŠƒ“†‘‡—˜@f”—†I@ f—‡‡•Š”“‡Z {KTT}@HPXPPI@RXR@SXX@Huk@”“‘ŸI@ fƒžZ {KTT}@HQTSXI@WRWVPQ@Hs™‡›‡“ƒ‰‡I@ {KTT}@HQWPSI@RUTPQU@HcŠƒ“†‘‡—˜@f”—†I germany t‡‘Z {KTY}@HXQSQI@RYRVP fƒžZ {KTY}@HXQSQI@RYRVQSP hong@kong t‡‘Z {KXUR}@RXSR@WYXX@ fƒžZ {KXUR}@RXST@USVT usa t‡‘Z t”‘‘@f—‡‡Z fƒžZ {KST}@HYQI@VTP@QQ@ST {KST}@HYQI@VTP@PV@TP {KQ}@HSQVI@URR@TYXQ {KQ}@HXPPI@XSU@RSUR@Hus@”“‘ŸI {KQ}@HSQVI@URR@QSVP pƒ—‡“™@…”’•ƒ“Ÿ@ifr@sŸ˜™‡’˜L@i“…N@Ï@ifr@RPPR@ a˜@œ‡@ƒ—‡@ƒ‘œƒŸ˜@˜‡‡Ž‹“‰@™”@‹’•—”›‡@”š—@•—”†š…™˜L@™Š‡@‹“ˆ”—’ƒ™‹”“@‹“@™Š‹˜@†”…š’‡“™ ‰‹›‡˜@”“‘Ÿ@ƒ@‰‡“‡—ƒ‘@‹“†‹…ƒ™‹”“@”ˆ@™Š‡@•—”†š…™@…ƒ•ƒ…‹™ŸL@•‡—ˆ”—’ƒ“…‡@ƒ“†@˜š‹™ƒ„‹‘‹™ŸL “”“‡@”ˆ@œŠ‹…Š@˜Šƒ‘‘@ˆ”—’@•ƒ—™@”ˆ@ƒ“Ÿ@…”“™—ƒ…™N@w‡@—‡˜‡—›‡@™Š‡@—‹‰Š™@™”@’ƒŽ‡@†‡˜‹‰“ …Šƒ“‰‡˜@œ‹™Š”š™@“”™‹…‡N w‡„@@œœœN‹ˆ—˜Ÿ˜N…”’ e’ƒ‹‘@@‹“ˆ”`‹ˆ—˜Ÿ˜N…”’